Emerson X-STREAM Enhanced Series Instruction Manual

Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Gas Analyzers X-STREAM Enhanced Series Instruction Manual www.EmersonProcess.com ESSENTIAL INSTRUCTIONS READ THIS PAGE BEFORE PROCEEDING! Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical) designs, manufactures and tests its products to meet many national and international standards. Because these instruments are sophisticated technical products, you MUST properly install, use, and maintain them to ensure they continue to operate within their normal specifications. The following instructions MUST be adhered to and integrated into your safety program when installing, using and maintaining Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical) products. Failure to follow the proper instructions may cause any one of the following situations to occur: Loss of life; personal injury; property damage; damage to this instrument; and warranty invalidation. • Read all instructions prior to installing, operating, and servicing the product. • If you do not understand any of the instructions, contact your Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical) representative for clarification. • Follow all warnings, cautions, and instructions marked on and supplied with the product. • Inform and educate your personnel in the proper installation, operation, and maintenance of the product. • Install your equipment as specified in the Installation Instructions of the appropriate Instruction Manual and per applicable local and national codes. Connect all products to the proper electrical and pressure sources. • To ensure proper performance, use qualified personnel to install, operate, update, program, and maintain the product. • When replacement parts are required, ensure that qualified people use replacement parts specified by Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical). Unauthorized parts and procedures can affect the product’s performance, place the safe operation of your process at risk, and VOID YOUR WARRANTY. Look-alike substitutions may result in fire, electrical hazards, or improper operation. • Ensure that all equipment doors are closed and protective covers are in place, except when maintenance is being performed by qualified persons, to prevent electrical shock and personal injury. The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. X-STREAM and IntrinzX are marks of one of the Emerson group of companies. All other marks are property of their respective owners. 6th edition, 10/2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Rosemount Analytical Process Gas Analyzer Center of Excellence Industriestrasse 1 63594 Hasselroth Germany T +49 6055 884 0 F +49 6055 884 209 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Table of contents X-STREAM XE SHORT FORM GUIDE FOR THIS MANUAL see chapter TOC To find information about Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S The different instruments designs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 The instruments technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Measuring principles characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 How to install the instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1st startup procedures, checking the instrument´s setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Software menu structure, how to navigate and menu entries descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Basic procedures (e.g. calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Maintenance procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Status messages and troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Modbus parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Dismounting and disposal of instruments . . . . . . . 11 Block diagrams, terminals & connectors . . . . . Appendix Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Table of Contents Introduction S-1 Definitions S-1 Terms Used in This Instruction Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-2 Symbols Used on and Inside the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3 Symbols Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4 Safety Instructions S-5 Intended Use Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Safety Notice / Residual Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADDITIONAL LITERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Authorized Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes on Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing and Connecting the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating and Maintaining This Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5 S-5 S-5 S-6 S-6 S-7 S-7 Chapter 1 Technical Description 1-1 1.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1.1.1 The Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.1 Materials Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.2 Safety Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.3 Gas Inlets and Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.4 Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.5 Infallible Containments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.6 Optional Components for Gas Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 1.2.7 Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1.3 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 1.3.1 Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 1.3.2 Status Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 1.3.3 Modbus Interface, Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 1.3.4 Serial Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 1.3.5 USB Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 1.3.6 Optional Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 1.4 Comparison of the Various X-STREAM Enhanced Analyzer Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 1.5 X-STREAM XEGK: ½19 Inch Table-Top Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 1.6 X-STREAM XEGP: 19 Inch Table-Top or Rackmount Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 1.7 X-STREAM XEXF: Field Housing With (XEF ) Single or (XDF) Dual Compartment . . 1-20 1.7.1 Field Housings XEXF for Installation in Hazardous Areas (Ex-Zones & Divisions) . . 1-24 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD: Cast Aluminum Flameproof Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 TOC-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Chapter 2 Technical Data 2-1 2.1 Common Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2.2.1 X-STREAM XEGK: ½19 Inch Tabletop Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2.2.2 X-STREAM XEGP: 19 Inch Tabletop and Rack-Mount Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 2.2.3 X-STREAM XEXF: Field Housing With (XEF) Single or (XDF) Dual Compartment . . 2-15 2.2.4 X-STREAM XEFD: Flameproof Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 2.3 Information on Name Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Chapter 3 Measuring Principles 3-1 3.1 Infrared Measurement (IR), Ultraviolet Measurement (UV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.1.1 IntrinzX Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.1.2 NDIR Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 3.1.3 Technical Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 3.2 Oxygen Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.2.1 Paramagnetic Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.2.2 Electrochemical Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3.2.3 Electrochemical Trace Oxygen Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3.3.1 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3.3.2 Technical Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 3.4.1 Special Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3.4.2 Accompanying Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 3.5 Measurement Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Chapter 4 Installation 4-1 4.1 Scope of Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4.3 Gas Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4.4 Gas Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 4.5 Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4.6 Analyzer Specific Instructions for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 4.6.1 X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 4.6.2 X-STREAM XEXF (Single XEF; Dual XDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 4.7 Notes On Wiring Signal Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 4.7.1 Electrical Shielding of Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 4.7.2 Wiring Inductive Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 4.7.3 Driving High-Current Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 4.7.4 Driving Multiple Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-3 TOC Table of Contents Table of contents X-STREAM XE Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Table of Contents Chapter 5 Startup 5-1 5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.2 Symbols and Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5.3 Front Panel Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.3.1 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.3.2 Status Line and Text Message Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.3.3 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 5.4 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5.4.1 Access Levels & Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 5.4.2 Special Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5.5 Powering Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5.5.1 Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5.5.2 Measurement Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5.6 Selecting the Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 5.7 Checking the Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 5.7.1 Installed Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 5.7.2 Configuring the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 5.7.3 Calibration Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 5.7.4 Setting the Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 5.7.5 Setting Concentration Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 5.7.6 Backup the Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 5.8 Perform a Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Chapter 6 User Interface and Software Menus 6-1 6.1 Symbols and Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6.2 Menu System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6.2.1 Switching On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 6.2.2 Control Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 6.2.3 Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 6.2.4 Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-108 6.2.5 Info Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-122 6.2.6 Service Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126 Chapter 7 Maintenance and Other Procedures 7-1 7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 7.2 General Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 7.3 Performing a Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 7.4 Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 7.4.2 Manual Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 TOC-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 7.4.4 Remote Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 7.4.6 Verifying a Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 7.4.7 Restoring a Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 7.4.8 Cancelling an Ongoing Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 7.5 Cross Interference Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49 7.6.1 Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49 7.6.2 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 7.6.3 Replacing the Electrochemical Oxygen-Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53 7.6.4 Replacing the Trace Oxygen Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60 7.6.5 Replacing the Trace Moisture Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61 7.7 Cleaning the Instrument´s Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63 7.8.1 Local Backup - Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65 7.8.2 Local Backup - Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66 7.8.3 Factory Defaults - Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67 7.8.4 USB Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68 7.8.5 Undo Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72 7.9 Handling Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73 7.9.1 Configuring Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73 7.9.2 Exporting Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74 7.9.3 Log Files Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76 7.10 Files on USB Memory Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77 7.10.1 autorun.inf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77 7.10.2 xe_win_tools.zip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78 7.11 Web Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79 7.11.1 Connection Via Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79 7.11.2 Connection to Single Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting 8-1 8.1 Abstract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8.2 Solving Problems Indicated by NAMUR Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 8.2.1 Analyzer Related NAMUR Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages (preceded by Channel Tag, e.g. CO2.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 8.4.1 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 8.4.2 Signal Connectors on XSP Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-5 TOC Table of Contents Table of contents X-STREAM XE Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Table of Contents 8.4.3 Sample Pump: Replacement of Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 8.4.4 Paramagnetic Oxygen Cell for Standard Applications: Adjustment of Physical Zero . 8-35 8.4.5 Thermal Conductivity Cell: Adjustment of Output Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38 Chapter 9 Modbus Functions 9-1 9.1 Abstract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.1.1 Modbus TCP/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.2 Supported Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34 Chapter 10 Service Information 10-1 10.1 Return of Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 10.2 Customer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 10.3 Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Chapter 11 Dismounting and Disposal 11-1 11.1 Dismounting and Diposal of the Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Appendix A-1 A.1 Modbus Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14 A.4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21 A.5 Water Vapor: Relationship of Dewpoint, Vol.-% and g/Nm³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-35 A.6 Declaration of Decontamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-36 A.7 PLC Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-37 A.8 Assignment of Terminals and Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-43 A.8.1 Tabletop & Rack Mount Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-43 A.8.2 Field Housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-44 Index I-1 TOC-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Fig. 1-1: Fig. 1-2: Fig. 1-3: Fig. 1-4: Fig. 1-5: Fig. 1-6: Fig. 1-7: Fig. 1-8: Fig. 1-9: Fig. 1-10: Fig. 1-11: Fig. 1-12: Fig. 1-13: Fig. 1-14: Fig. 1-15: X-STREAM Enhanced Front Panel (here X-STREAM XEGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Optional Heated Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Suppressed Ranges Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Gas Flow Diagram: Single Channel Or in Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Ethernet Interface Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Serial Interface Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 USB Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 X-STREAM XEGK - Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 X-STREAM XEGP - Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings- Front Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 X-STREAM XEF - Right Side and Bottom View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 X-STREAM XEF - Power Supply and Signal Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 X-STREAM XEFD - Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 X-STREAM XEFD - Bottom View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27 X-STREAM XEFD - Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28 Fig. 2-1: Fig. 2-2: Fig. 2-3: Fig. 2-4: Fig. 2-5: Fig. 2-6: Fig. 2-7: Fig. 2-8: Fig. 2-9: Fig. 2-10: Fig. 2-11: Fig. 2-12: Fig. 2-13: Fig. 2-14: Fig. 2-15: Fig. 2-16: X-STREAM XEGK - Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 X-STREAM XEGK - Rear Panel and Handle Variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 UPS 01 Tabletop Power Supply Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 UPS 01 Power Supply Unit for Rack Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 10 A Tabletop PSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 X-STREAM XEGP - Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 X-STREAM XEGP - Power Supply and Signal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 X-STREAM XEGP - With Screw-Type Terminal Adapters (Top View) . . . . . . . . . 2-14 X-STREAM XEF - Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 X-STREAM XDF - Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings - Power Supply Terminals / Fuse Holders . . 2-18 X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings - Signal Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 X-STREAM XEFD - Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 X-STREAM XEFD - Power Supply Terminals / Fuse Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 X-STREAM XEFD - Signal Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Analyzer Name Plate (examples) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Fig. 3-1: Fig. 3-2: Fig. 3-3: Fig. 3-4: Fig. 3-5: IntrinzX Signal Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Gas Detector Design Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Photometer Assembly Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Paramagnetic Oxygen Sensor - Assembly Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Electrochemical O2 Sensor - Design Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-7 TOC Index of Figures Table of contents X-STREAM XE Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Index of Figures Fig. 3-6: Fig. 3-7: Fig. 3-8: Fig. 3-9: Fig. 3-10: Fig. 3-11: Fig. 3-12: Fig. 3-13: Fig. 3-14: Electrochemical O2 Sensor - Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Electrochemical Reaction of Oxygen Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Cover for EO2 Sensor Block At Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Trace Oxygen Sensor Design Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Cover for TO2 Sensor Block At Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Wheatstone Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 TC Cell, Exterior View, Thermal Isolation Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 TC Cell, Sectional View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Trace Moisture Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Fig. 4-1: Fig. 4-3: Fig. 4-2: Fig. 4-4: Fig. 4-5: Fig. 4-6: Fig. 4-7: Fig. 4-8: Fig. 4-9: Fig. 4-10: Fig. 4-11: Fig. 4-12: Fig. 4-13: Fig. 4-14: Fig. 4-15: Fig. 4-16: Fig. 4-17: Fig. 4-18: Fig. 4-19: Fig. 4-20: Fig. 4-21: Fig. 4-22: Fig. 4-23: Fig. 4-24: Fig. 4-25: Fig. 4-26: Fig. 4-27: Fig. 4-28: Fig. 4-29: X-STREAM Enhanced Analyzers - Scope of Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Installation in Bypass Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Labelling of Gas Connectors (example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 X-STREAM XEGK - Rack Mount Version Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 X-STREAM XEGP - Table Top Version Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 X-STREAM XEGP - Rear Panel, Terminal Adapters and Front Side Brackets . . 4-11 Socket X1 - Analog & Digital Outputs 1–4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Plug X2 - Serial Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 Configuration of XSTA Terminal Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Sockets X4.1 and X4.2 - Pin Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 Configuration of XSTD Terminal Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Plug X5 - Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Configuration of XSTI Terminal Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 Power Supply Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 X-STREAM XEF - Dimensions for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 X-STREAM XDF - Dimensions for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings - Terminals, Cable Glands and Gas Fittings . 4-22 Terminal Block X1 - Analog Signals and Relay Outputs 1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Terminal Block X1 - Serial Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 Ethernet Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 X4: Terminal Blocks for Digital Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Terminal Block X5 - Analog Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 Power Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Shielded Signal Cable, Shielding Connected At Both Ends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 Shielded Signal Cable, Shielding Connected At One end. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 Signal Cable With Double Shielding, Shieldings Connected At Alternate Ends. . 4-33 Shield Connector Terminal With Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 Suppressor Diode for Inductive Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 Driving High-Current Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 TOC-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Fig. 4-30: Common Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 Fig. 4-31: Loads in Parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 Fig. 5-1: Fig. 5-2: X-STREAM Enhanced Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Arrangement of Concentration Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Fig. 6-1: Fig. 6-2: Fig. 6-3: Fig. 6-4: Fig. 6-5: X-STREAM Enhanced Software Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Measurement Display Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 Usage of Labels and Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31 Measurement Display With Labels and Tags (example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-99 USB File System Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-104 Fig. 7-1: Fig. 7-2: Fig. 7-3: Fig. 7-4: Fig. 7-5: Fig. 7-6: Fig. 7-7: Fig. 7-8: Fig. 7-9: Fig. 7-10: Fig. 7-11: Fig. 7-12: Fig. 7-13: Fig. 7-14: Fig. 7-15: Fig. 7-16: Fig. 7-17: Fig. 7-18: Fig. 7-19: Fig. 7-20: Fig. 7-21: Fig. 7-22: Fig. 7-23: Fig. 7-24: Fig. 7-25: Leak Testing With U-Turn Manometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Calibration Improvement by Variable Valve Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Internal Valves Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Zero All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 Zero&Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29 Digital Inputs - Examples of Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 Graphical Explanation of Interval Time Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 X-STREAM XEGP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 X-STREAM XEGK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings and XEFD - How to Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 Location of the EO2 Sensor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56 Sensor Unit Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57 Sensor At Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58 OXS Board, Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58 Trace Moisture Sensor Assembly Separated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61 Relations of Supported Data Sets, and Where to Find Further Information . . . . 7-64 USB File System Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68 Subdirectory for Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75 Example of Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76 USB File System Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77 Autorun.inf Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77 Ethernet Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79 Web Browser Logon Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81 Web Browser Measurements Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81 Fig. 8-1: X-STREAM XEF, XDF and XEFD, Opened With Visible Front Panel . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-9 TOC Index of Figures Table of contents X-STREAM XE Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Index of Figures Fig. 8-2: Fig. 8-3: Fig. 8-4: Fig. 8-5: X-STREAM XEGP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 X-STREAM XEGK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings and XEFD - How to Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 XSP - Allocation of Signal Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23 Index of Tables Tab. 3-1: Paramagnetic Sensor - Cross Interferences (Examples). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Tab. 3-2: Solvent Resistant Paramagnetic Sensor - Approved Solvents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Tab. 3-3: Paramagnetic Sensor - Medium Affected Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Tab. 3-4: Electrochemical Oxygen Measurement -Cross Interferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Tab. 3-5: Examples of Specific Thermal Conductivities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Tab. 3-6: Dew Points and Water Content (at 1013 HPa). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Tab. 3-7: Limitations on Gases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Tab. 3-8: Gas Components and Measuring Ranges, Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Tab. 3-9: IR, UV, VIS, TCD - Standard and Enhanced Measurement Performance Specs. . 3-20 Tab. 3-10: Trace Moisture - Standard Measurement Performance Specifications. . . . . . . . . 3-20 Tab. 3-11: Oxygen - Standard and Enhanced Measurement Performance Specifications. . . 3-21 Tab. 3-12: Special Performance Specs for Gas Purity Measurements (Low Ranges). . . . . . 3-22 Tab. 3-13: Special Performance Specs for Gas Purity Measurements (Suppr. Ranges). . . . 3-23 Tab. 5-1: Analog Output Signals Settings and Operation Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Tab. 6-1: Tab. 6-2: Tab. 6-3: Tab. 6-4: TOC-10 Analog Output Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63 Analog Output Failure Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65 Digital Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69 Digital Input Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-72 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE The manual covers several X-STREAM analyzer models and so may contain information about configurations and/or options not applicable to your analyzer. The installation and operation of units for use in explosive (hazardous) environments is not covered in this manual. Analyzers intended to be used in such environments are supplied with further instruction manuals, which should be consulted in addition to this. DEFINITIONS The following definitions apply to the terms WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE, and the symbol , as used in this manual. Indicates an operational or maintenance procedure, a process, a condition, an instruction, etc. Failure to comply may result in injury, death or permanent health risk. Indicates an operational or maintenance procedure, a process, a condition, an instruction, etc. Failure to comply may result in damage to or destruction of the instrument, or impaired performance. NOTE! Indicates an imperative operational procedure, an important condition or instruction. , together with a page number ( 6-5 ) or chapter headline ( The symbol refers to more information, provided on the indicated page or chapter. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Startup ) S-1 S The instruction manual contains information about the component assembly, function, installation, operation and maintenance of the X-STREAM® Enhanced series gas analyzers. Safety Instructions INTRODUCTION Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE TERMS USED IN THIS INSTRUCTION MANUAL Explosive Gas(es) Flammable Gases and gas mixtures in a mixture with air within the explosive limits. Flammable Gas(es) Gases and gas mixtures are assigned to be flammable if they might become ignitable when in a mixture with air. Infallible Containment This term is derived from the standards of explosion protection especially from the requirements for pressurized housings: thus an infallible containment can be characterized by no intended leakage out of the gas paths enabling gas to enter the inner compartment of the analyzer housing. Intrinsically Safe Cell (IS Cell) Cells supplied with an intrinsically safe power signal, approved by a Test Institute, to operate with explosive gases. The design ensures the IS cells remains safe even in case of failure and explosive gases are not ignited. Protection Class IP66 / NEMA 4X Both terms are used to specify conditions for equipment to be installed outdoor. IP stands for Ingress Protection, the first number specifies protection against solid objects (6. = dust tight) while the second number specifies the degree of protection against liquids (.6 = heavy seas). NEMA stands for National Electrical Manufacturers Association. 4X specifies a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment; to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, rain, sleet, snow, windblown dust, splashing water, and hose-directed water; and that will be undamaged by the external formation of ice on the enclosure Upper Explosion Limit (UEL) Volume ratio of flammable gas in air above which an explosive gas atmosphere will not be formed: the mixture of gas and air is too rich in fuel (deficient in oxygen) to burn. Lower Explosion Limit (LEL) Volume ratio of flammable gas in air below which an explosive gas atmosphere will not be formed: the mixture of gas and air lacks sufficient fuel (gas) to burn. NAMUR NAMUR is an international user association of automation technology in process industries. This organisation has issued experience reports and working documents, called recommendations (NE) and worksheets (NA). S-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Strictly observe the given warnings, instructions and information to minimize hazards! This symbol at the instrument ... ... means dangerous voltages may be accessible. Removing covers is permitted only, if the instrument is disconnected from power - and even in this case by qualified personnel only! hot surfaces may be accessible. Removing covers by qualified personnel is permitted only, if the instrument is disconnected from power. Nevertheless several surfaces may remain hot for a limited time. more detailled information available: see instruction manual before proceeding! more detailled information available: see instruction manual before proceeding! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-3 S Wherever one or more of the following symbols appear on or inside the instrument, be careful and read the instructions given in the accompanying manuals! Safety Instructions SYMBOLS USED ON AND INSIDE THE UNIT Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE SYMBOLS USED IN THIS MANUAL Where one or more of the following symbols appear within this manual, carefully read the related information and instructions! Strictly observe the given warnings, instructions and information to minimize hazards! This symbol used in the manual ... ... means dangerous voltages may be exposed hot surfaces may be exposed possible danger of explosion toxic substances may be present substances harmful to health may be present indicates notes relating to heavy instruments electrical components may be destroyed by electrostatic discharges units must be disconnected from the power source refers to conditions or information on operating at low temperatures indicates basic conditions or procedures are being described. This symbol may also indicate information important for achieving accurate measurements. S-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE X-STREAM XE series gas analyzers are intended to be used as analyzers for industrial purposes. They must not be used in medical, diagnostic or life support applications nor as safety devices. Using X-STREAM XE analyzers as safety devices, requiring redundant design or SIL classification, is also not permitted. No independent agency certifications or approvals are to be implied as covering such applications! GENERAL SAFETY NOTICE / RESIDUAL RISK If this equipment is used in a manner not specified in these instructions, protective systems may be impaired. Despite of incoming goods inspections, production control, routine tests and application of state-of-the-art measuring and test methods, an element of risk remains when operating a gas analyzer! Even when operated as intended and observing all applicable safety instructions some residual risks remain, including, but not limited to, the following: • A n interruption of the protective earth line, e.g. in an extension cable, may result in risk to the user. • Live parts are accessible when operating the instrument with doors open or covers removed. • The emission of gases hazardous to health may even be possible when all gas connections have been correctly made. Avoid exposure to the dangers of these residual risks by taking particular care when installing, operating, maintaining and servicing the analyzer. ADDITIONAL LITERATURE This manual covers aspects important for installation and startup of X-STREAM XE gas analyzers. For comprehensive information on operating and maintain/service the instrument in a safe manner it is MANDATORY to read all additional instruction manuals! If not provided as printed version, check the accompanying USB stick for an electronic version (PDF)! The following additional instruction manuals are available or referenced within this manual: • HASICx-IM-H Infallible containment instruction manual • Separate manuals for Hazardous Area applications Contact your local service center or sales office when missing documents. SAVE ALL INSTRUCTIONS FOR FUTURE USE! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-5 S INTENDED USE STATEMENT Safety Instructions SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Safety Instructions AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL In-depth specialist knowledge is an absolutely necessary condition for working with and on the analyzer. Authorized personnel for installing, operating, servicing and maintaining the analyzer are instructed and trained qualified personnel of the operating company and the manufacturer. It is the responsibility of the operating company to • train staff, • observe safety regulations, • follow the instruction manual. Operators must • have been trained, • have read and understood all relevant sections of the instruction manual before commencing work, • know the safety mechanisms and regulations. To avoid personal injury and loss of property, do not install, operate, maintain or service this instrument before reading and understanding this instruction manual and receiving appropriate training. NOTES ON BATTERIES • This instrument contains a Li battery (button cell) of type CR 2032. • The battery is soldered and usually does not need to be replaced during the instrument´s lifetime. • At the end of lifetime, the instrument must be disposed in compliance with the wast regulations. The disposal specialist then has to disassemble the instrument and dispose the battery in compliance with the regulations. • Batteries may leak, overheat or explode if not handled properly. • Do not open or try to charge a battery. • Do not expose batteries to heat or fire. S-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1. Suitable grounding connections should be made at all connectors provided for this purpose. 2. All safety covers and grounding connections must be properly reinstated after maintenance work or troubleshooting. 3. A fuse should be provided at the installation site which will completely disconnect the unit in case of failure. Installing an isolating switch may also be beneficial. In either case, these components must be constructed to conform to recognised norms. OPERATING AND MAINTAINING THIS UNIT On leaving our factory, this instrument conformed to all applicable safety directives. In order to preserve this state of affairs, the operator must take care to follow all the instructions and notes given in this manual and on the unit. Before switching on the unit, ensure that the local nominal mains voltage corresponds to the factory-set operational voltage of this unit. Any interruption of the protective earth connections, whether inside or outside of the unit, may result in exposure to the risk of electricity. Deliberately disconnected the protective earth is therefore strictly forbidden. work requiring access to the inside of the unit. Only trained personnel who are aware of the risk involved may work on an open and energized unit. Fuses may only be replaced by fuses of an identical type and with identical ratings. It is forbidden to use repair fuses or to bypass fuses. Take note of all applicable regulations when using this unit with an autotransformer or a variable transformer. Substances hazardous to health may escape from the unit’s gas outlet. This may require additional steps to be taken to guarantee the safety of operating staff. Removing covers may expose components conducting electric current. Connectors may also be energised. The unit should therefore be disconnected from the power supply before any kind of maintenance, repair or calibration Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-7 S INSTALLING AND CONNECTING THE UNIT The following notices should be carefollowed to ensure compliance with the low voltage directive (Europe) and other applicable regulations. Safety Instructions Safety Instructions Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Safety Instructions EXPLOSION HAZARD The units described in this manual may not be used in explosive atmospheres without additional safety measures. ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Do not operate without covers secure. Do not open while energized. Installation requires access to live parts which can cause death or serious injury. For safety and proper performace this instrument must be connected to a properly grounded three-wire source of power. TOXIC GASES This unit’s exhaust may contain toxic gases such as (but not limited to) e.g. sulfur dioxide. These gases can cause serious injuries. Avoid inhaling exhaust gases. Connect the exhaust pipe to a suitable flue and inspect the pipes regularly for leaks. All connections must be airtight to avoid leaks; 7-4 for instructions on performing a leak test. S-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE The models intended for outside and wall mounted use (X-STREAM XEXF and XEFD) weigh between 26 kg (57 lb) and 63 kg (139 lb) depending on options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the units! Take care the wall or stand the unit is intended to be installed at is solid and stable to support the weight! CRUSHING HAZARD Take care of crushing hazard when closing the front door of analyzer field housings! Keep out of the closing area between enclosure cover and base! OPERATION AT LOW TEMPERATURES When operating an instrument at temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), do NOT apply gas nor operate the internal pump before the warmup time has elapsed! Violation may result in condensation inside the gas paths or damaged pump diaphragm! HIGH TEMPERATURES Hot parts may be exposed when working on photometers and/or heated components in the unit. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-9 S HEAVY INSTRUMENT Safety Instructions Safety Instructions Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Safety Instructions GASES AND PREPARATION OF GASES GASES HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH Follow the safety precautions for all gases (sample and span gases) and gas cylinders. Before opening the gas lines, they must be purged with air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid danger from escaping toxic, flammable, exposive or hazardous gases. FLAMMABLE OR EXPLOSIVE GASES When supplying explosive gases or flammable gases with concentrations of more than 25 % of the lower explosion limit, we RECOMMEND implementing one or more additional safety measures: • purging the unit with inert gas • stainless steel internal pipes • flame arrestors on gas inlets and outlets • infallible measuring cells. S-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE CONNECTING UNITS FOR PERMANENT INSTALLATION Only qualified personnel following all applicable and legal regulations may install the unit and connect it to power and signal cables. Failure to comply may invalidate the unit’s warranty and cause exposure to the risk of damage, injury or death. This unit may only be installed by qualified personnel familiar with the possible risks. Working on units equipped with screw-type terminals for electrical connections may require the exposure of energized components. Wall-mounted units have no power switch and are operational when connected to a power supply. The operating company is therefore required to have a power switch or circuit breaker (as per IEC 60947-1/-3) available on the premises. This must be installed near the unit, easily accessible to operators and labelled as a power cut-off for the analyzer. HAZARD FROM WRONG SUPPLY VOLTAGE Ensure that the local power voltage where the unit is to be installed, corresponds to the unit’s nominal voltage as given on the name plate label. ADDITIONAL NOTES FOR UNITS WITH SCREW-TYPE TERMINALS Cables for external data processing must be double-insulated against mains power. If this is not possible, cables must be laid in such a way as to guarantee a clearance of at least 5 mm from power cables. This clearance must be permanently secured (e.g. with cable ties). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-11 S POWER SUPPLY Safety Instructions Safety Instructions Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE General Operating Notes GENERAL OPERATING NOTES EXPLOSION HAZARD Exhaust gases may contain hydrocarbons and other toxic gases such as carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is toxic. Faulty gas connections may lead to explosion and death. Ensure that all gas connections are connected as labelled and airtight. • The unit must be installed in a clean and dry area protected from strong vibrations and frost. • The unit must not be exposed to direct sunlight and sources of heat. Admissable ambient temperatures (see technical details) must be adhered to. • Gas inlets and outlets must not be interchanged.All gases must be supplied to the unit already processed. When using this unit with corrosive sample gases, ensure that these gases do not contain components harmful to the gas lines. • Admissable gas pressure for sample and test gases is 1500 hPa. • Exhaust lines must be laid inclined downwards, depressurized, protected from frost and according to applicable regulations. • If it is necessary to disconnect the gas lines, the unit’s gas connectors must be sealed with PVC caps to avoid polluting the internal gas lines with condensate, dust, etc. • To ensure electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), only shielded cables (supplied by us on request, or of equivalent standard) may be used. The customer must ensure that the shielding is correctly fitted. Shielding and terminal housing must be electrically connected; submin-D plugs and sockets must be screwed to the unit. • When using optional external adapters (submin-D to screw-type terminal), protection from electromagnetic interference can no longer be guaranteed (CE compliance pursuant to EMC guidelines). In this case the customer or operating company functions as a system builder and must therefore ensure and declare compliance with EMC guidelines. S-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modified resistant measuring cells are available for use with corrosive gases and/or gases containing solvents. Special configurations (e.g. intrinsically safe or infallible measuring cells) for the analysis of combustible gases are also available. Chapter 3 gives a detailed description of the various measuring techniques. Standard applications Different housings allow X-STREAM analyzers to be tailored to the many different applications: • Tabletop units in 1⁄219in modular design, with IP 20 protection class • Tabletop and rack mountable units in 19in modular design, with IP 20 protection class • Stainless steel wall mountable field housing with IP 66 / NEMA 4X protection class for outdoor use (operating temperature -20°C to +50°C). • Cast aluminium wall �� mountable�� field housing (flameproof Ex d) with IP 66 / NEMA 4X protection class for outdoor use in hazardous areas. The various analyzer types are described in more detail beginning with page 1-14. Installation in hazardous areas X-STREAM XEXF field housing analyzers, when featuring various protection methods, can also be installed and operated in hazardous areas. Available options are: • Non-incendive assembly (Ex nA nC) for installation in Zone 2 and Division 2 for the measurement of non-flammable gases. 1-1 1 The following are the main features of the new Emerson Process Management X-STREAM Enhanced (hereinafter also referred to as "X-STREAM XE") gas analyzers in brief: • compact design with easily accessible internal components • customizable for a wide range of applications: different housings are available while internal construction remains largely identical • a highly integrated mainboard contains all interfaces and basic functions for the operation of the unit • multilingual microprocessor-controlled user interface with liquid crystal display (LCD) to indicate measurement values and status messages • units for outdoor use are supplied with an impact tested front panel • widerange power supply unit for worldwide use without modification (1⁄2 19in units with internal or external PSUs) X-STREAM XE gas analyzers can measure up to five different gas components by multiple combinations of the following analyzing techniques (restrictions apply to 1 ⁄219in units, and to parallel tubing): IR = non-dispersive infrared analysis UV = ultraviolet analysis pO2 = paramagnetic oxygen analysis eO2 = electrochemical oxygen analysis tO2 = electrochemical trace oxygen analysis TC = thermal conductivity analysis tH2O = trace moisture measurement Technical Description Chapter 1 Technical Description Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1 Technical Description • Pressurized enclosure conforming to ATEX directive 94/9/EC, for installation in Zone 2. • Simplified purge system (Z-purge) for installation in North American Div 2 environments. The cast aluminium field housing is designed to withstand an explosion and intended to be used in hazardous areas of Zone 1. More information about analyzers for hazardous areas can be obtained from your Emerson Process Management sales office. Note! These instructions do not detail the installation nor operation of X-STREAM analyzers in hazardous areas. If you intend to use your analyzer for such purposes, pay attention to the separate instruction manuals supplied with analyzers to be used in hazardous areas. Further features (in parts options): • Configurable measurement display • gas values and/or secondary measurements (e. g. flow) • single or dual pages • Configurable measurement units • supports conversion factors from ppm to several other, even user specific units • 3 independent software access levels • protection against unauthorized changing of configurations • password protected • to be separately activated • Unattended zero and span calibrations • calibrations without user interaction • Communication via serial and Ethernet interface • remotely control the analyzer • Web browser interface • remote control and monitoring via standard web browser • Realtime clock • Synchronizing with internet time server • enables time controlled calibration • Data logger with individually configurable parameters • measuring values protocols, e.g. for quality or process monitoring and control • Event protocol with configurable events list • remote analyzer status monitoring • Logfile sizes only limited by available space on an internal SD card • up to 2 GB enable logging periods up to 1 year • SD card replacable (not by operator, due to internal use by the analyzer firmware) 1-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1 Technical Description Technical Description • Log file export via USB, Ethernet and web browser • text format • enables external data analysis 1 • Backup and restore analyzer configurations to/from protected internal memory or USB stick • protection against changes, store for reference, • restore a working configuration in case of faults or faulty configuration changes • Calculator • working with measurement values • setup a virtual calculated channel on basis of real measurement values (e. g. calculate NO and NO2 to NOx) • text file programming via web browser or external computer • up-/download via USB or web browser • Integral programmable logic control (PLC) • control valves, pumps,.and more. • text file programming via web browser or external computer • up-/download via USB or web browser More detailed information is provided by the related sections of this manual, or by documentation, separately available. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-3 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.1 Overview 1.1 Overview the display: English, French, German, Spanish, Portuguese and Polish; Italian is under preparation and may be available at time of publishing this document. All X-STREAM Enhanced gas analyzers feature an easy-to-use graphical user interface, which displays measurement values, status and error messages, and menus for the input of parameters. For ease of use, the operator at any time can select one of the following languages for 1.1.1 The Front Panel The analyzer software is operated by means of only six keys. The displays of outdoor versions are protected with an impact tested glass panel, to withstand even harsher conditions and to provide a higher IP protection class of IP66 / NEMA Type 4X. The graphic LCD shows measurement and status information with plain text and symbols. The symbols are designed to indicate the different status 'Failure', 'Function check', 'Out of specification' and 'Maintenance request' as specified by the NE 107 standard. For further information, Chapter 8. 1 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 Graphic display “Home“ key “Enter” key 4 keys for settings and menu navigation Fig. 1-1: X-STREAM Enhanced Front Panel (here X-STREAM XEGP) 1-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2.2 Safety Filter The analyzers are generally fitted with an internal stainless-steel filter. This filter is not a replacement for any dust filter in the preparation of the gas, but represents a last line of defence. 1.2.3 Gas Inlets and Outlets Rackmounted and tabletop devices are fitted with PVDF inlets and outlets (ø 6/4 mm) as standard. Alternatively, Swagelok™ or stainless steel fittings (ø 6/4 mm or 1⁄4 in). Wall-mounted field housings are supplied with Swagelok™ or stainless steel fittings (ø 6/4 mm or 1⁄4 in). Other materials available on request. X-STREAM XEFD units are always supplied with flame arrestors and stainless steel fittings (ø 6/4 mm or 1⁄4 in). Fieldhousings and 19 in analyzers provide up to 8 gas fittings, so if featuring five channels, this requires at least two channels in serial tubing. 1.2.5 Infallible Containments Infallible containments are gas lines which, due to their design, can be regarded as permanently technically tight. This is achieved by, for example, welded joints, or metallically sealing joints (e.g. tap connectors and binders), providing they are seldom disconnected. Gas lines configured in this manner can be used for measuring noxious, flammable and explosive gases. At the time of going to press, infallible containments are available for thermal conductivity analysis (TC) only. Further information about infallible containments can be found in the separate instruction manual supplied with these units. Infallible containments do not render it unnecessary to regularly test for leaks, e.g. following lengthy breaks in service, substantial alterations, repairs and modifications. Read the separate instruction manual giving detailed instructions on the configuration, operation and maintenance of units fitted with infallible containments. 1.2.4 Tubing Unless otherwise specified, the analyzers are supplied with Viton ® or PVDF piping (ø 6/4 mm or 1⁄4 in). Other materials (e.g. stainless steel) can be used, depending on the application. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-5 1 1.2.1 Materials Used Various materials are available to allow the analyzer to be customized to your needs. The materials used are selected based on the characteristics of the sample gas, e.g. diffusion rate, corrosiveness, temperature and pressure. Among those available are Viton®, PFA and stainless steel. Technical Description 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2.6 Optional Components for Gas Lines The analyzers can, as an option, be fitted with further components. Not all components are available for all analyzer types: • internal sample gas pump • internal valve block • internal flow sensors • internal flow monitor switch • internal barometric pressure sensor • internal temperature sensors. 1.2.6.1 Internal Sample Gas Pump An internal sample gas pump is used when the sample gas is under insufficient pressure. It ensures a constant flow of sample gas (max. 2.5 l/min through the analyzer). When in internal pump is fitted, the relevant parameter in the software setup dialog is set to Yes ( 6-88). The pump can be controlled either manually through a software menu or optionally by a digital input. Note! Gas pressure is limited to atmospheric, if an internal pump is used! 1.2.6.2 Internal Valve Block An internal valve block allows all necessary gas lines (zero gas, span gas, sample gas) to remain permanently connected to the analyzer. Valves are then activated automatically when required (e.g. during automatic calibration). When an internal valve block is fitted, this is shown in the relevant software setup dialog as either Internal or Int+Ext ( 6-88). The valves are controlled by either a software menu, optionally by digital input, or automatically during autocalibration. Depending on the model, up to two valve bocks can be fitted. 1-6 1.2.6.3 Internal Flow Sensor Up to two internal flow sensors can measure the flow of gas and, compared to the flow monitor switch can provide a flow reading. They also can activate an alarm signal in the event of a failure. The alarm level for flow sensors is operator adjustable to up to 2000 ml/min. Depending on the model, up to two sensors can be fitted and evaluated separately. When a sensor is fitted, the relevant parameter in the software setup dialog is set to Yes ( 6-90). If the current flow rate is too low, a status message is displayed and the parameter under CHECK REQUESTS.. is set to Yes ( Chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'). 1.2.6.4 Internal Flow Monitor Switch An internal flow switch monitors the gas flow and activates an alarm signal in case it is not sufficient. Compared to the flow sensore it does not provide a flow reading, but only indicates if the flow is sufficient, or not. The alarm level for the internal flow switch is fixed and not operator adjustable. Additional external switches may be used and connected via digital inputs. All fitted flow switches are evaluated to share a common alarm. When an internal flow switch is fitted, the relevant parameter in the software setup dialog is set to Yes ( 6-88). If the current flow rate is too low, a status message is displayed and the parameter under CHECK REQUESTS.. is set to Yes ( Chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines sate the atmospheric pressure variation ( measurement specification, page 3-21). If such a sensor is installed in the unit, the related menu shows the entry Internal ( 6-88). 1 Varying atmospheric pressure has an influence also on the density of the gases applied to the measuring system: Higher density correlates with more molecules per volume and thus influences the measuring results. To compensate such influences. an internal barometric pressure sensor can be installed. It´s reading is used to electronically compen- Technical Description 1.2.6.6 Internal Barometric Pressure Sensor 1.2.6.5 Internal Temperature Sensors In the same way as pressure variations, varying temperatures influence the measuring results: Higher temperature results in lower gas density and thus in less molecules per volume. To compensate temperature influence, internal temperature sensors can be installed to electronically compensate temperature variations ( page 3-21 ,measurement specification). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Depending on the configuration of the unit or the demands of the application, temperature sensors can measure the unit’s internal temperature or selected measurement channel components. If such sensors are installed in the unit, this is indicated in the installed options menu ( 6-88). 1-7 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2.6.7 Optional Heated Area The physical components can be optionally separated from the electrical components by means of a special box (not an option for ½ 19 in units). This can be done for one or both of the following purposes: Firstly, the box allows the physical components to be regulated to a temperature of approx. 60 °C, avoiding condensation of gases or minimizing the influence of varying environmental temperatures. Secondly, the box can be purged with, for example, inert gas (enclosure purge). The purge gas is first fed through a separate fitting, purges the electronic components, then floods the box and leaves the instrument via another fitting. Purging in this manner can be useful when measuring very low concentrations (e.g. of CO or CO2): the expulsion of ambient air avoids adulterant outside influences. Alternatively, enclosure purging can be used to secure enhanced protection for electronic parts and operators from corrosive or toxic gases: any leaking gas is expelled from the housing and does not escape into the vicinity of the unit or come into contact with any electronic components located outside the box. In either case, the purge gas outlet should be connected to an exhaust gas line. Isolating cover Physical components (example) Heated mounting panel The figure shows the heated area with the insulating cover removed. Cable support for signal wires Fig. 1-2: Optional Heated Area 1-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines Suppressed ranges require additional components (some optional, or depending on measurement): Restrictions apply to ambient operating temperature ranges for suppressed ranges. 1 • internal isolating box covering measuring cells, detectors and sources only • pressure regulator • flow sensor • pressure sensor. Technical Description 1.2.6.8 Suppressed Ranges Pressure regulator Isolating box for suppressed ranges Flow sensor Pressure sensor Note! Images show optional components. Content of Images is reduced to essential. Fig. 1-3: Suppressed Ranges Options Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-9 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2.7 Configurations Depending on the application and the selected analyzer options, several gas line configurations are available, exemplified in the following diagram of a dual-channel analyzer: Note! X-STREAM gas analyzers feature at maximum eight gas connectors. So, parallel tubing is not possible for five channel configurations (at least two out of five channels need to be serial tubed)! Fig. 1-4: Gas Flow Diagram: Single Channel Or in Series 1-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.3 Interfaces Depending on the unit configuration, all interfaces are accessible via either SubminD connectors or screw terminals. 1.3.1 Analog Outputs By default each X-STREAM analyzer is fitted with one output per channel, which can transmit data on concentration levels to an external data acquisition system. Up to five analog outputs can be installed. The analog outputs support several operation modes, such as 4-20 mA, 0-20 mA, as well as the NAMUR NE 43 specifications (incl. Live Zero). Operation modes can be set in a software menu ( 6-62). The factory setting for analog outputs is 4-20 mA. X-STREAM analyzers support up to five analog outputs, which, however, do not always need to be assigned to measurement channels which are physically present: If a unit features less than five channels, the remaining analog outputs can be used to transmit concentration levels with a different resolution; for example, a single-channel analyzer could be set up as follows: Output 1: 0 … 100 % CO2 = 4 … 20 mA Output 2: 0 … 25 % CO2 = 4 … 20 mA 1.3.2 Status Relays By default each analyzer provides four relays outputs, preconfigured to signal the current status of the unit according to the NAMUR NE 44 specification ('Failure', “Maintenance request”, 'Out of specification' and 'Function check'). However, the operator can assign different functions to the relays via software menus. For a comprehensive list of available functions, 6-68. Note! Any NE 44 status is also indicated by symbols appearing in the display´s 1st line. These symbols remain conformant to NE 44 even when the status relays are software assigned different functions. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Electrical details: maximum load of 30 V / 1 A / 30 W, can be operated as normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC). Further information on the status relays is provided in the section 'Technical Data' 2-2. 1-11 1 All analyzer types are fitted with one analog electrical output for each channel, four status relays, 2 Ethernet interfaces and a serial service interface as standard. As an option, further interfaces can be added. Technical Description 1.3 Interfaces Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.3 Interfaces 1.3.3 Modbus Interface, Ethernet The Ethernet Modbus interface offers the same form of communication with a data acquisition system as does a serial interface. Furthermore this interface enables to connect the analyzer to a network, providing webbrowser access. This interface is electrically isolated from the unit’s electronic components and enables the construction of a network of several analyzers. Fig. 1-5: Ethernet Interface Marking Note! All analyzers provide 2 Ethernet connectors All supported Modbus parameters are listed Chapter 9. in Information about web-browser access is provided in Chapter 7. 1.3.4 Serial Interface A serial interface with the Modbus protocol allows communication with external data acquisition systems. The interface enables the exchange and modification of measurement and analyzer signals, analyzer status monitoring as well as remote activation of procedures. The serial interface is electrically isolated from the unit’s electronic components. RS 485 facilitates the construction of a network of several analyzers. RS 232 interface only supports communication between two end devices. 1.3.5 USB Interfaces Two USB connectors enable connecting • storage devices to the bigger port for external data and analyzer configuration storage • external computers to the smaller Mini USB port. 1-12 All supported Modbus parameters are listed in Chapter 9. A table nearby the connector shows the interface configuration (here: MODBUS) X Fig. 1-6: Serial Interface Marking Chapter 7 provides more information on how to use USB ports. Fig. 1-7: USB Interfaces Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.3 Interfaces 1.3.6 Optional Interfaces Electrical details: 0–1 (10) V , Rin = 100 kΩ or 0–20 mA, Rin = 50 Ω The inputs are protected against overload up to ± 15 V or ± 20 mA. 1 Two d. c. analog inputs enable connection to external devices. Their signals can be used for e.g. • cross compensation • pressure compensation, or • handled as a separate measurement channels. Technical Description 1.3.6.1 Analog Inputs 1.3.6.2 Digital Outputs In addition to the 4 default digital outputs, analyzers can optionally be upgraded with 9 or 18 more digital outputs, to be used for various purposes, e.g.: • Triggering concentration alarms: Process control systems can detect when limits are exceeded and trigger appropriate actions. • Switching external components: For example, during automatic calibration, the necessary valves can be activated directly by the analyzer. 1.3.6.3 Digital Inputs Digital inputs can be integrated into the units in groups of 7 or 14. Digital inputs can be used to: • trigger calibration procedures, for example by a process control system • remotely control valves and the optional sample gas pump (in concert with correctly configured digital outputs). The different functions can be assigned via software menus. For a comprehensive list of available functions, 6-71 . Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG The different functions can be assigned via software menus. For a comprehensive list of 6-68. available functions, Electrical details: maximum load of 30 V / 1 A / 30 W, can be operated as normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC). Electrical details: DC inputs LOW: Uin ≤ 1,5 V HIGH: Uin ≥ 4,5 V Rin: 57.5 kΩ Common ground for all outputs (“INGND”) The inputs are protected against excess voltages of up to approx. 40 V. An open (not wired) input has LOW potential. 1-13 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.4 Comparison of Analyzer Models 1.4 Comparison of the Various X-STREAM Enhanced Analyzer Models X-STREAM XEGK X-STREAM XEGP ⁄219 in housing, table-top or rackmountable, optional with carrying handle protection type: IP 20 Internal wide range power supply, or 24V input with external power supply unit Max. 3 channels in many combinations max. 8 gas connections, including 1 optional purge gas connection Options for gas lines: Flow sensor, pressure sensor, infallible gas lines. With restrictions on measurement channel combinations: sample gas pump, 1 valve block 1–5 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs, 2 Modbus Ethernet interfaces, 2 USB connectors optional: 1 interface card with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 interface card with analog inputs electrical interfaces accessible via sockets on back of unit 1 ⁄119 in housing, table-top or rackmountable, protection type: IP 20 1 Internal wide range power supply unit LCD Max. operating ambient temperature*) : 0 °C to +50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F) Max. 5 channels in many combinations max. 8 gas connections, 1 optional extra connection for purge gas Options for gas lines: Flow sensor, pressure sensor, heating for physical components, sample gas pump, 1 or 2 valve blocks, infallible gas lines 1–5 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs, 2 Modbus Ethernet interfaces, 2 USB connectors optional: 1 or 2 interface cards, each with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 interface card with analog inputs electrical interfaces accessible via sockets on back of unit, optionally: screw-type terminal adapters (except for Ethernet & USB) LCD Max. operating ambient temperature*) : 0 °C to +50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F) Size: (DxHxW): max. ca. 460x128.7x213 mm Weight: ca. 8–12 kg (17.6 - 26.5 lb) Size: (DxHxW): max. ca. 411x133x482 mm Weight: ca. 11–16 kg (24.3–35.3 lb) For more detailed information: For more detailed information: *) �� : Limitations apply to selected measurement principles and ranges, Measurement specifications! 1-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.4 Comparison of Analyzer Models X-STREAM XEFD Technical Description X-STREAM XEXF Cast aluminum wallmountable field housing, protection type: IP66 / NEMA 4X 1 Stainless steel wallmountable field housing, protection type: IP66 / NEMA 4X Single (XEF) or dual (XDF) compartment design Internal wide range power supply unit Internal wide range power supply unit Max. 5 channels in many combinations max. 8 gas connections, 1 optional extra connection for purge gas Options for gas lines: Flow sensor, pressure sensor, heating for physical components, sample gas pump, 1 or 2 valve blocks, infallible gas lines 1–5 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs, 2 Modbus Ethernet interfaces, 2 USB connectors optional: 1 or 2 interface cards, each with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 interface card with analog inputs electrical interfaces on internal screw-type terminal adapters (except for Ethernet & USB) Max. 5 channels in many combinations max. 8 gas connections, including 2 optional purge gas connection Options for gas lines: Flow sensor, pressure sensor, heating for physical components, sample gas pump, 1 or 2 valve blocks, infallible gas lines 1–5 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs, 2 Modbus Ethernet interfaces, 2 USB connectors optional: 1 or 2 interface cards, each with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 interface card with analog inputs electrical interfaces on internal screw-type terminal adapters (except for Ethernet & USB) LCD, impact tested front panel Max. operating ambient temperature*) : -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Models available for use in hazardous areas (explosive environments) LCD, impact tested front panel Max. operating ambient temperature*) : -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Flameproof enclosure: approved for use in hazardous areas (explosive environments) Size: (DxHxW): ca. 265x400 (815)x550 mm Weight: max. ca. 25 (45) kg / 55.1 (99.2) lb Size: (DxHxW): max. ca. 222x512x578 mm Weight: max. ca. 63 kg (138.9 lb) For more detailed information: For more detailed information: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-20 1-25 1-15 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.5 X-STREAM XEGK 1.5 X-STREAM XEGK: ½19 Inch Table-Top Unit This compact model for general purposes can be fitted with up to three measurement channels in various combinations. Power is supplied by an internal wide range power supply or a separate external power supply unit. By default the units are configured for tabletop use. A carrying handle is optional available which makes it easy to take the instrument to varying sampling points. For rack mounting a XEGK is fixed by screws located at the front panel. Connection to power supply AC is supplied by an IEC chassis plug with power switch and fuse holders. The internal wide range power supply unit enables the analyzers to be used worldwide. DC 24 V power is supplied via a 3-pin socket at the rear of the unit. Interfaces Electrical connections for interface signals are provided via submin-D connectors, Ethernet and USB connectors mounted on the rear panel of the device (( Fig. 1-8). Detailed technical details on the various interfaces can be found at 2-2. The configuration of the connectors are described in Chapter 4 'Installation' and the software settings in Chapter 6 'User interface and software menus'. Gas connections Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of measurement channels and serial or parallel connection), sample and calibration gases are fed into the unit via up to 8 tube fittings mounted on the rear panel. Any free tube fittings can be used for purging the device to minimize interference from the ambient atmosphere, or when measuring corrosive and/ or flammable gases. 1-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1 Technical Description 1.5 X-STREAM XEGK 1 7 2 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 13 8 9 10 Note! Figures show optional components! 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Status line Graphic display Messages line home key enter key 4 keys for adjustment and menu selection Signal connectors (some optional) 8 9 10 11 12 13 DC power input fuse DC power input Gas fittings and valve block AC power input with switch and fuses Standard gas in- and outlets Carrying handle Fig. 1-8: X-STREAM XEGK - Views Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-17 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.6 X-STREAM XEGP 1.6 X-STREAM XEGP: 19 Inch Table-Top or Rackmount Design This model can be fitted with up to five measurement channels in various combinations. The physical components can optionally be encased in a cover. This area can be held at a specific temperature of up to 60 °C to minimize interference from changes in external temperature. Units configured for rack mounting can be converted for tabletop use by removing the lateral mounting brackets and attaching the four feet supplied as accessories. Connection to power supply Main power is supplied via the IEC chassis plug mounted on the rear panel, with integrated power switch and fuse holders. The internal wide range power supply unit enables the analyzers to be used worldwide. panel, right above the connector ( 1-9, rear view). Fig. Gas connections Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of measurement channels and serial or parallel connection), sample and calibration gases are fed into the unit via up to 8 threaded connectors mounted on the rear panel. The configuration of the connectors is indicated on an adhesive label located near the connectors. A further optional tube fitting enables the housing to be purged to minimize interference Interfaces Electrical connections for interface signals are provided via submin-D connectors mounted on the rear panel of the device (fig 1-8). For applications where screw-type terminals are preferred, optional adapters are available, which are mounted directly onto the submin-D connectors. Detailed technical details on the various interfaces can be found at 2-2. The configuration of the connectors and the optional screw-type terminal adapters are described in Chapter 4 'Installation' and the software settings in Chapter 6 'User interface and software menus'. Up to two digital I/O cards may be installed, where the first digital I/O card is marked "X4.1" while the second is "X4.2" on the rear 1-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1 2 3 1 Status line Graphic display Messages line 2 3 4 5 6 4 home key 5 enter key 6 4 keys for adjustment and menu selection 2 6 4 3 Power inlet with filter, fuses & switch Signal input/output connectors (some optional) Cover for eO2 or tO2 sensor Rear view 1 2 3 5 1 Gas connector fittings Space for additional fittings Optional purge gas inlet 4 5 6 Optional screw-type terminal adapter Strain-reliefs, top view details 1 1 2 1 Screw-type terminal adapters 2 Strain-reliefs Fig. 1-9: X-STREAM XEGP - Details Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-19 1 Front view Technical Description 1.6 X-STREAM XEGP Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.7 X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings 1.7 X-STREAM XEXF: Field Housing With (XEF ) Single or (XDF) Dual Compartment Field housing are conceived for outdoor use and wall-mounting. The coated stainless steel housing has a protection class rated IP66 / NEMA Type 4X, offering protection against water and dust entering the device: IPx6: In case of occasional flooding, e.g. heavy seas, water shall not enter in harmful quantities IP6x: Protection against penetration by dust. Live or internal moving parts are completely protected. An X-STREAM field housing can be fitted with up to five measurement channels in various combinations. The physical components can optionally be encased in a cover. This separate volume can be held at a specific temperature of up to 60 °C to minimize interference from changes in external temperature. Front panel The analyzer’s display is covered by an impact tested glass for enhanced protection against breakage in harsh environments. Electrical connections Electrical connections are provided via internal tube fittings, the cables being fed through cable glands at the right side of the unit ( Fig. 1-11). The front cover of the housing swings open to the left once the fasteners have been released. Connection to power supply Mains power is supplied via screw-type terminals with integrated fuse holders at the right side of the housing, near the front. The wide range power supply unit mounted internally enables the analyzers to be used worldwide. 1-20 Interface signals Up to two digital I/O cards may be installed. If so, on a label nearby, they are labeled "X4.1" for the first I/O board, and "X4.2" for the second. Detailed technical details on the various interfaces can be found at 2-2. The configuration of the screw-type terminal adapters are described in Chapter 4 'Installation'and the software settings in Chapter 6 'User interface and software menus'. Gas connections Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of channels, series or parallel piping), up to eight tube fittings are provided for the supply of sample and calibration gases. The assignments of the fittings is given on an adhesive label situated near the fittings. A further optional tube fitting enables the housing to be purged to minimize interference from the ambient atmosphere, or when measuring corrosive and/or flammable gases. For further information, see 1-5. Dual compartment variation XDF The dual compartment variation XDF supports separating electronics and physics, e.g. for measurement of corrosive or solvent gases. For such applications the electronics are installed in the upper compartment, while measurement physics are in the lower compartment. This separation is also available as gastight version. XDF also provides more space e.g. for installation of optional signal converter elements for system integrators. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1 Technical Description 1.7 X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings XEF XDF Fig. 1-10: X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings- Front Views HEAVY INSTRUMENT X-STREAM field housings, intended for outside and wall mounted use, weigh approx. (XEF) 26 kg (57 lb) or (XDF) 45 kg (99 lb), depending on options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the units! Take care the wall or stand the unit is intended to be installed at is solid and stable to support the weight! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-21 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.7 X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 3 Cable gland for power cable Cable glands for signal cables 4 brackets for wall-mounting Gas in- & outlets (max. 8) Cutouts, to combine 2 housings (here closed) 5 4 5 Note! In case of XDF, the cable glands are located at the upper compartment, while the gas in- & outlets are at the bottom side of the lower compartment. Also only 2 brackets are at each compartment. Fig. 1-11: X-STREAM XEF - Right Side and Bottom View 1-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1 Technical Description 1.7 X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings (shown with front panel removed) 1 2 3 4 5 1 5 2 Screw-type terminals for signal cables Power line filter Cable glands Power supply terminals with integrated fuses Ethernet and USB connectors 4 3 Note! In case of XDF, the terminals and connectors are located at the upper compartment, while physical components and gas fittings are in the lower compartment. Fig. 1-12: X-STREAM XEF - Power Supply and Signal Terminals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-23 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.7 XEXF Field Housings in Hazardous Areas 1.7.1 Field Housings XEXF for Installation in Hazardous Areas (Ex-Zones & Divisions) EXPLOSION HAZARD X-STREAM XEXF field housings CAN NOT be used in explosive environments (hazardous areas) without additional safety features. This instruction manual does NOT describe the special conditions necessary to operate gas analyzers in hazardous areas. Please refer to the separate instruction manual supplied with units for use in hazardous areas. Special X-STREAM field housing analyzer models can be used in Ex-zones 2 or Division 2: X-STREAM XEFN/XDFN: Analyzer with non-sparking protection for measuring non-flammable gases in European Ex-zone 2 and North-American Division 2 areas: the customized configuration of this instrument ensures that, when used correctly, no sparks, hot surfaces etc. which could ignite an explosive ambient atmosphere are generated. No further measures, such as a supply of protective gas, are necessary. X-STREAM XEFZ/XDFZ: Equipped with a simplified pressurization system, these models can be used to measure non-flammable gases in American zone Div 2. A protective gas (e.g. pressurized air) must be supplied when operating this model. Please contact your local EMERSON Process Management office if you require analyzers for use in hazardous areas. X-STREAM XEFS/XDFS: Equipped with a simplified pressurization system, these field housings can be used to measure non-flammable gases in European Ex-zone 2. A protective gas (e.g. pressurized air) must be supplied when operating this model. 1-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD Front panel The analyzer’s display is protected by an impact tested glass for enhanced protection against breakage in harsh environments. Electrical connections Electrical connections are made via internal screw-type terminals; the corresponding cables are fed through cable inlets on the un- Fig. derside of the unit into the housing ( 1-14 ). The front of the unit opens downwards once the screws located on the surrounding flange are removed. Connection to power supply Mains power is connected via screw-type terminals with integrated fuses, located in the front right-hand area of the housing. The internally mounted wide range power supply unit ensures, the analyzers can be used worldwide. Interface signals Up to two digital I/O cards may be installed, where terminal strip for the first digital I/O card is marked "X4.1" while the second is "X4.2" on a label near the terminals. Detailed technical details on the various interfaces can be found at 2-2. The configuration of the screw-type terminal adapters are described in Chapter 4 'Installation'and the software settings in Chapter 6 'User interface and software menus'. Gas connections Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of channels, series or parallel piping), up to eight flame arresters are provided for the supply of sample and calibration EXPLOSION HAZARD The special conditions for installing and operating analyzers in hazardous areas are not covered by this manual! Read the separate instruction manuals shipped together with instruments intended to be installed in hazardous areas! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-25 1 The most obvious X-STREAM XEFD analyzer feature is its flameproof housing ( Fig. 1-13 ). This enables its use in Ex-zone 1 hazardous environments. With a protection type of IP66/NEMA Type 4X and sturdy cast aluminum housing designed for wall-mounting, it can also be used in other tough environments. IPx6: In case of occasional flooding, e.g. heavy seas, water shall not enter in harmful quantities IP6x: Protection against penetration by dust. Live or internal moving parts are completely protected. Up to five measuring channels in various combinations can be installed in the X-STREAM XEFD. The physical components can optionally be encased in a cover. This separate volume can be held at a specific temperature of up to 60 °C to minimize interference from changes in external temperature. Technical Description 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD: Cast Aluminum Flameproof Housing Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD gases. The assignments of the connectors is given on an adhesive label situated near the connectors. Optional two of the fittings may be used to purge the housing to minimize interference from the ambient atmosphere, or when measuring corrosive and/or flammable gases. In this situation special conditions apply for operation in hazardous areas, described in the separate manual addendum for hazardous areas. transport lug transport lug screws for housing hinges Fig. 1-13: X-STREAM XEFD - Front View 1-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1 Technical Description 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 3 1 Cable inlets for power and signal cables Gas tube fittings, protected by flame arrestors 4 brackets for wall mounting Transport lug Fig. 1-14: X-STREAM XEFD - Bottom View HEAVY INSTRUMENT The model X-STREAM XEFD, intended for outside and wall mounted use, weighs approx. 63 kg (139 lb), depending on options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Use the transport lugs located on the sides of the instrument. Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the units! Take care the wall or stand the unit is intended to be installed at is solid and stable to support the weight! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-27 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD (shown with front panel removed) 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 Terminals for signal cables (shown fully populated) Power line filter Cable inlets for power and signal cables Power supply terminals with integrated fuses Ethernet and USB connectors Fig. 1-15: X-STREAM XEFD - Terminals 1-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Chapter 2 Technical Data Common technical data page 2-2 X-STREAM XEGK page 2-6 X-STREAM XEGP page 2-12 X-STREAM XEXF (XEF, XDF) page 2-15 X-STREAM XEFD page 2-19 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2 Technical Data This chapter contains all the technical details of the analyzers, divided into common and model-specific data. 2-1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.1 Common Technical Data 2.1 Common Technical Data Site of installation Humidity (non-condensing) Degree of pollution Installation category Elevation Ambient atmosphere < 90 % RH at +20 °C (68 °F) < 70 % RH at +40 °C (104 °F) 2 II 0 to 2000 m (6560 ft) above sea level Units may not be operated in corrosive, flammable or explosive environments (except flameproof XEFD) without additional safety measures. Certification Electrical safety CAN / USA CSA-C/US, based on CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04 / UL 61010-1, 2nd edition Europe CE, based on EN 61010-1 Electromagnetic compatibility Europe Australia others CE, based on EN 61326 C-Tick NAMUR Gas parameters Chapter 3 “Measuring principles” or „4.3 Gas conditioning“ on page 4-3 2-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.1 Common Technical Data Interfaces, signal inputs and outputs Interface signals are accessed in different ways depending on the analyzer model: X-STREAM XEXF, XEFD: subminD plugs and sockets screw-type terminal adapters (XEGP only) internal screw-type terminals All versions provide 2 RJ45 plugs for Ethernet connections as well as 1 USB and 1 mini USB connector (field housings internally only). All models are supplied with 4 (0)–20 mA (RB ≤ 500 Ω) electrical specification optically isolated from each other and from analyup to 5 analog outputs zer electronics user-configurable activation and deactivation of (standard: 1 analog output concentration levels per channel) function support for NAMUR NE 43 operation modes, configurable via keypad and Modbus Dry relay change-over contacts, electrical to be used as NO or NC specification max. load. 30 V; 1 A; 30 W resistive Each output can be configured to provide any of the functions listed by Tab. 6-1 at page 6-63. These functions include, but are not limited to NAMUR NE 107 status signals 'Failure', 'Main4 relay outputs tenance request', 'Out of specification', 'Function check' (these signals are automatically configured function Fail Safe), concentration alarms (can manually be configured Fail Safe), control signals for external valves or pumps, and many more 2 Modbus interfaces Ethernet (RJ45 sockets) specification USB 1.0 1 USB connector type A, for connecting external storage devices 2 USB ports function 1 USB connector type mini AB, for connecting external computers Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-3 Technical Data standard: optional: 2 X-STREAM XEGK, XEGP: Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.1 Common Technical Data Optional interfaces for all models Digital I/O board 7 or 14 digital inputs (X-STREAM XEGK: max. 7 inputs) 9 or 18 additional relay outputs (X-STREAM XEGK: max. 9 add. outputs) 2-4 max. 30 V, internally limited to 2.3 mA electrical HIGH: min. 4 V; LOW: max. 3 V specification common GND Each input can be configured to any of the Tab. 6-4 at page functions listed by 6-72, e. g. Open valve function Activate sample gas pump Zero calibrate all channels Span calibrate all channels Zero and span calibrate all channels Abort calibration Dry relay change-over contacts can be electrical used as NO or NC specification max. load. 30 V; 1 A; 30 W resistive Each output can be configured to provide Tab. 6-3 any of the functions listed by at page 6-69 . These functions include, but are not limited to NAMUR NE 107 status signals 'Failure', 'Maintenance request', 'Out of specificafunction tion', 'Function check' (these signals are automatically configured Fail Safe), concentration alarms (can manually be configured Fail Safe), control signals for external valves or pumps, and many more Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.1 Common Technical Data Optional interfaces for all models Analog I/O board 2 Analog inputs function protected against overload up to ± 15 V or ± 20 mA Input analog signals from external devices, such as e.g. pressure transmitters, flow sensors, analyzers, etc. for compensation or other purposes Serial Interface electrical 9-pin,optically isolated from analyzer elecspecification tronics function RS232E, RS485 or Modbus 1 Interface Special Interface Service Interface 1 Serial electrical RS232E, specification NOT optically isolated from analyzer electronics function Only for special trained service personnel! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-5 2 optional (requires to fit wire bridges, Chapter 4 'Installation'): electrical specification 0–20 mA ; Rin = 50 Ω optically isolated from analyzer GND Technical Data 0–1 V, 0–10 V (software selectable) Rin = 100 kΩ Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGK 2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data 2.2.1 X-STREAM XEGK: ½19 Inch Tabletop Unit All dimensions in mm [in] Fig. 2-1: X-STREAM XEGK - Dimensions 2-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Technical Data 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGK 2 Front panel detail 6 screws (M 2.5) for rack mounting or affixing frame & handle Standard I/Os, analog inputs, DC supply, valve block Frame and handle detail Portable with handle, standard I/Os, digital I/Os, AC supply, standard gas fittings Note! The shown rear panel options are interchangable! Fig. 2-2: X-STREAM XEGK - Rear Panel and Handle Variations Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-7 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGK Temperatures operational, max.*) storage Weight, max IP or Type rating Measurement channels, max. Gas connections max number max for purging (incl. / separate) material sizes Power supply unit Power supply nominal voltage voltage range nominal input current, max Power input fuses 0 … +50 °C / 32 … 122 °F -20 … +70 °C / -4 … -158 °F 8 … 12 kg / 17.6 … 26.5 lb IP 20 for indoor use, protected against dripping water and direct sun light 3 8 2 incl. PVDF; stainless steel (opt.) 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" external; alternatively: internal wide range P/S Mains supply voltage fluctuations are not to exceed ± 10 percent of the nominal voltage 50 / 60 Hz DC 24 V 100–240 V DC 10–30 V 85–264 V 47–63 Hz 2.5 A 1.3–0.7 A AC 230 V / T 3.15 A AC 230 V / T 4 A 5x20 mm (1 pcs) 5x20 mm (2 pcs) Electrical in- and outputs power signals special *) IEC connector with integrated power switch & fuse holders signal cables are connected using submin-D plugs or sockets on the unit’s rear panel Ethernet: RJ45 socket; USB connectors 3-pin XLR connector : Limitations apply to selected measurement principles and ranges, Measurement specifications! 2-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGK 2.2.1.1 Data for Optional External Power Supply Units Model UPS 01 T PE 57.7 54.2 This PSU can be ordered as an option for supplying power to one tabletop unit. Technical Data All dimensions in mm [in] 105.9 IEC power input socket 275.3 (shielding) 2 3 2 Pin 1: ME Pin 2: + 24 V Pin 3: 0 V (⊥) shield: housing flange 1 Pin configuration for 24 V DC output socket Fig. 2-3: UPS 01 Tabletop Power Supply Unit Nominal input voltage Input voltage range Power consumption Input Power input fuses Nominal output voltage Nominal output current Surge protection Excess temperature protection Output Weight Certification Safety EMC Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 120 / 230 V 50/60 Hz 95–138 V / 187–264 V , 47–63 Hz max. 240 VA via rubber connector (IEC plug; Fig. 2-3). The PSU does not include user-replaceable fuses. (± 5 %) 24 V 5A current limiting typ. 110 % Inom, straight response curve, short-circuit-proof reduction of output voltage to disconnection. Resets after cooling. 3-pin XLR socket approx. 2.5 kg (4.8 lb) EN 60950, UL1950, CSA22.2 NO 950-95 EN 50081-1 (emitted interference) EN 50082-2 (interference resistance), et al 2-9 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGK This PSU can optionally be ordered for rack installation. Two variations are available: • with blind front panel, connectors at the rear side • with rear panel, connectors to the front. Both variations are fixed to the rack by means of screws at the panels. Fig. 2-4: UPS 01 Power Supply Unit for Rack Installation 2-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGK Model 10 A tabletop PSU This PSU can optionally be ordered for powering 2 tabletop units with a single common power supply. PE 1 2 All dimensions in mm [in] front 2 3 (shielding) rear Pin 1: ME Pin 2: + 24 V Pin 3: 0 V (⊥) shield: housing flange Technical Data IEC power input connector with fuse-holder Pin configuration for 24 V DC output socket Fig. 2-5: 10 A Tabletop PSU Nominal input voltage Input voltage range Input current 115 V setting 230 V setting Input Power input fuses Nominal output voltage Power loss Nominal output current Surge protection Excess temperature protection Output Weight Compliances Safety EMC Recommended clearance Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 100–120 / 220–240 V 50/60 Hz (Nominal voltage not to be changed by operator) 85–132 / 176–264 V, 47–63 Hz max. 240 VA <6A < 2.8 A Fig. 2-5). via rubber connector (IEC plug; AC 230 V / T 6.3 A / 5x20 mm (+ 5 / -1 %) 24 V typ. 29 W (230 V ; 24 V, 10 A) max. 10 A, limited to 5 A per output protection against short-circuits, power surges and no-load running derating from 60 °C /140 °F two 3-pin XLR socket approx. 2 kg / 4.4 lb EN 60950, EN 50178, UL1950, UL/CSA-22.2 No 950-M90 EN 50081-1, class B (emitted interference), EN 50082-2, class A (interf. resistance), et al 15 mm / 0.6" in front and behind 2-11 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGP 2.2.2 X-STREAM XEGP: 19 Inch Tabletop and Rack-Mount Models approx. values in mm [in] Strain relief bracket, detail (model with clamping adapters) X X: Height of rear panel cover for tO2 cell: 10 mm [0.39] eO2 cell: 36 mm [1.42] Fig. 2-6: X-STREAM XEGP - Dimensions 2-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGP Measurement channels, max. Gas connections max number max for purging (incl. / separate) material sizes Power supply unit Power supply nominal voltage voltage range nominal input current, max standard, max w/ temperature control, max Power input fuses Electrical in- and outputs power signals optional special *) Technical Data IP or Type rating 0 … +50 °C / 32 … 122 °F -20 … +70 °C / -4 … -158 °F 12 … 16 kg / 26.5 … 35.3 lb IP 20 for indoor use, protected against dripping water and direct sun light 5 8 1 separate. 2 Temperatures operational, max.*) storage Weight, max PVDF; stainless steel (opt.) 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" wide range, internal Mains supply voltage fluctuations are not to exceed ± 10 percent of the nominal voltage 50 / 60 Hz 100–240 V 85–264 V 47–63 Hz 1.3–0.7 A 3–1.5 A AC 230 V / T 4 A / 5x20 mm IEC connector with integrated power switch & fuse holders signal cables are connected using submin-D plugs or sockets on the unit’s rear panel terminals adaptors, to be installed onto the submin-D connectors Ethernet: RJ45 socket; USB connectors : Limitations apply to selected measurement principles and ranges, Measurement specifications! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-13 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGP 1 2 4 Power connector Fuse holder 3 4 Fig. 2-7: X-STREAM XEGP - Power Supply and Signal Connections 1 2 1 2 Strain relief with cable shield grounding clamps (quantity varies depending on installed options) Terminal adapters 1 2 3 Power switch Signal connectors (some optional) Terminal adapters (detail) Fig. 2-8: X-STREAM XEGP - Signal Connections With Screw-Type Terminal Adapters (Top View) 2-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings Technical Data 2.2.3 X-STREAM XEXF: Field Housing With (XEF) Single or (XDF) Dual Compartment Cable glands 2 Gas fittings Connector for potential equalization All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 2-9: X-STREAM XEF - Dimensions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-15 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Gas fittings Connector for potential equalization Cable glands Fig. 2-10: X-STREAM XDF - Dimensions 2-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings Measurement channels, max. Gas connections max number max for purging (incl. / separate) material sizes Power supply unit Power supply nominal voltage voltage range nominal input current, max XEF standard, max w/ temperature control, max XDF standard, max w/ temperature control, max Power input fuses Electrical in- and outputs power signals special Cable entries permissible cable outer dia *) up to approx. 25 kg / 55.1 lb up to approx. 45 kg / 99.2 lb IP 66, Type 4X for outdoor use, protected against direct sun light 5 Technical Data IP or Type rating 0 (-20) … +50 °C / 32 (-4) … 122 °F -20 … +70 °C / -4 … -158 °F 8 1 separate. stainless steel 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" wide range, internal Mains supply voltage fluctuations are not to exceed ± 10 percent of the nominal voltage 50 / 60 Hz 100–240 V 85–264 V 47–63 Hz 2 Temperatures operational, max.*) storage Weight, max XEF (single) XDF (dual) 1.3–0.7 A 3–1.5 A 1.5–0.8 A 5.5–3 A AC 230 V / T 6.3 A / 5x20 mm screw terminals with integrated fuse holders, max. 4 mm² / 11 AWG screw terminals, max. 1.5 mm² / 15 AWG Ethernet: RJ45 socket; USB connectors Cable glands, IP 68 7 … 12 mm / 0.27" … 0.47" : Limitations apply to selected measurement principles and ranges, Measurement specifications! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-17 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings 1 2 1 2 3 Power supply terminals with fuse holders Grounded conductor clamp (PE) Power supply cable entry 3 Fig. 2-11: X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings - Power Supply Terminals / Fuse Holders 1 1 2 3 2 Ethernet & USB Analog & digital I/O terminal strips Max. 4 signal cables entries 3 Note! Depending on the actual analyzer configuration not all shown terminal strips may be installed! Fig. 2-12: X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings - Signal Terminals 2-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.4 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEFD 2.2.4 X-STREAM XEFD: Flameproof Housing 2 Technical Data Transport lugs to be removed after installation Flame arrestors with gas fittings (enclosure threads: M18 x 1.5) Cable inlets (enclosure threads; M20 x 1.5) Eyebolt detail All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 2-13: X-STREAM XEFD - Dimensions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-19 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.2.4 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEFD Temperatures operational, max.*) storage Weight, max IP or Type rating Measurement channels, max. Gas connections max number max for purging (incl. / separate) material sizes Power supply unit Power supply nominal voltage voltage range nominal input current, max standard, max w/ temperature control, max Power input fuses Electrical in- and outputs power analog and digital I/O signals special Cable entries *) 0 (-20) … +50 °C / 32 (-4) … 122 °F -20 … +70 °C / -4 … -158 °F up to approx. 63 kg / 138.6 lb IP 66, Type 4X for outdoor use, protected against direct sun light 5 8 2 incl.. stainless steel 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" wide range, internal Mains supply voltage fluctuations are not to exceed ± 10 percent of the nominal voltage 50 / 60 Hz 100–240 V 85–264 V 47–63 Hz 1.3–0.7 A 3–1.5 A AC 230 V / T 4 A / 5x20 mm screw terminals with integrated fuse holders, max. 4 mm² / 11 AWG screw terminals, max. 1.5 mm² / 15 AWG Ethernet: RJ45 socket; USB connectors to be supplied by customer, see separate insturction manual for flameproof analyzers : Limitations apply to selected measurement principles and ranges, Measurement specifications! 2-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 1 2 3 4 Power terminals with integrated fuse holders Protective earth terminal (PE) Power cable entry EMI power supply filter Technical Data 2.2.4 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEFD 1 4 3 2 2 Fig. 2-14: X-STREAM XEFD - Power Supply Terminals / Fuse Holders 1 1 2 3 Ethernet & USB Analog & digital I/O terminal strips Max. 3 signal cables entries 2 3 Note! Depending on the actual analyzer configuration not all shown terminal strips may be installed! Fig. 2-15: X-STREAM XEFD - Signal Terminals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-21 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 2.3 Information on Name Plate 2.3 Information on Name Plate The name plate provides details on the configuration of the unit, installed measuring techniques, sample gases and measuring ranges. It also indicates the unit’s serial number. The plate is located on either the side or the rear of the unit. Note! Analyzers configured to be installed in hazardous areas have special name plates, described in the associated manuals. 8 1 2 IR UV UV eO2 XEGK, XEGP Note! XEGK max. 3 channels! 3 11812345678 NO:FS 150 … 5000 ppm NO2:FS 100 … 5000 ppm SO2:FS 100 … 5000 ppm O2:FS 5 … 25 % 4 5 6 9 1 Field housings 2 IR UV UV IR eO2 11912345678 10 3…7 NO:FS 150 … 5000 ppm SO2:FS 100 … 5000 ppm NO2:FS 100 … 5000 ppm CO2:FS 100 … 1000 ppm O2:FS 5 … 25 % 8 1 Model and installed measuring techniques (here: 1x resp. 2x IR & 2x UV & electrochemical O2) 2 Serial number 3 Channel 1: Gas and full scale ranges (here: NO, 150 to 5000 ppm) 4 Channel 2: Gas and full scale ranges (here:SO2, 100 to 5000 ppm) 5 Channel 3: Gas and full scale ranges (here: NO2, 100 to 5000 ppm) 6 Channel 4: Gas and full scale ranges (here:CO2, 100 to 1000 ppm) 7 Channel 5: Gas and full scale ranges (here:O2, 5 to 25 %) 8 Manufacturer´s address 9 Certification marks (XEGK, XEGP: on a separate label) 10 Electrical data (XEGK, XEGP: on rear panel) Fig. 2-16: Analyzer Name Plate (examples) 2-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.1 Infrared Measurement (IR) Ultraviolet Measurement (UV) The non-dispersive measurement methods described in this section utilize gas specific light absorption in order to discriminate between different gases. This is possible, as any gas possesses distinct absorption characteristics. The selective measurement of these absorption lines can be used to identify gas components. The amount of light absorbed by the absorption lines is a direct measure of the gas concentration. One can distinguish between two different types of non-dispersive measurements differing how wavelength selectivity is accomplished. It is essential for gas specific concentration measurements, to selectively detect only light of the absorption line wavelengths of the gas of interest. Typically a gas selective detector is used for NDIR measurements. For NDUV the selectivity is achieved by an additional optical filter, as the detector itself is not wavelength selective. In some applications, a pyrodetector is used for NDIR measurements. This type of detectors is not wavelength selective, hence these setups also use an optical filter to narrow their wavelength response function. The assembly of a NDIR and NDUV channel is shown in Fig. 3-3. For NDIR a broad-band IR light source is used to generate the light, while Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG NDUV measurements utilize a narrowband UV fluorescence source, already adopted for the absorption lines of the gas of interest. Part of this adoption is done by a specially selected optical filter in the adaptor cell. The diameter of the light beam emitted from the sources is adjusted to completely fill the opening of the split analysis cell. After traversing the analysis cell, the light passes through a filter cell which adjusts the beam diameter to the chopper opening and the diameter of the active detector area. The chopper wheel used is designed to allow an intrinsically referenced measurement. The details of this new patent pending method are described in section 3.1.1. Which measurement (UV / IR) to use for a specific application depends on the gas component to be measured and the required measurement performance. 3.1.1 IntrinzX Technology The IntrinzX technology is an enhancement of the well established “proof peak” technology with automatic sensitivity control, known from the MLT gas analyzer series. While the “proof peak” provided only one reference measurement per chopper wheel revolution, the IntrinzX technology provides four reference measurements per revolution. The patent pending IntrinzX technology has been introduced into the market with the launch of the X-STREAM X2 gas analyzers. Using the new IntrinzX chopper wheel, the reference and the measurement signal are 3-1 3 X-STREAM series analyzers support several measuring principles depending on the gas component of interest. This provides best possible results, as the measurement can be chosen to optimally fit the characteristics of the gas to be measured with respect to the application. The following sections introduce the available measuring principles highlighting their specific characteristics. Measuring Principles Chapter 3 Measuring Principles Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.1 Infrared (IR) and Ultraviolet (UV) Measurement modulated with 4 and 5 times the basic revolution frequency, respectively. As a result, the proof peak process is integrated into the measurement information, in contrast to being artificially inserted in the measurement signal. Frequency filtering separates the sum signal into measurement and reference signal ( Fig. 3-1). This results in a permanently referenced signal by dividing the integrated reference level by the integrated measurement level for each revolution. Therefore the IntrinzX technology provides many outstanding features: • High dynamic measurement ranges (e.g. 0-200 to 50,000 ppm CO), which cannot be obtained with standard photometric technologies • Reduced temperature dependency • One bench enables measurements of low & high ranges • Low & high concentration in raw and clean gases • Small and large ranges before and after scrubbers • Measurement of carbon bed breakthrough / catalyst efficiency • Mobile measurements at different sampling points / locations • Easy adaption to different applications (universities, laboratories) • Supports automotive engine testing • Benches to be used in TOC applications for measurements of low and high carbon content 0 % absorption • High sensitivity for lowest measuring ranges This leads to cost saving effects for the customer: • Fewer number of benches & cells • Easier field repair and replacement of parts 50 % absorption • Easy adjustment of low measuring ranges in the field • Reduced maintenance • Extended span calibration intervals 100 % absorption • Minimized demand for test gases Due to the inherent correlation between reference and measurement side, span calibration can often be achieved by zero calibration. The above listed IntrinzX features offer a high degree of flexibility with regards to applications: Fig. 3-1: IntrinzX Signal Forms 3-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.1 Infrared (IR) and Ultraviolet (UV) Measurement Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Absorption chamber Window Compensation chamber 3 The standard detector used for NDIR measurements is an opto pneumatic detector. It consists of two chambers, filled with gas and connected via a small channel (Fig. 3-2). The gas filling is chosen to provide maximum overlap with the gas to be measured. Usually the gas to be measured itself is used. A micro flow sensor, placed in the connecting channel, measures the flow between both chambers. As light is absorbed by the gas in the absorption chamber the gas temperature changes resulting in an increase of volume of the heated gas. The gas expands and flows towards the compensation chamber. When the chopper closes, no light is absorbed and thus temperature and volume of the gas in the absorption chamber decrease. Gas flows back from the (now) hotter compensation chamber into the absorption chamber. The absolute flow, detected by the micro flow sensor, in both cases is therefore a measure for the light absorbed while the chopper is open. This directly correlates to the amount of light not absorbed in the analysis cell and therefore to the concentration of the measurement gas inside the analysis cell. Using the divided analysis cell and the I ntrinzX chopper wheel enables simultaneous detection of measurement and reference signal. Measuring Principles 3.1.2 NDIR Detector Fill nozzle Connecting channel with micro flow detector Fig. 3-2: Gas Detector Design Principle 3-3 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.1 Infrared (IR) and Ultraviolet (UV) Measurement 3.1.3 Technical Implementation The radiation emitted by an IR or UV/EDL source passes an adaptor cell, widening the beam to completely fill out the analysis cell´s diameter. At the opposite side of the cell, another adaptor cell is installed to reduce the beam to the diameter of the opening in the chopper. The detectors are installed at the rear side of the chopper. As pyrodetectors are not as frequency selective as gas detectors, an ad- ditional filter has to be installed when using pyrodetectors, limiting the bandwidth of radiation passing the chopper. 7 6 5 4 8 1 2 3 12 13 11 10 9 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 UV source Adaptor cell Analysis cell (internal view) Filter cell UV detector Gas detector 7 IR detector electronics 8 Pyro detector (alternatively) 9 Temperature sensor 10 Filter for pyro detector assembly 11 Chopper 12 Chopper electronics 13 IR source 14 EDL Fig. 3-3: Photometer Assembly Principle 3-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.1 Paramagnetic Measurement This oxygen measurement principle is based on the paramagnetic characteristic of oxygen molecules: Two cavernous glass spheres filled with nitrogen are arranged in a dumb¬bell configuration. This dumbbell with a platinum wire is mounted rotatable inside a strong inhomogeneous magnetic field. A small mirror is fixed on the front side of the dumbbell, which reflects light from a light source towards two photo detectors (Fig. 3-4). The dumbbell is surrounded by another platinum wire, which is bent like a coil around each glass sphere. It generates a magnetic field when supplied by an electric current to control the dumpbell´s deflection. Oxygen molecules within the sample gas are attracted be the magnetic field due to their paramagnetic characteristic and will be concentrated into the area of the highest field strength in the inhomogeneous field. In doing so they displace the nitrogen filled glass spheres. This generates a torque on the dumbbell which depends on the oxygen concentration in the sample gas. The dumbbell starts to rotate and the light reflected by the mirror on the dumbbell generates a signal on one of the two photo detectors. Initiated by the photo detector signal a preamplifier drives a current through the platinum wire surrounding the dumbbell. This generates a compensating Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG magnetic field and rotates the dumbbell back into its zero position. The compensating current gives a direct and linear measure for the oxygen concentration within the sample gas. The paramagnetic oxygen detector also con¬tains a temperature sensor for compensation and a heating ele¬ment to keep the detector at approx. 55 °C. Several variations are available including corrosion resistant, solvent resistant and/or intrinsically safe (for measuring flammable gases) versions. 3 Three different principles are used for measuring oxygen concentrations. The principle used in your specific instrument is given by the channel code (sample gas designator) on the nameplate label ( figure on page 2-22): pO2 = paramagnetic sensor eO2 = electrochemical sensor tO2 = trace oxygen sensor Measuring Principles 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 11 10 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 5 Permanent magnet Platinum wire Mirror Glass ball Loop 2 7 3 6 9 8 6 Photodetector 7 Light source 8 Preamplifier 9 Display 10 Gas inlet 11 Gas outlet Fig. 3-4: Paramagnetic Oxygen Sensor Assembly Principle 3-5 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.1.1 Cross Interferences by Accompanying Gases The Table below by selected gases shows, how accompanying gases interfere the paramagnetic oxygen measurement. A comprehensive list of gases and their cross interferences is given in the standard IEC 61207-3. If the concentration of such gases is already given at time of enquiry, this interference may be taken into account during factory startup and thus minimized (option). 100 % Gas Acetylene Ammonia Argon Bromine 1.2-Butadiene 1.3-Butadiene n-Butane i-Butene cis 2-Butene trans 2-Butene Carbon dioxide Carbon monoxide Chlorine Cyclohexane Ethane Ethylene Helium n-Heptane n-Hexane Hydrogen Hydrogen bromide Zero-level effect % O2 C 2H 2 NH3 Ar Br2 C4H6 C4H6 C4H10 C4H8 C4H8 C4H8 CO2 CO Cl2 C6H12 C2H6 C2H4 He C7H16 C6H14 H2 HBr -0.29 -0.20 -0.25 -2.02 -0.49 -0.49 -1.26 -1.30 -0.89 -0.92 -0.30 +0.07 -0.94 -1.84 -0.49 -0.22 +0.33 -2.40 -2.02 +0.26 -0.76 100 % Gas Hydrogen chloride HCl Hydrogen flouride HF Hydrogen iodide HI Hydrogen sulphide H2S Iodine I Isobutane C4H10 Krypton Kr Laughing gas N 2O Methane CH4 Neon Ne Nitric acid HNO3 Nitrogen N2 Nitrogen dioxide NO2 Nitrous oxide NO n-Octane C8H18 n-Pentane C5H12 Oxygen O2 Propane C 3H 8 Propylene C3H6 Vinyl chloride C2H3Cl Water H2O Xenon Xe Zero-level effect % O2 -0.35 +0.10 -1.19 -0.44 -2.40 -1.30 -0.55 -0.23 -0.18 +0.17 +0.43 ±0.00 +20.00 +42.94 -2.78 -1.68 100 -0.87 -0.64 -0.77 -0.03 -1.05 Note! This data is based on a temperature of 60 °C (140 °F). Tab. 3-1: Paramagnetic Sensor - Cross Interferences (Examples) 3-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.1.2 Applications With Corrosive or Solvent Components Approved solvents Acetic acid Acetone Acrolein Aromatics Butadiene Butadiene-1 Butadiene-2 C2H2 C4H8 C5 C6H12 CH3COOH Cyclohexane Cyclohexanon Dimethyl sulfide Ethanol Ethene Ethylene Ethylene oxid Heptane Hexane Isopropanol Methanol Methyl acetate Methylethylketone Methylmercaptane Propadiene Propene Propylen oxide Propylene Toluene Vinyl acetate Vinyl acetylene Xylene i-Butyr acid i-Butyr aldehyd i-Propylformiat n-Butane Conditions • Single or summarized concentrations do not exceed 20 % • Gas passes gas cooler prior to entering the analyzer • Gas dew point at max. 5 °C Solvent resistant sensors have limited lifetime and are consumables! Tab. 3-2: Solvent Resistant Paramagnetic Sensor Approved Solvents Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Measuring cell type Component Corrosion resistant (Chlorine, dry) SS 1.4571 Tantalum Glass, Rhodium Platinum alloy Platinum alloy Solvent resistant Case Pole nucleus Mirror Tension band Loop wire Supporting wire Cylinder Cylinder bushing Dumbbell Taring Epoxy Epoxy Compound material Plumb bob, Epoxy Epoxy Seals Kalrez Kalrez Platinum alloy 3 (inclusive accompanying disturbing components) Measuring Principles Special paramagnetic oxygen sensors are available to measure gases, containing corrosive or solvent components. See below Tables for further information on approved solvents, and medium affected materials. Glass Ceramics Glass Tab. 3-3: Paramagnetic Sensor - Medium Affected Materials Another variation of measuring cell has the following materials in contact with the sample: A316 stainless steel, viton ‘O’ ring, borosilicate glass, electroless nickel, platinum, platinum/ iridium alloy. For the solvent resistant version of this cell, the ‘O’ ring made of viton is replaced by a chemraz® model. 3-7 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.2 Electrochemical Measurement This sensor utilizes the principle of galvanic cells, fig. 3-5 shows the design. For storage and handling instructions, and safety data Chapter 7 "Maintenance". The electrochemical oxygen (eO2) sensor‘s key components are a lead anode (1) and a gold cathode (2) surrounded by a special acid electrolyte (3). The gold electrode is integrated solid with the membrane,which is a non-porous fluororesin membrane. Oxygen which barely diffuses through the membrane is electrochemically reduced on the gold electrode. 10 11 6 9 11 3 5 1 7 13 2 4 8 The value of the current flowing to the thermistor and resistance varies in proportion to the oxygen concentration of the measuring gases which contact the membrane. Therefore, the voltage at the terminal of the resistances is used for the sensor output to measure the oxygen concentration. 12 12 1 Anode (lead) 2 Cathode (Gold) 3 Electrolyte solution 4 Membrane 5 Thermistor 6 Resistance 7 Titanum wire 8 O-Ring 9 Pressure compensating volumes 10 Lid 11 Electrical connections 12 Lids 13 Current collector Fig. 3-5: Electrochemical O2 Sensor Design Principle 3-8 The temperature compensating thermistor and adjusting resistance are connected between the cathode and anode. The current generated by oxygen reduction is converted into a voltage by these resistances. Sensor inserted into holder Fig. 3-6: Electrochemical O2 Sensor - Assembly Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.2 Oxygen Measurement (black) (red) (11) Resistance (6) (-) (+) Gold Lead cathode (2) anode (1) Measuring Principles Thermistor (5) Electrolyte (3) Electrochemical reaction: 3 Fig. 3-7: Electrochemical Reaction of Oxygen Sensor In consequence of its design the sensor‘s lifetime is limited and depends on theoretical designed life and oxygen concentration. The sensor output can be taken as a rough criterion for end of lifetime: The sensor is weared when the output in atmosphere is below 70 % of the initial output. The period till this can be calculated by Lifetime = designed life (% hours) O2 concentration (%) The sensor‘s designed lifetime under constant conditions of ambient temperature 20 °C is approx. 900,000 % hrs. The lifetime at 21 % oxygen is then calculated to approx. 42,857 hrs, corresponding to approx. 5 years. An indicator for end of lifetime is a reduced output signal. In this case the sensor must be replaced to ensure accurate measurements ( Chapter 7 "Maintenance"). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note! The given values are for reference only! The expected lifetime is greatly affected by the temperature of the environment in which the sensor is used or stored (operation at 40 °C halves lifetime). Increases or decreases in atmospheric pressure have the same effect as increasing or decreasing oxygen concentrations. 3-9 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.2.1 Special Hints Due to the measuring principle the electrochemical oxygen cell requires a minimum internal consumption of oxygen (residual humidity avoids drying of the cell). Supplying cells continuously with dry sample gas of low grade oxygen concentration or with sample gas free of oxygen could result in a reversible detuning of O2 sensitivity. The output signal will become unstable, but response time remains constant. For correct measurement the cell needs continuously to be supplied with concentrations of at least 0.1 Vol.-% O2 . We recommend to use the cells if need be in alternating mode, means to purge cells with conditioned (not dried, but dust removed) ambient air when measurement pauses. If it is necessary to interrupt the oxygen supply for several hours or days, the cell has to regenerate (supply cell for about one day with ambient air). Temporarily flushing with nitrogen (N2) for less than 1 h (e.g. for analyzer zeroing purpose) has no influence on measuring characteristics. This sensor is not suitable for • anorganic gases containing chlorene or flourene! • sample gases containing • FCHCs • ozone, • H2S (> 100 ppm) • NH3 (> 20 ppm). For a number of other interfering gases Tab. 3-4. Concen- Interference tration Level Gas Carbon monoxide CO 0-100 % no effect Carbon dioxide CO2 0-100 % no effect Nitric monoxide NO 0-1 % no effect Nitrogen dioxide NO2 0-1 % no effect Sulfur dioxide SO2 0-3 % 3% Hydrogen sulfide H2S 0-3 % no effect Ammonia NH3 0-3 % 1% Hydrogen H2 0-100 % no effect Hydrogen chloride HCl 0-3 % Benzene C6H6 0-100ppm Methane CH4 0-100 % 1% 1% no effect Tab. 3-4: Electrochemical Oxygen Measurement Cross Interference by Accompanying Gases Note for XEGP analyzers! If the XEGP analyzer features thermostate control, the eO2 sensor block is installed at the XEGP rear panel. Cover Fig. 3-8: Cover for EO2 Sensor Block At Rear Panel 3-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG lectrolyte. The sensor has a gas permeable membrane which covers the cathode llowing gas to pass into the sensor while preventing liquid electrolyte from leaking ut. As the sample diffuses into the sensor, any oxygen present will dissolve in the lectrolyte solution and migrate to the surface of the cathode. The oxygen is reduced t the cathode. Simultaneously, Instruction Manualan oxidation reaction is occurring at the anode enerating four electrons. These electrons flow to the cathode to reduce the oxygen. HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 he representative half cell reactions are: 3.2 Oxygen Measurement Cathode: Anode: X-STREAM XE 4e- + 2H2O + O2 → 4OH- 3.2.3 Electrochemical Trace Oxygen Measurement oxygen (tO2)another 4OH +For 2Pbtrace → 2PbO + 2Hmeasurements 2O + 4e electrochemical sensor technology is used, see Fig. 3-9. The sensor is a self contained 2Pb + disposable O2 → 2PbO unit which requires no maintenance. The sensor the principle his flow of electrons constitutes an utilizes electric current which is of directly proportional to he concentration of oxygen present in the sample. Ina the absence of oxygen, no electrochemical reaction to generate signal xidation / reduction reaction and therefore no current proportional to occurs the oxygen concentration in is generated. This llows the sensor to have an absolute zero. the sample. This flow of electrons constitutes an electric Oxygen current which is directly proportional to the Gas Permeable Membrane Cathode Thin Electrolyte Layer concentration of oxygen present in the sample. In the absence of oxygen, no oxidation/ OH eElectrolyte reduction reaction occurs and therefore no Anode current is generated. This allows the sensor to have an absolute zero. Contact Plates 3 Current Signal 3.2.3.1 Special Hints This sensor is a consumable and requires replacement peFig. 3-9: Trace Oxygen Design Principle SENSORSensor TECHNOLOGY E 1-1. ELECTROCHEMICAL riodically. (To determine if the sensor requires replacement, The sensor consists of a cathode and anode see the troubleshooting section which in contact via a suitable electrolyte. ROX GT/ROX GP Oxygenare Analyzers August 2000 Rosemount Analytical 748375-C of this manual) The sensor has a gas permeable membrane which covers the cathode allowing gas to Remaining lifetime counts down pass into the sensor while preventing liquid when the sensor is in contact electrolyte from leaking out. with oxygen. As the sample diffuses into the sensor, any For above reasons, the analyzer oxygen present will dissolve in the electrois shipped with the sensor as lyte solution and migrate to the surface of extra item in a sealed bag! the cathode. The oxygen is reduced at the The sensor must be installed cathode. Simultaneously, an oxidation reacbefore analyzer startup, accortion is occurring at the anode generating four ding the instructions shipped electrons. These electrons flow to the cathode with the sensor! to reduce the oxygen. Always consult the separate The representative half cell reactions are: instructions, shipped with the 4OH − +2P b → 2P bO+2H2 O+4e− sensor, before intending to start anode: calibrations! Violation may recathode: 4e− + 2H2 O + O2 → 4OH − sult in a damaged sensor! in total: 2P b + O2 → 2P bO Prolonged exposure of the sensor to air can cause extended start up time, reduction of Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Measuring Principles he resultant overall cell reaction is: 3-11 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.2 Oxygen Measurement performance or damage to the sensor. Do not remove the sealing caps until all associated sample handling components are installed and the instrument is fully ready for installation. After replacement purge gas paths with inert gas (nitrogen (N2) or sample gas as soon as possible to avoid prolonged exposure of the sensor to high concentrations of oxygen. The longer the sensor is exposed to air, the longer it will take for the sensor to recover to low ppm levels. When installing a new sensor or starting the instrument for the first time, it may take as long as eight hours for the analyzer to purge down to the lowest operating range. After initial startup or startup following a prolonged shutdown, the analyzer may require extended time to recover to the range of measurement. Commonly, this is caused by the introduction of ambient air into the sample and/or vent lines to the sensor. The presence of higher than normal levels of oxygen at the sensor will cause the sensor electrolyte to become saturated with dissolved oxygen. When the instrument is placed in operation, the sensor must now consume all excess dissolved oxygen above the desired measuring level. All analyzers with electrochemical tO2 cell have to be purged with inert gas (Nitrogen, N2) prior to disconnecting the gas lines! Then the gas line fittings have to be closed for transport or depositing the analyzer. While handling the sensor, always consider the documentation provided together with the sensor, especially the information on the included material (safety data) in the attachment of the documentation! Note for XEGP analyzers! If the XEGP analyzer features a thermostate control, the tO2 sensor block is installed at the XEGP rear panel. Cover Fig. 3-10: Cover for TO2 Sensor Block At Rear Panel 3-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement Gas Air Ammonia Argon Butane Carbon Dioxide Carbon Monoxide Chlorine Helium Hydrochloric Acid Hydrogen Krypton Methane Neon Nitrogen Oxygen Radon Sulfur Dioxide Xenon N2/O2 NH3 Ar C4H10 CO2 CO Cl2 He HCl H2 Kr CH4 Ne N2 O2 Rn SO2 Xe l in mW / cm K 50 °C 276 270 189 102 184 267 371 1580 151 1910 185 96,8 516 277 283 26 113 60 The bridge output signal (UBr) is adjusted to zero when in rest position (no gas flow). By default the reference gas path is closed (not flown through by gas). When sample gas is supplied, the sensors in the sample gas path are cooled due to the thermal conductivity effect: The gas absorbs heat and carries it away from the sensors. This tunes the Wheatstone bridge and generates a signal proportional to the thermal conductivity. Additional electronics linearizes and conditions this signal to provide usefull measuring values.Depending on application, it is possible to supply a reference gas to the bridge‘s reference side. The output signal in this case is proportional to the difference of the thermal conductivities of sample and reference gas. RS RR UBr Tab. 3-5: Examples of Specific Thermal Conductivities RS RR 3.3.1 Principle of Operation A Wheatstone bridge, made of 4 temperature sensitive resistors (PT 100 sensors), is surrounded by gas in a way, that each 2 sensors are located in the sample gas stream (RS) and in a reference gas stream (RR), Fig. 3-11. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Sample Reference Fig. 3-11: Wheatstone Bridge 3-13 3 Thermal conductivity is the property of a material that indicates its ability to conduct heat. Thermal conductivity measurement primarily is used for measuring concentrations of hydrogen (H2) and helium (He). These gases are characterized by a specific thermal conducitivity, differing clearly from that of other gases ( Tab. 3-5). Measuring Principles 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement 3.3.2 Technical Implementation A block made of stainless steel contains two gas paths. Both, the volume of the block and the mass of the sensors have been minimized in order to obtain short response times. To suppress influences by changing ambient temperature the block is thermostatted and isolated against ambience. The sensors are fully glass packaged to withstand aggressive gases. 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 Sensor Sample gas inlet and outlet Reference side inlet and outlet Metal block Heater for thermostatting Fig. 3-12: TC Cell, Exterior View , Thermal Isolation Removed 3-14 5 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 Internal gas path Sample gas inlet and outlet PT 100 sensors Metal block Lid Fig. 3-13: TC Cell, Sectional View Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement This type of sensor is used, if dew point measurements are required. Measuring Principles The Trace Moisture sensor is a robust 2-wire-transmitter, using dew point impedance measurement for continuous moisture measurements in gases and gas mixtures. It makes dew point measurement as accessible as temperature and pressure. 3 2 3 1 1 Sensor 2 Sensor block 3 Gas connections Fig. 3-14: Trace Moisture Sensor Assembly Some definitions: The dew point is the temperature in Deg C to which a given parcel of humid air must be cooled, at constant barometric pressure, for water vapor to condense into water. The condensed water is called dew. The dew point is the saturation temperature. The dew point is associated with relative humidity. A high relative humidity indicates that the dew point is closer to the current air temperature. Relative humidity of 100 % indicates the dew point is equal to the current temperature and the air is maximally saturated with water. If the dew point remains constant and temperature increases, relative humidity will decrease. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Humidity is the amount of water vapor in the air. Relative humidity is defined as the ratio of the partial pressure of water vapor (in a gaseous mixture of air and water vapor) to the saturated vapor pressure of water at a given temperature. 3-15 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement How does dew point measurement connect with trace moisture measurement? The lower the dew point of a gas, the less is the content of moisture within that gas. dp / °C Water / ppm dp / °C Water / ppm -100 0.025 -44 121 -98 0.038 -42 150 -96 0.057 -40 185 -94 0.084 -38 228 -92 0.123 -36 279 -90 0.179 -34 340 -88 0.258 -32 413 -86 0.368 -30 501 -84 0.520 -28 604 -82 0.729 -26 726 -80 1.01 -24 870 -78 1.40 -22 1039 -76 1.91 -20 1237 -74 2.59 -18 1468 -72 3.49 -16 1737 -70 4.68 -14 2048 -68 6.22 -12 2409 -66 8.22 -10 2826 -64 10.8 -8 3306 -62 14.1 -6 3856 -60 18.3 -4 4487 -58 23.5 -2 5208 -56 30.2 0 6030 -54 38.5 2 6964 -52 48.9 4 8025 -50 61.8 6 9226 -48 77.6 8 10 583 -46 97.1 10 12 113 3.4.1 Special Operating Conditions The sensor is completely calibrated with all calibration data stored in its flash memory and does not require recalibration: • If the sensor is included into a calibration procedure, it might end up with a wrong calibration and unusable sensor. Therefore the analyzer's trace moisture measurement channel is configured to be excluded from autocalibration procedures, by default calibrating all channels. This exclusion is done by factory setup and cannot be changed. • For proper measurement results we recommend to exchange the sensor regularly after 12 months of operation. Tab. 3-6: Dew Points and Water Content (at 1013 hPa) 3-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement Maximum Permitted Concentration / ppm Maximum Permitted Dewpoint / °C Acetylene (Ethyne) C 2H 2 1 -20 Ammonia NH3 1000 -20 no limit no limit Aromatic alcohols Benzene C 6H 6 no limit no limit Bromine Br2 no limit -20 Carbon dioxide CO2 no limit no limit Carbon disulphide CS2 no limit no limit Carbon monoxide CO no limit no limit Carbon tetrachloride CCl4 no limit no limit Carbon tetrafluoride CF4 no limit Chlorine Cl2 Dichlorodifluoromethane -20 not permitted CCl2F2 no limit -20 Ethane C 2H 6 no limit no limit Ethylene (Ethene) C 2H 4 no limit no limit Ethylene oxide CH4O Exhaust gases Glycol (Ethane-1,2-diol) not permitted no limit no limit F2 10 -20 HOCH2CH2OH no limit Fluorine Halogenated hydrocarbons no limit Consult with Emerson Hydrobromic acid HBr not permitted Hydrochloric acid HCl not permitted 2 Hydrofluoric acid HF Hydrogen peroxide H2O2 Hydrogen sulphide H2S Mercury Methane 500 CH4 HCOOH Methanol CH3OH Methylethyl glycol C4H11O -20 not permitted no limit 3 Hg Methanoic acid no limit not permitted 4 no limit no limit not permitted 5 no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit HNO3 10 -20 Nitrogen dioxide NO2 no limit -20 Nitrous oxide N 2O no limit -20 Natural gas Nitric acid 3 Component Measuring Principles 3.4.2 Accompanying Gases Several gases may affect the sensor, so consider the following limits: Tab. 3-7: Limitations on Gases (I) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3-17 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.4 Trace Moisture Measurement Component Oxygen O2 Ozone O3 Maximum Permitted Concentration / ppm Maximum Permitted Dewpoint / °C no limit no limit not permitted Perchloric acid HClO4 Phosgene COCl2 no limit -20 C 3H 8 no limit no limit Propane Sodium hydroxide not permitted NaOH not permitted SO2 no limit 6 no limit Sulphur hexafluoride SF6 no limit no limit Sulphur trioxide SO3 no limit -20 H2SO4 10 -20 Toluene C6H5CH3 no limit no limit Xylene C8H10 no limit no limit Sulphur dioxide Sulphuric acid 1 Recommended sensor exchange after 6 months. 2 For refinery catalytic reformer applications, consult with EMERSON. 3 Consult with EMERSON for extremely sour natural gas, >1 % H S 2 4 Consider sacrificial gold filter to remove mercury vapour – Consult with EMERSON. 5 Consult with EMERSON - for impedance type sensors, recommended concentration limit of Methanol <10% of moisture concentration to be measured to ensure negligible interference effects. 6 At temperatures exceeding 50 °C (122 °F), the maximum concentration is 50 ppm. The sensor should also be resistant to most organic acids, alcohols, ketones, aldehydes, esters and halogenated hydrocarbons, but will not be resistant to very strong alkalis. If in doubt, consult with EMERSON. Tab. 3-7: Limitation on Gases (II) 3-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.5 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Measurement 3.5 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Measurement H2S sensors are electrochemical cells that operate in the amperometric mode. That is, they generate a current that is linearly proportional to the content of H2S in the sample gas. 5 1 Working electrode 2 Reference electrode 3 Counter electrode 4 Wetting filters 5 Electrolyte reservoir 6 Gas diffusion barrier Working electrode: Counter electrode: Overall cell reaction: Fig. 3-15: H2S Sensor Schematic and Reaction Formulas The working electrode (also called the sensing electrode) is designed to optimize the oxidation of Hydrogen Sulfide. This electrode allows the gas to come in contact with both electro catalyst and electrolyte to create a threephase interface of gas, liquid and solid. The other two electrodes in the cell, the counter electrode and the reference electrode usually have a similar chemical composition to the working electrode. All three electrodes are stacked parallel to each other, as illustrated in Fig. 3-15. Three metal strips connect each electrode to the three pins outside of the sensor body. The cell electrolyte provides ionic electrical contact between the electrodes, usually with the aid of hydrophilic separators (labelled “wetting filters” in Fig. 3-15) to allow capillary Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG transport of the electrolyte which is usually sulfuric acid between 3 and 7 molarity. A potentiostatic circuit maintains the potential of the working electrode at a fixed value with respect to the reference electrode potential. The working electrode is the surface where the electrochemical oxidation of H2S occurs. A high surface area catalyst is used to optimize the sensor performance, resulting in a high sensor capacitance: typically 50 mF to 200 mF. The counter electrode balances the reaction of the working electrode – if the working electrode oxidises the gas, then the counter electrode must reduce some other molecule to generate an equivalent current, in the opposite sense. The reference electrode anchors the working electrode potential to ensure that it is always working in the correct region of the currentvoltage curve. It is important that the reference electrode has a stable potential, keeping the working electrode at the right electrochemical potential to maintain a constant sensitivity, good linearity and minimum sensitivity to interfering gases. The potentiostatic circuit ensures that the counter electrode is provided with as much current as it needs, also maintaining the working electrode at a fixed potential, irrespective of how hard it is working. 3-19 3 1 2 3 4 Measuring Principles 6 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.5 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Measurement Moisture and oxygen are needed in the sample gas for the electrochemical reactions to take place. If concentrations of above components are too low, the sensor's sensitivity decreases. Therefore a purge cycle with ambient air can be implemented by programming the internal PLC. If this option has not been ordered, the customer is responsible to take care of regularly purging the sensor. See the separate documentation provided together with every sensor for information on how to properly setup such a procedure. 3.5.1 Cross Interferences by Accompanying Gases % Interference related to full scale (f. s.) Interfering Gas ppm applied Measurement range H2S 0 to 50 ppm 0 to 200 ppm 0 to 2000 ppm CO 400 4 4 1 H2 400 0.2 1 0.25 SO2 20 20 18 10 NO2 10 -25 -30 -30 NO 50 10 2 3 Cl2 10 -12 -25 -25 C 2H 4 400 0.25 0.8 0.1 NH3 20 0.1 0.1 0.1 Tab. 3-8: Electrochemical H2S Measurement - Cross Interference by Accompanying Gases 3-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.6 Measurement Specifications 3.6 Measurement Specifications Sample gas components and measuring ranges (standard configurations) In total, more than 60 gases are detectable, so the following table gives an overview only. Consult with Emerson for gases / configurations not listed. Not all data is applicable to all analyzer variations. The sample gas(es) and measuring ranges for your specific analyzer are given by the order acknowledgement and on the analyzer's name plate label. Special Specs Standard Specs Enhanced Specs Lowest Range Principle CH3COCH3 UV Acetone 1 CH3COCH3 IR Acetone 1 IR Acetylene C 2H 2 IR Ammonia NH3 Argon Ar TCD IR Carbon dioxide CO2 Carbon monoxide CO IR UV Chlorine Cl2 IR Ethane C2H6 C2H5OH IR Ethanol 1 IR Ethylene C2H4 Helium He TCD C6H14 IR Hexane 1 Hydrogen 4 H2 TCD UV Hydrogen Sulfide H 2S IR Hydrogen Sulfide H2S electrochem. Hydrogen Sulfide H 2S Methane CH4 IR CH3OH IR Methanol 1 IR n–Butane C4H10 NO2 UV Nitrogen dioxide 1 Nitrogen monoxide NO IR IR Nitrous oxide N2 O . Oxygen O2 Oxygen O2 paramagn. electrochem. Oxygen, Trace O2 Propane C3H8 IR IR Propylene C3H6 UV Sulfur dioxide SO2 IR Sulfur dioxide SO2 IR Sulfur hexafluoride SF6 C 7H 8 UV Toluene 1 IR Vinyl chloride C2H3Cl H 2O IR Water vapor 1 H 2O capacitive Water vapor, Trace 1 1 Dew point below ambient temperature 2 Higher concentrations decrease sensor lifetime 0–5 ppm 5 0–10 ppm 5 0–25 ppm 3 0–25 ppm 3 0–5 ppm 3 3 Lowest Range 0–400 ppm 0–500 ppm 0–3 % 0–100 ppm 0–50 % 0–50 ppm 0–50 ppm 0–300 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–400 ppm 0–10 % 0–100 ppm 0–1 % 0–2 % 0–10 % 0–50 ppm 0–100 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–800 ppm 0–50 ppm 0–100 ppm 0–100 ppm 0–5 % 0–1 % 0–10 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–400 ppm 0–50 ppm 0–1 % 0–20 ppm 0–300 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–100 ppm Daily zero calibration required for ranges below lowest standard specs range 4 Lowest Range Highest Range 0–800 ppm 0–1000 ppm 0–6 % 0–200 ppm 0–100 % 0–100 ppm 0–100 ppm 0–600 ppm 0–2000 ppm 0–2000 ppm 0–800 ppm 0–20 % 0–200 ppm 0–2 % 0–4 % 0–20 % – 0–200 ppm 0–2000 ppm 0–1600 ppm 0–100 ppm 0–200 ppm 0–200 ppm – 0–2 % – 0–2000 ppm 0–800 ppm 0–130 ppm 0–2 % 0–50 ppm 0–600 ppm 0–2000 ppm 0–2000 ppm – 0–3 % 0–3 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–10 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–10 % 0–100 % 0–10 % 0–100 % 0–2000 ppm 6 0–100 % 0–10 % 0–100 % 0–10 % 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–25 % 2 6 0–100 % 0–10 000 ppm 6 0–100 % 0–100 % 0–1 % 0–100 % 0–2 % 0–5 % 0–2 % 0–8 % 0–3000 ppm 6 Special "refinery" application with 0–1% H2 in N2 available 5 see Tab. 3-12 6 standard specs only Tab. 3-9: Gas Components and Measuring Ranges, Examples Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3-21 Measuring Principles Gas component (see Tab. 3-10 & 3-13) 3 or Conditions (see Tab. 3-10 – 3-13) Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.6 Measurement Specifications Standard and Enhanced Performance Specifications NDIR/UV/VIS Detection limit (4 σ) 1 4 Linearity 1 4 Zero-point drift 1 4 Span (sensitivity) drift 1 4 Repeatability 1 4 Response time (t90) 3 Permissible gas flow Influence of gas flow 1 4 Maximum gas pressure 8 14 Influence of pressure 2 – At constant temperature – With pressure compensation 7 Permissible ambient temperature 9 Influence of temperature 1 13 (at constant pressure) – On zero point – On span (sensitivity) Thermostat control 6 12 Warm-up time 6 1 2 3 4 5 Related to full scale Related to measuring value From gas analyzer inlet at gas flow of 1.0 l/min (electronic damping = 0 s) Constant pressure and temperature Dependent on integrated photometer bench Thermal Conductivity (TCD) Standard Spec Enhanced Spec ≤1% ≤ 0.5 % ≤1% ≤ 2 % per week ≤ 1 % per week ≤ 0.5 % per week ≤ 1 % per month ≤ 0.5 % 4 s ≤ t90 ≤ 7 s 5 0.2–1.5 l/min. ≤ 0.5 % ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) Standard Spec Enhanced Spec ≤1% ≤ 0.5 % ≤1% ≤ 2 % per week ≤ 1 % per week ≤ 1 % per week ≤ 0.5 % 15 s ≤ t90 ≤ 30 s 6 0.2–1.5 l/min. (+ 0.1 l/min) ≤ 1 % 11 ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) ≤ 0.10 % per hPa ≤ 0.01 % per hPa 0 (-20) to +50 °C (32 (-4) to 122 °F) ≤ 0.10 % per hPa ≤ 0.01 % per hPa 0 (-20) to +50 °C (32 (-4) to 122 °F) ≤ 1 % per 10 K ≤ 0.5 % per 10 K ≤ 5 % (0 to +50 °C / 32 to 122 °F) none / 60 °C (140 °F) 5 15 to 50 minutes 5 ≤ 1 % per 10 K ≤ 0.5 % per 10 K ≤ 1 % per 10 K none / 60 °C (140 °F) 10 approx. 50 minutes Note! 1 psi = 68.95 hPa 6 7 8 9 10 Depending on measuring range Pressure sensor is required Limited to atmospheric if internal sample pump Temperatures below 0 °C (-4 °F) with thermostat control only Thermost. controlled sensor: 75 °C (167 °F) 11 12 13 14 Flow variation within ± 0.1 l/min Optional thermostatically controlled box with temperature 60 °C (140 °F), not XEGK Temperature variation: ≤ 10 K per hour Special conditions apply to model XEFD Tab. 3-10: IR, UV, VIS, TCD - Standard and Enhanced Measurement Performance Specifications Trace Moisture (tH2O) -100 to -10 °C dew point (0–100…3000 ppm) ±2 °C dew point 0.5 °C dew point 5 min (dry to wet) 0 to 100 % r.h. -40 to +60 °C Temperature compensated across operating temperature range Depending on sequential measurement system, see analyzer specification 1 Operating pressure max. 1500 hPa abs / 7 psig 2 Depending on sequential measurement system, see analyzer specification 1 Flow rate 0.2 to 1.5 Nl/min Note! 1 psi = 68.95 hPa If installed in series to another measurement system, e. g. IR channel Measurement range Measurement accuracy Repeatability Response time (t95) Operating humidity Sensor operating temperature Temperature coefficient 1 2 Special conditions apply to model XEFD Note! Do not calibrate, see special calibration notes in the measurement description! Tab. 3-11: Trace Moisture - Standard Measurement Performance Specifications 3-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.6 Measurement Specifications Oxygen Sensors 1 2 3 4 Trace (tO2) Standard Spec Enhanced Spec ≤1% ≤ 0.5 % ≤1% ≤1% ≤1% ≤1% ≤1% ≤ 2 % per week ≤ 1 % per week ≤ 2 % per week ≤ 1 % per week ≤ 1 % per week ≤ 0.5 % per week ≤ 1 % per week ≤ 1 % per week ≤ 0.5 % ≤1% ≤1% <5s approx. 12 s 20 to 80 s 0.2–1.5 l/min 0.2–1.5 l/min. 0.2–1.5 l/min. ≤ 2 % 10 ≤2% ≤2% ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) 13 ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) ≤ 0.10 % per hPa ≤ 0.10 % per hPa ≤ 0.01 % per hPa ≤ 0.01 % per hPa 0(-20) to +50 °C (32 (4) to 122 °F) 5 to +45 °C (41 to 113 °F) ≤ 1 % per 10 K ≤ 0.5 % per 10 K ≤ 1 % per 10 K 60 °C (140 °F) 11 Approx. 50 minutes Related to full scale Related to measuring value From gas analyzer inlet at gas flow of 1.0 l/min (electronic damping = 0 s) Constant pressure and temperature 5 6 7 8 9 ≤ 1 % per 10 K ≤ 1 % per 10 K none - Range 0–10…200 ppm: ≤ 5 % (5 to 45 °C / 41 to 113 °F) Pressure sensor is required Limited to atmospheric if internal sample pump Temperatures below 0 °C (-4 °F) with thermostat control only Thermost. controlled sensor: 35 °C (95 °F) 10 11 12 13 14 ≤ 0.10 % per hPa ≤ 0.01 % per hPa 5 to +45 °C (41 to 113 °F) ≤ 1 % per 10 K 5 ≤ 1 % per 10 K 5 none 9 Approx. 50 minutes Note! 1 psi = 68.95 hPa For ranges 0–5…100 % and flow 0.5…1.5 l/min Optional thermostatically controlled sensor with temperature 60 °C (140 °F) Temperature variation: ≤ 10 K per hour No sudden pressure surge allowed Special conditions apply to model XEFD Note! Take care of the tO2 sensor‘s documentation, providing important calibration instructions! Tab. 3-12: Oxygen - Standard and Enhanced Measurement Performance Specifications Measurement range (sensor dependent) Overgas limit Detection limit 1 Repeatability 1 Drift 1 Response time (t90) Operating life Sensor operating temperature Gas pressure range Gas humidity range (rel. humidity) Thermostat control 1 0 to 50 ppm 200 ppm Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) 0 to 200 ppm 0 to 2000 ppm 500 ppm 10,000 ppm < 0.2 % <2% < 1 % per month < 35 s > 24 months -30 to 50 °C 800 to 1200 hPa (-3.1 to 2.7 psig) 15 to 90 % none Related to full scale Note! These sensors require oxygen and moisture to work properly within given specifications! Take care of the separate documentation accompanying the sensors! Tab. 3-13: H2S - Standard Measurement Performance Specifications Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3-23 Measuring Principles Detection limit (4 σ) 1 4 Linearity 1 4 Zero-point drift 1 4 Span (sensitivity) drift 1 4 Repeatability 1 4 Response time (t90) 3 Permissible gas flow Influence of gas flow 1 4 Maximum gas pressure 7 14 Influence of pressure 2 – At constant temperature – With pressure compensation 6 Permissible ambient temperature 8 Influence of temperature 1 12 (at constant pressure) – On zero point – On span (sensitivity) Thermostat control Warm-up time Electrochemical (eO2) 3 Paramagnetic (pO2) Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.6 Measurement Specifications Special Performance Specifications for Gas Purity Measurements (ULCO & ULCO2) Detection limit (4 σ) 1 2 Linearity 1 2 Zero-point drift 1 2 3 Span (sensitivity) drift 1 2 4 Repeatability 1 2 Response time (t90) 7 Permissible gas flow Influence of gas flow 1 2 Maximum gas pressure 10 11 Influence of pressure 5 – At constant temperature – With pressure compensation 8 Permissible ambient temperature Influence of temperature 6 (at constant pressure) – On zero point – On span (sensitivity) Thermostat control 1 2 3 Related to full scale Constant pressure and temperature Within 24 h; daily zero calibration requested 4 5 6 7 0–10…< 50 ppm CO 0–5…< 50 ppm CO2 <2% <1% < 2 % resp. < 0.2 ppm 9 < 2 % resp. < 0.2 ppm 9 < 2 % resp. < 0.2 ppm 9 < 10 s 0.2–1.5 l/min. < 2% ≤ 1500 hPa abs. (≤ 7 psig) ≤ 0.1 % per hPa ≤ 0.01 % per hPa +15 to +35 °C (59 to 95 °F) +5 to +40 °C (41 to 104 °F) < 2 % per 10 K resp. < 0.2 ppm per 10 K 9 < 2 % per 10 K resp. < 0.2 ppm per 10 K 9 none 60 °C (140 °F) Note! 1 psi = 68.95 hPa Within 24 h; daily span calibration recommended Related to measuring value Temperature variation: ≤ 10 K per hour From gas analyzer inlet at gas flow of 1.0 l/min 8 9 10 11 Barometric pressure sensor is required Whichever value is higher Limited to atmospheric if internal sample pump Special conditions apply to model XEFD Tab. 3-14: Special Performance Specifications for Gas Purity Measurements (Low Ranges) 3-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.6 Measurement Specifications Special Performance Specifications for Gas Purity Measurements (Suppressed Ranges) 98–100 % CO2 1 2 3 Related to suppressed range (98–100 %) Constant pressure and temperature Daily zero and span calibration requested 4 5 Measuring Principles Influence of ambient pressure change from 800 to 1100 hPa at constant temperature with pressure compensation 1 5 Permissible ambient temperature Influence of temperature 1 6 (at constant pressure) – On zero point – On span (sensitivity) 7 Thermostat control Warm-up time Purge gas (N2) flow ≤2% ≤1% ≤ 2 % per day ≤ 2 % per day ≤2% ≤ 30 s defined by constant pressure at inlet 1300 hPa (4.4 psig) – 1700 hPa (10.1 psig) ± 70 hPa (1 psig) ≤2% +15 to +35 °C (59 to 95 °F) 3 Detection limit (4 σ) Linearity 1 2 Zero-point drift 1 2 3 Span (sensitivity) drift 1 2 3 Repeatability 1 2 Response time (t90) 4 Permissible gas flow Permissible gas pressure Permissible gas pressure variation 1 2 ≤ 0.5 % per 10 K ≤2% 60 °C (140 °F) approx. 50 minutes approx. 0.1–0.2 l/min Note! 1 psi = 68.95 hPa Switching from absolute to suppressed range requires purge time of > 240 s Sample gas pressure sensor mandatory 6 7 Temperature variation: ≤ 10 K per hour Related to permissible ambient temp. range Tab. 3-15: Special Performance Specifications for Gas Purity Measurements (Suppressed Ranges) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3-25 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 3.6 Measurement Specifications Note 1! Not all data listed are applicable to all analyzer versions (e.g. 60 °C thermostatically controlled box is not available for electrochemical and trace oxygen, nor for 1⁄219 in instruments). Note 2! For NDIR/UV/VIS measurements, take into account that • sample gas may diffuse or be released by leakages into the analyzer enclosure • if existent in the analyzer surroundings, the component to be measured may enter the enclosure. Concentrations then may increase inside the enclosure. High concentrations of the component to be measured inside the enclosure may influence the measurement by unintended absorption, which could cause drift of the measurement. A remedy for this issue is to purge the housing with gas not containing the component of interest. All performance data are verified during the manufacturing process for each unit by the following tests: • Linearization and sensitivity test • Long term drift stability test • Climate chamber test • Cross interference test (if applicable) 3-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Chapter 4 Installation This chapter describes the correct installation procedure for the various X-STREAM analyzer versions. On receipt, check the packaging and its contents thoroughly for damage. Inform the carrier immediately of any damage to packaging or contents, and keep damaged parts until clarification. Store the instrument at a dry and clean place, considering the acceptable environmental conditions. We recommend to keep the packaging available for future transportation, because only the original packaging ensures proper protection! Compare the contents of your package with the pictures below. Analyzers for hazardous areas need additional parts, described in the accompanying documentation refering to hazardous area installations. Call your local sales office if something is missing, and DO NOT continue to install your analyzer, until all parts are at hand! Analyzer USB stick external power supply unit with DC power cable (XEGK, option) Trace oxygen cell (if applicable) Manuals, some of which either as paper or electronic version on USB stick: • short form manual for general purpose instruments • X-STREAM Enhanced series manual If applicable to your instrument • special addendum manual for hazardous area installations • infallible containment instruction manual Fig. 4-1: X-STREAM Enhanced Analyzers - Scope of Supply Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-1 4 HAZARDS FROM MISSING INFORMATION Installation 4.1 Scope of Supply Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.2 Installation - Introduction 4.2 Introduction ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Before connecting the analyzer to mains power, please read the chapter on safety warnings and the following instructions carefully. The place of installation must be clean, dry and protected against strong vibrations and frost. Please observe the admissable operating temperatures given in the technical data. Units must not be subjected to direct sunlight or sources of heat. For outdoor installation it is recommended to install the unit in a cabinet. It should at least be protected against rainfall. In order to comply with regulations on electromagnetic compatibility, it is recommended to use only shielded cables which can be supplied by Emerson Process Management. The customer must ensure that the shielding is correctly connected to the signal cable plug housing. Submin-d plugs and sockets must be screwed to the analyzer. 4-2 The use of external submin-d to screw-type terminal adapters affects electromagnetic compatibility. In such a case the customer must take appropriate measures to comply with the regulations, and must declare conformity if this is legally required (e.g. European EMC guidelines). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.3 Installation - Gas Conditioning Hints for selected gases • Calibration gases for CO and NO need to be moistured by supplying them via a cooler. Installation 4.3 Gas Conditioning In order to ensure trouble-free operation, special attention must be paid to the preparation of the gases: All gases must be conditioned before supplying to the analyzer, to ensure they are • dry, • free of dust and • free of any aggressive components which may damage the gas lines (e.g. by corrosion or solvents) . Flammable gases must not be supplied without suitable protective measures. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4 Pressure and gas flow must remain within the values given in the „Measurement Specifications“ section within this manual. If moisture cannot be avoided, it is necessary to ensure that the dew point of the gases is at least 10 °C (18 °F) below the ambient temperature to avoid condensate in the gas lines. The X-STREAM field housings can optionally be fitted with heated piping to enable the use of gases with a maximum dew point of 25 °C (77 °F) - consult factory. 4-3 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.3 Installation - Gas Conditioning Enclosure purge option The purge medium (e.g. to minimize CO2 interference or for enhanced safety while measuring corrosive or poisonous gases) • must be dry, clean and free of corrosives or components containing solvents. • has to be free of components to be measured, to minimize cross interferences. Its temperature must correspond to the ambient temperature of the analyzer, but be at least within the range 20…35 °C (68…95 °F). For information about values for pressure and flow, please contact your nearest EMERSON Process Management sales office. We recomment to always purge the analyzer enclosure, if gases are supplied, which may harm analyzer components, if due to a leak released into the analyzer enclosure! 4-4 Open reference option In some cases, the measuring cell has an open reference side, to be supplied with nitrogen. This nitrogen • at least should be of quality 5.0, which means nitrogen of purity ≥ 99.999 %. If such gas is not available, the substitute • must be dry, clean and free of corrosives or components containing solvents. • has to be free of components to be measured, to minimize cross interferences. In any case, the gas temperature must correspond to the ambient temperature of the analyzer, but at least be within the range 20…35 °C (68…95 °F). Pressure and gas flow must remain within the values given in the „Measurement Specifications“ section within this manual. Perform a calibration each time the source of this gas (e. g. bottle) has changed! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.4 Installation - Gas Connections 4.4 Gas Connections TOXIC GAS HAZARDS Take care that all external gas pipes are connected in the described way and that they are gastight to avoid leakages! Faulty connected gas pipes lead to explosion hazard or even to mortal danger! 4 Installation Don‘t take a breath of the emissions! Emissions may contain hydrocarbons or other toxic components (e.g. carbon monoxide)! Carbon monoxide may cause headache, sickness, unconsciousness and death. Do not confuse gas inlets and outlets. All gases must be conditioned before supplying to the analyzer. When supplying aggressive gases, ensure that the gas lines are not damaged. Max. admissable pressure: 150 kPa / 7 psig; atmospheric with internal pump! Exhaust lines must be installed to incline downwards and be unpressurized and protected against frost, and conform to legal requirements. TRACE OXYGEN MEASUREMENTS The sensor for trace oxygen measurements is a consumable. Remaining lifetime counts down when the sensor is in contact with oxygen. For above reasons, the analyzer is shipped with the sensor as extra item in a sealed bag! The sensor must be installed before analyzer startup, according the instructions shipped with the sensor! Do not use plastic tubing for trace oxygen measurements as it can permeate oxygen from the ambient air and cause higher than expected oxygen readings. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-5 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.4 Installation - Gas Connections The number of gas connections and their configuration varies according to analyzer version and installed options. Stainless steel fittings are compression fittings. All gas connectors are labelled and can be found on the Should it be necessary to open the gas lines, the gas connectors should be sealed with PVC caps to prevent pollution by moisture, dust, etc. • analyzer’s rear panel (X-STREAM XEGP, X-STREAM XEGK) • underside of the analyzer (X-STREAM field housings) Fig. 4-2: Labelling of Gas Connectors (example) The analyzer should be mounted close to the sample gas source to minimize transport time. A sample gas pump can be used to reduce the reaction time; this requires that the analyzer be operated in bypass mode or fitted with a pressure control valve to protect against excessive gas flow and pressure (Fig. 4-3). Exhaust Analyzer Exhaust Pressure control valve Filter Flow sensor Sample gas pump Fig. 4-3: Installation in Bypass Mode 4-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.5 Installation - Electrical Connections 4.5 Electrical Connections ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Only qualified personnel, observing all applicable technical and legal requirements, may install these devices and connect power and signal cables. Wall-mountable X-STREAM analyzers are not fitted with power switches and are operational as soon as they are connected to a power supply. For these analyzers a switch or circuit breaker (IEC 60947-1/-3) must be installed on the premises. The switch or breaker must be located near the analyzer, easily accessible and labelled as a power supply cut-off for the analyzer. Units with screw-type terminals must be de-energized by unplugging it or operating the separate cut-off switch or circuit breaker when working on the power connections. To avoid the risk of electrical shock, all units must be earthed. For this reason, the power cable with a protective earth wire must be used. Any break in the earth wire inside or outside the unit may cause exposure to the risk of electrocution and is therefore prohibited. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-7 4 The devices may only be installed by personnel who are aware of the possible risks. Working on units with screw-type terminals for electrical connections may require exposure to energized components. Installation Failure to comply may render the guarantee void and cause exposure to risk of damage, injury or death. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6 Analyzer Specific Instructions for Installation 4.6 Analyzer Specific Instructions for Installation Important note for X-STREAM XEFD! Due to the special conditions which must be observed when installing units in EX zones, the installation of the flameproof X-STREAM XEFD version is described in a separate instruction manual HASXEDE-IM-EX. Even if you do not install your X-STREAM XEFD in an EX zone, please install the unit according to the instructions in the separate manual. Installation instructions: X-STREAM XEGK & XEGP page 4-8 X-STREAM XEXF field housings page 4-19 Notes for wiring signal inputs and outputs page 4-31 4-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP 4.6.1 X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP HAZARD BY RACK INSTALLATION The front panel and its screws are not designed to carry the weight of the instrument! Support the instrument, when installed into a rack! AC Power inlet with fuses Serial CAN interface Serial interface ( RS 232 / Modbus 485) Disregarding may cause personal injury and damaged equipment. Alternative DC Power inlet and separate fuse Fig. 4-4: X-STREAM XEGK - Rack Mount Version Rear Panel Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-9 4 Installation the unit. If an external PSU is not included in delivery, another unit can be used instead, provided it conforms to the specifications on 2-9. X-STREAM XEGK / XEGP analyzers should be operated in a horizontal position. Six screws at the front panel enable to install XEGK models into a rack. The external PSU is optionally available for rack mounting, too. XEGP can be installed into a rack by adding two optional brackets to the left and right hand side of the instrument. Gas outlets Gas inlets Digital in- / outputs USB connectors RJ45 ethernet connectors Service interface Analog outputs / relay outputs Plugs and sockets required for the electrical connections are on the rear panel of the units (Fig. 4-4 & 4-5). X-STREAM XEGP analyzers provide an internal wide range power supply for worldwide use. X-STREAM XEGK analyzers are powered by an internal wide range power supply for worldwide use, or by an external DC 24 V power supply unit, optionally supplied with Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Fuses Purge gas inlet (optional) Power switch Power in Cover for eO2 sensor Gas outlets Gas inlets Digital in- / outputs (Board 2) Digital in- / outputs (Board 1) Analog outputs / relay outputs USB connectors RJ45 ethernet connectors Serial CAN interface Serial interface ( RS 232 / Modbus 485) Service interface 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP Fig. 4-5: X-STREAM XEGP - Table Top Version Rear Panel The number and configuration of the gas inlets and outlets vary from model to model and are indicated on the notice on the rear of the instrument. To simplify installation, we recommend labelling the gas lines as in the figures above (1, 2, 3, …). This avoids confusion in case the analyzer ever has to be disconnected. XEGK Gas connections Max number Max for purging (incl. / separate) Material Sizes 4-10 XEGP 8 8 2 incl. 1 incl. & 1 separate PVDF; stainless steel (opt.) 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE The brackets on either side of the front panel enable to install the unit into a rack; this is accomplished by means of four screws (Fig. 4-6). HAZARD BY INSTALLATION The brackets are not designed to carry the weight of the instrument! Support the instrument, when rack mounting! Disregarding may cause personal injury and damaged equipment. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-11 4 4 screw holes for rack mounting (7.5 x 10.5 mm / 0.29" x 0.41") Fuses Power in Power switch Strain reliefs and shielding contacts for signal cables Serial CAN interface Serial interface ( RS 232 / Modbus 485) Fig. 4-6: X-STREAM XEGP - Rear Panel, Model With Terminal Adapters and Front Side Brackets for Rack Mounting Installation Purge gas inlet (optional) Cover for tO2 sensor Gas outlets Gas inlets Digital inputs / outputs USB connectors RJ45 ethernet connectors Analog outputs / NAMUR status relays Services interface 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGP Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP Signal inputs and outputs The number of signal outputs actually available varies according to the unit’s configuration. Analog signals Relay outputs Analog signals and relay outputs are located on a shared 25-pin submin socket (X1; Fig. 4-7), 4-13). or on an optional terminals adaptor XSTA ( Specification of analog signal outputs: Specification of relay outputs 1–4: 4 (0)–20 mA; burden: RB ≤ 500 Ω max. 30 VDC, 1 A, 30 W Dry relay change-over contacts can be used as NO or NC. Note Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.6. 1 Channel 2, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA 2 Channel 3, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA 3 Channel 4, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA 4 Channel 5, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output1 (Failure) NC 8 Output1 (Failure) NO 9 Output1 (Failure) COM 10 Output3 (Off spec) NC 11 Output3 (Off spec) NO 12 Output3 (Off spec) COM 13 Pin Signal 14 Channel 1, GND 15 Channel 2, GND 16 Channel 3, GND 17 Channel 4, GND 18 Channel 5, GND 19 unused 20 Output2 (Maintenance request) NC 21 Output2 (Maintenance request) NO 22 Output2 (Maintenance request) COM 23 Output4 (Function check) NC 24 Output4 (Function check) NO 25 Output4 (Function check) COM Analog outputs Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Relay contacts (Status signals) Relay contacts (Status signals) Analog outputs Signal Note! Configuration of relay contacts as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) Fig. 4-7: Socket X1 - Analog & Digital Outputs 1–4 4-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP Serial interface For specifications and notes on control, see chapter 7 Pin 1 Pin 6 7 8 9 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MOD 485/ MOD 485/ 2 wire 4 wire RS 232 Common Common Common not used not used RXD not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common not used not used not used not used not used not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) not used D0(-) Pin no. Signal 1 2 3 6 other TX+ TXRX+ RXnot used 4 Pin no. Installation Pin 8 Ethernet connector not used Fig. 4-8: Plug X2 - Serial Interface Notes! Consider the installation notes in section 4.6. When terminal adapters are used, the Modbus interface terminals are located on the same adapter as those for the analog signal outputs ( Fig. 4-9, page 4-13). Then a flat flexible cable attached to the terminal adapter is used for connecting to the illustrated 9-pole plug. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG X-STREAM analyzers are classified DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). 4-13 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP The XSTA adapter can optionally be used (not XEGK) to connect signal cables to screwtype terminals instead of submin-D plugs and sockets: it is plugged onto the X1 Submin-D connector on the unit. 1 2 Analog Outputs Channel 1, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 4, GND Channel 5, (+) 4 (0)–20 mA Channel 5, GND not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Out of Spec), NC Output 3 (Out of Spec), NO Output 3 (Out of Spec), COM Output 4 (Function check), NC Output 4 (Function check), NO Output 4 (Function check), COM not used 1 Connector for plug X1 (on reverse side) 2 Connection for flat cable to plug X2 (cable not illustrated) 3 Screw-type terminals 4-14 *) See table below **) Configuration of relay output terminals as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) 3 Fig. 4-9: Configuration of XSTA Terminal Adapter 0.14…1.5 mm2 Recommended (AWG 26…AWG 16) wire gauge: end sleeves not required Skinning length: 5 mm (0.2") Thread: M2 Min. tightening 0.25 Nm torque: (2.21 in.lb) Relay Outputs**) Signal P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 Serial Interface*) Pin To connect any serial interface, the adapter is equipped with a flat flexible cable ending in a 9-pin submin-D plug, which should be plugged onto the unit’s X2 connector. Assignment of serial interface terminals Terminal P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 SER1 SER2 SER3 SER4 SER5 SER6 7 8 9 MOD 485/ MOD 485/ 2 wire 4 wire RS 232 Common Common Common not used not used RXD not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common not used not used not used not used not used not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) not used D0(-) Note! Consider the installation notes in 4.7 not used section Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP Digital inputs & outputs 7 or 14 digital inputs (X-STREAM XEGK: max. 7 inputs) 9 or 18 additional relay outputs (X-STREAM XEGK: max. 9 add. outputs) max. 30 V, internally limited to 2.3 mA HIGH: min. 4 V; LOW: max. 3 V common GND Dry relay change-over contacts can be used as NO or NC electrical specification electrical specification max. load. 30 V; 1 A; 30 W resistive Pin Input 1 1 Input 2 2 Input 3 3 Input 4 4 GND for all digital inputs 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output 5 NC 8 Output 5 NO 9 Output 5 COM 10 Output 6, NC 11 Output 6, NO 12 Output 6, COM 13 Output 7, NC 14 Output 7, NO 15 Output 7, COM 16 Output 8, NC 17 Output 8, NO 18 Output 8, COM 19 Pin Signal 20 Input 5 21 Input 6 22 Input 7 23 Output 9, NC 24 Output 9, NO 25 Output 9, COM 26 Output 10, NC 27 Output 10, NO 28 Output 10, COM 29 Output 11, NC 30 Output 11, NO 31 Output 11, COM 32 Output 12, NC 33 Output 12, NO 34 Output 12, COM 35 Output 13, NC 36 Output 13, NO 37 Output 13, COM Digital inputs Signal Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first socket, labelled X4.1. Inputs 8–14 and outputs 14–22 are on the second socket (X4.2), if installed. Fig. 4-10: Sockets X4.1 and X4.2 - Pin Configuration Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-15 4 To aid identification, the sockets are labelled X4.1 and X4.2. Consider the installation notes in section 4.7 Digital outputs Digital outputs Digital inputs Notes! Depending on model and configuration, an analyzer may be fitted with up to 2 of these sockets (the unit is thus equipped with 14 digital inputs and 18 digital outputs). Installation Digital in- & outputs are located on shared 37-pin submin sockets (X4.1 or X4.2; Fig. 4-10), or on optional terminals adaptor XSTD (XEGP only; next page) Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP 1 Signal P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 Input 6 Input 7 GND for inputs 1-7 unused Output 5, NC Output 5, NO Output 5, COM Output 6, NC Output 6, NO Output 6, COM Output 7, NC Output 7, NO Output 7, COM Output 8, NC Output 8, NO Output 8, COM Output 9, NC Output 9, NO Output 9, COM Output 10, NC Output 10, NO Output 10, COM Output 11, NC Output 11, NO Output 11, COM Output 12, NC Output 12, NO Output 12, COM Output 13, NC Output 13, NO Output 13, COM Digital outputs Pin and X4.2 (if fitted) Submin-D connectors on the unit. Digital inputs An XSTD adapter can optionally be used (XEGP only) to connect digital I/O cables to screw-type terminals instead of Submin-D plugs and sockets: it is plugged onto the X4.1 0.14…1.5 mm2 Recommended (AWG 26…AWG 16) wire gauge: end sleeves not required Skinning length: 5 mm (0.2") Thread: M2 Min. tightening 0.25 Nm torque: (2.21 in.lb) Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first adapter (on socket X4.1). Inputs 8–14 and outputs 14–22 are on the second adapter (on socket X4.2), if installed. 2 1 Connector for socket X4.1 / X4.2 (on reverse side) 2 Screw-type terminals Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.7 Fig. 4-11: Configuration of XSTD Terminal Adapter 4-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP Analog inputs Analog inputs are located on a 9-pole submin-D-connector (plug X5; Fig. 4-12) or on an optional terminals adaptor XSTI (Fig. 4-13). 0–1 (10) V, software selectable; Rin = 100 kΩ 2 analog inputs electrical specification optional (requires to fit wire bridges, see figures): 0–20 mA ; Rin = 50 Ω optically isolated from analyzer GND section 4.7 4 Note! Consider the installation notes in Installation protected against overload up to ± 15 V or ± 20 mA Signal BR 2 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog { } BR 2 signal in current mode to input 2 **) unused BR 1 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog { } BR 1 signal in current mode to input 1 *) Pin 5 4 3 2 1 Pin Signal 9 Input 2 high (+) 8 Input 2 low (-) 7 Input 1 low (-) 6 Input 1 high (+) *) alternatively set jumper P2 on electronics board XASI **) alternatively set jumper P1 on electronics board XASI Fig. 4-12: Plug X5 - Analog Inputs Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-17 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP A XSTI adapter can optionally be used (XEGP only) to connect analog IN cables to screwtype terminals instead of a submin-D plugs and sockets. The adapter is plugged onto the unit´s submin-D connector X5. 0.14…1.5 mm2 Recommended (AWG 26…AWG 16) wire gauge: end sleeves not required Skinning length: 5 mm (0.2") Thread: M2 Min. tightening 0.25 Nm torque: (2.21 in.lb) Pin Signal P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 BR 1 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 1 signal in current mode to input 1 Input 1 high (+) Input 1 high (+) Input 1 low (-) Input 1 low (-) BR 2 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 2 signal in current mode to input 2 Input 2 high (+) Input 2 high (+) Input 2 low (-) Input 2 low (-) 1 2 } IN1 Mode { } Analog Inputs { IN2 Mode 3 1 Connector for socket X5 (on reverse side) 2 Screw-type terminals 3 Reserved for future use Fig. 4-13: Configuration of XSTI Terminal Adapter 4-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGK, X-STREAM XEGP Power supply X-STREAM XEGK and XEGP AC power is supplied to the unit by means of a three-pin IEC connector on the rear panel of the instrument. Details of any PSUs supplied with the unit are given on 2-9. AC connectors 1: 2: 3: XEGK Installation XEGP ME + 24 V 0 V (⊥) 4 Optional DC Supply for X-STREAM XEGK 24 VDC is supplied to the unit by means of a three-pin XLR connector on the rear panel of the instrument. Depending on the order, the following is supplied as an accessory: either • an external power supply unit which can be connected directly to the analyzer using the supplied cable or • a connector which can be used with a cable and PSU as specified by the customer. Note the configuration of the connector´s pins ( Fig. 4-14). 3 1 2 DC connector XEGK Fig. 4-14: Power Supply Connectors Completing the installation process To achieve best and proper measuring results you must ensure the gas path system does not have leaks. For this reason we recommend to carry out a „Chapter 7 leak test, as it is described within Maintenance and other procedures“. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-19 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings 4.6.2 X-STREAM XEXF (Single XEF; Dual XDF) Fitted with four eyebolts and featuring IP66/ Type 4X protection, the X-STREAM XEXF field housings can be mounted in the open air on a wall or frame with no extra work. Gas fittings Cable glands Connector for potential equalization Note! Take care to reserve space at the right side of the instrument for laying the cables! All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 4-15: X-STREAM XEF - Dimensions for Installation HEAVY INSTRUMENT X-STREAM XEF / XDF analyzers, intended to be wall mounted and/or outdoor installed, weigh up to 45 kg (99 lbs), depending on the chosen options! Use two persons and/or suitable tools for transportation and lifting these instruments! Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the instruments! Assure that the wall / device for installation is sufficiently attached and stable to carry the instrument! 4-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings Note! Take care to reserve space at the right side of the instrument for laying the cables! Gas fittings Installation Connector for potential equalization 4 Cable glands All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 4-16: X-STREAM XDF - Dimensions for Installation Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-21 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings To simplify installation, we recommend labelling the gas lines in accordance with these markings. This avoids confusion should the analyzer need to be disconnected for maintenance. GASKETS AT LOW TEMPERATURES Consider that enclosure gaskets may be frozen if the instrument is installed outdoors. Carefully open the enclosure at temperatures below -10 °C / 14 °F to not damage the gaskets. Note on XDF! In case of the dual compartment version XDF, the electrical connections are established in the upper compartment, and the gas connections to fittings at the lower compartment. Besides this, the design and layout of terminals and fittings are the same as with the single compartment version XEF. Damaged gaskets void the ingress protection, possibly causing property damage, personal injury or death. 7 8 1 2 3 4 1 3 2 Terminals for signal cables Mains filter Power connections with integrated fuses Gland for power cable 4 5 6 7 8 Gas inlets Gas outlets Power and signal cables are connected using internal screw-type terminals. This requires opening the unit by releasing the fasteners on the housing. Gas connectors are accessible from the underside of the instrument. The number and configuration of the gas inlets and outlets depends on the analytical application, and is noted on a sticker on the underside of the instrument next to the connectors. 5 6 Glands for signal cables Gas inlets and outlets Plugs for openings to connect housings Ethernet connectors Fig. 4-17: X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings - Terminals, Cable Glands and Gas Fittings 4-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings Gas connections Gas connections Max number Max for purging (incl. / separate) Material Sizes 8 2 incl. PVDF; stainless steel (opt.) 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" Signal in- and outputs Properly installed, the glands act as a strain relief and guarantee EMC (electromagnetic compatibility): 4 All signal cables are connected to screw-type terminals located inside the housing. Access to the internal components is gained by releasing the two fasteners at the top of the unit and opening the front panel downwards. All cables must be fed through cable glands and secured with a gland nut. Installing cable glands with shielded cables 1. Strip the cable 2. Expose braided shield 6. Push clamping insert into body and tighten dome nut 7. Assemble into housing and you´re done! 3. Feed cable through dome nut and clamping insert 4. Fold braided shield over clamping insert 5. Make sure that braided shield overlaps the O-ring by 3 ⁄ 32 “ (2 mm) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Installation Preparation of signal cables 4-23 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Verify the power supply at installation site meets the specification given on the analyzer´s nameplate label, before installing the instrument! Verify power cables are disconnected and/or instrument is de-energized prior to working at the terminals! Verify the power cord is layed with a distance of at least 1 cm (0.4 in) to any signal cable to ensure proper insulation from signal circuits! The number of actually available signal outputs, and also the number of built-in modules with screw-type terminals, varies according to the configuration of the unit. A maximum of three modules with 36 terminals each can be fitted. The terminals can be accessed by opening the front panel of the instrument. Characteristics of terminals: Accepted wire gauge: Skinning length: Thread: Min. tightening torque: 4-24 0.14…1.5 mm2 (AWG 26…AWG 16), end sleeves not required 5 mm (0.2") M2 0.25 Nm (2.21 in.lb) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings Analog signals Relay outputs 1-4 Terminals for analog signals and relay outputs 1 - 4 are located on the outer left module (terminal block X1; Fig. 4-18). Specification of analog signal outputs: Specification of relay outputs 1-4: 4(0)–20 mA; burden: RB ≤ 500 Ω max. 30 VDC, 1 A, 30 W Dry relay change-over contacts, can be used as NO or NC. Note 4 Installation Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.7and the notes on installing cable glands on page 4-22. P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 4, GND Channel 5, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 5, GND not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Out of Spec), NC Output 3 (Out of Spec), NO Output 3 (Out of Spec), COM Output 4 (Function check), NC Output 4 (Function check), NO Output 4 (Function check), COM not used Signal Relay Outputs**) Serial Interface*) Analog Outputs Configuration of relay output terminals as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) **) Fig. 4-18: Terminal Block X1 - Analog Signals and Relay Outputs 1-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-25 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings Serial interface The 9 terminals on the left (28 - 36) of the right most strip carry the serial interface signals. P3 P2 6 K2 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 K1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 30 mm 7 ANALOG OUT 1 K3 8 GROUND 5 RS 232 RS 485 2W RS 485 4W K4 CAN FF MODBUS X2 X 1 12 11 10 9 GROUND 1 2 ANALOG OUT 3 3 ANALOG OUT 2 4 -1 GROUND 2 5 GROUND 3 8 7 6 IOIO ANALOG OUT 5 P4 12 11 10 9 9- GROUND 4 ANALOG OUT 4 Specification and interface control: Chapter 9 128,00 mm 100mm Serial Interface*) *) See table P4.4 SER1 P4.5 SER2**) Relay Outputs P4.6 SER3 P4.7 SER4 P4.8 SER5 P4.9 SER6 P4.10 7 P4.11 8 P4.12 9 MOD 485/ MOD 485/ 2 wire 4 wire RS 232 Common Common Common Datum Bearb. 12.12.11 not used not used RXD Verant. 12.12.11 Analog Outputs not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common not used Index not used Änderung Datum Name not used not used not used not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) not used Notes! Consider the installation notes in section 4.7 and the notes on installing cable glands on page 4-22. D0(-) Signal Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 4, GND Channel 5, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 5, GND not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Out of Spec), NC Output 3 (Out of Spec), NO Output 3 (Out of Spec), COM Output 4 (Function check), NC Output 4 (Function check), NO Output 4 (Function check), COM not used Terminal Pin P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 Aufkleber aus 3M SC 3698 A, Grund silberfarbig, Druck einfarbig schwarz und Schutzlack Schutzpapier gekerbt geschnitten auf Format Name (Benennung; Description) EWo Bez.-Schild XSTA f. XPSA 02 Label XSTA f. XPSA 02 EWo (Zeichnung Nr.; Drawing No.) (Index:) 4.271-8120 /4 not used X-STREAM analyzers are classified DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). Your analyzer´s type of serial interface is marked on a label nearby the terminals (see sample above) Fig. 4-19: Terminal Block X1 - Serial Interface 4-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings RJ45 Ethernet connection The RJ45 connectors are located on an electronics board in the card cage section of the unit (Fig. 4-17, pg. 4-22). For connecting the analyzer into a network for analysis purposes, use the leftmost Ethernet connector. To install this connection, a cable must be fed through the cable entry without a connector. Pin 1 4 Installation The connector can be wired when the free end has been fed into the instrument: We recommend the VARIOSUB RJ45 QUICKON connector (PHOENIX CONTACT), which is supplied with the unit and requires no special tools. Wiring instructions can be found in the separate manual supplied with the connector. Pin 8 Pin no. Signal 1 TX+ 2 TX- 3 RX+ 6 RX- other not used Fig. 4-20: Ethernet Connector Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-27 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings Digital inputs and relay outputs (option) Terminals for these signals are located on the terminals board XSTD (terminal block X4; Fig. 4-21). 7 or 14 digital inputs 9 or 18 additional relay outputs Note max. 30 V, internally limited to 2.3 mA HIGH: min. 4 V; LOW: max. 3 V common GND max. load. 30 V; 1 A; 30 W resistive Dry relay change-over contacts, can be used as NO or NC Notes! Depending on configuration, an analyzer can be fitted with up to two of these terminal blocks (the unit will then feature 14 digital inputs and 18 digital outputs). To aid identification, the sockets are labelled X4.1 and X4.2 (see sample of label to the right). Consider the installation notes in section 4.7 and the notes on installing cable glands on page 4-22. P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 Pin Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 Input 6 Input 7 GND for inputs 1-7 unused Output 5, NC Output 5, NO Output 5, COM Output 6, NC Output 6, NO Output 6, COM Output 7, NC Output 7, NO Output 7, COM Output 8, NC Output 8, NO Output 8, COM Output 9, NC Output 9, NO Output 9, COM Output 10, NC Output 10, NO Output 10, COM Output 11, NC Output 11, NO Output 11, COM Output 12, NC Output 12, NO Output 12, COM Output 13, NC Output 13, NO Output 13, COM Signal Digital outputs Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first adapter. Inputs 8–14 and outputs 14–22, if available, are on the second adapter. Digital inputs Fig. 4-21: X4: Terminal Blocks for Digital Inputs and Outputs 4-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings Analog inputs (option) Terminals for analog input signals are located on the terminals board XSTI (terminal block X5; Fig. 4-22). 0–1 V, 2 analog inputs 0–10 V (software selectable) Rin = 100 kΩ optional (requires to fit wire bridges, see figure): 0–20 mA ; Rin = 50 Ω optically isolated from analyzer GND protected against overload up to ±15 V or ±20 mA 4 Installation Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.7 and the notes on installing cable glands on page 4-22. 2 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 Pin not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used Signal 1 Screw-type terminals 2 Reserved for future use { BR 1 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 1 signal in current mode to input 1 Input 1 high (+) Input 1 high (+) Input 1 low (-) Input 1 low (-) BR 2 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 2 signal in current mode to input 2 Input 2 high (+) Input 2 high (+) Input 2 low (-) Input 2 low (-) { P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 1 } } IN2 Mode IN1 Mode Analog Inputs Fig. 4-22: Terminal Block X5 - Analog Input Signals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-29 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings Connecting the power cord The power cord is connected to screw-type terminals located inside the housing. Accepted wire gauge: Recommended wire gauge Skinning length: Thread: Min. tightening torque: 0.2…4 mm2 (AWG 24…AWG 12) min. 1.5 mm² (AWG 15), end sleeves not required 8 mm (0.315") M3 0.5 Nm (4.4 in.lb) ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Verify the power supply at installation site meets the specification given on the analyzer´s nameplate label, before installing the instrument! Verify power cables are disconnected and/or instrument is de-energized prior to working at the terminals! Verify the power cord is layed with a distance of at least 1 cm (0.5“) to any signal cable to ensure proper insulation from signal circuits! Feed the power cable through the cable gland at the instrument´s right side and strip the outer insulation. Strip the individual wires and connect to the terminals (a label is located next to the terminals on the mains filter housing). Finally, tighten the outer dome nut to secure the power cable. Live L Neutral N Power supply cable gland Earth PE Fig. 4-23: Power Supply Connections 4-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.6.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD BY MISSING EARTHING CONDUCTOR Before completing the electrical connection of the instrument, verify cables are inserted and connected in correct manner! Installation Ensure the earthing conductor (protective earth; PE) is connected! Completing the installation process After all connections are correctly made and checked, 4 • close the front panel and secure with the two fasteners. To achieve best and proper measuring results you must ensure the gas path system does not have leaks. For this reason we recommend to carry out a leak test, as it is described within „Chapter 7 Maintenance and other procedures“. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-31 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.7 Installation - Notes on Wiring 4.7 Notes On Wiring Signal Inputs and Outputs Emerson Process Managament has made every effort during the development process, to ensure that the X-STREAM analyzer series ensures electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) with respect to emission and interference resistance, as confirmed by EMC measurements. However, EMC is not wholly influenced by the design of the instrument, but to a large degree by the on-site installation process. Please observe the following sections and precautions to guarantee the safe and problem-free operation of this analyzer. 4.7.1 Electrical Shielding of Cables In order to minimise ambient electromagnetic interference, it is necessary to take care making all electrical connections between the analyzer and any other devices: • We recommend using only shielded signal cables. The shielding must be connected at both ends to the housing (Fig. 4-24). Fig. 4-24: Shielded Signal Cable, Shielding Connected At Both Ends. 4-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.7 Installation - Notes on Wiring • The shielding is connected only at one end (connecting to the analyzer is recommended): this gives better protection against external interference, and interference currents are prevented because the ground loop is interrupted. This is the preferred method for connecting cable shields in hazardous area installations, to prevent interference currents between connected enclosures. 4 Installation On-site conditions often differ from test environments and may require special precautions. Such a case arises when strong electromagnetic fields which could induce an interference current in the shielding. This type of current creates a potential difference between the connected housings. Two possible methods of eliminating this are described here. Fitters familiar with EMC problems must decide which method should be emplyed. Fig. 4-25: Shielded Signal Cable, Shielding Connected At One end. • Cables with double shielding: in this case, one shielding is connected to the analyzer housing, the other shielding to the external device. This is advantageous when both units are supplied from different grids (e.g. when installed in different buildings). This method is more expensive, but gives the best protection against external interference and against interference currents. Fig. 4-26: Signal Cable With Double Shielding, Shieldings Connected At Alternate Ends. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-33 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.7 Installation - Notes on Wiring X-STREAM XEGP with screw-type terminal adapters In order to avoid measured values being influenced by external interference signals when terminal adapters are in use, the signal cable shieldings must be connected to the analyzer housing by means of shield connector terminals: • Strip the signal cable to a length of 20 cm (8"). Take care to not damage the braided shield! • Pull up the contact part of the shield connector terminal, • feed through the cable as illustrated in Fig. 4-27, and • release the contact part down onto the braided shield. The result is a secure contact with the cable shield, improving the unit’s immunity against interference from other electronic devices. Finally connect the individual wires as described in section 4.6.1. Fig. 4-27: Shield Connector Terminal With Cable The shield connector must be ordered to fit the cable diameter, and can be retrofitted: Ø 1.5…6.5 mm (0.06"…0.25") Ø 5…11 mm (0.2"…0.43") Ø 10…17 mm (0.4"…0.66") Ø 16…24 mm (0.63"…0.94") 4-34 part # ETC02019 part # ETC02020 part # ETC02021 part # ETC02022 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE • A silicon diode is connected in parallel to the load’s contacts. The induced impulse is thus short-circuited at its source. The cathode must be connected to the positive end of the coil, the anode to the negative end (Fig. 4-28). 4.7.3 Driving High-Current Loads Loads which draw a current in excess of the specifications for X-STREAM series analyzer outputs (>30 mA / >1 A) may not be directly driven from digital or relay outputs. Such loads require external relays serving as de-coupling modules: the X-STREAM output drives the external relay, which in turn drives the load. In order to avoid interference, we recommend supplying the analyzer and the high-current loads from different sources (Fig. 4-29). As previously described, the use of suppressor diodes for inductive loads is highly recommended. 4 4.7.2 Wiring Inductive Loads Switching inductive loads creates electromagnetic interference: When an inductive load (e.g. relay, valve) is switched off, the magnetic field resists the change in current; this induces a high voltage across the coil contacts (several hundred volts). This impulse propogates through the connected cables and can influence any electrical devices nearby or destroy signal inputs and outputs. This can be avoided with a simple precaution: Last Compatible filter components for standard valves are available on request. External relay Analyzer output Fig. 4-29: Driving High-Current Loads Fig. 4-28: Suppressor Diode for Inductive Loads. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Installation 4.7 Installation - Notes on Wiring 4-35 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 4.7 Installation - Notes on Wiring 4.7.4 Driving Multiple Loads Frequently, several loads in one system are controlled by several analyzer outputs, whereby the power for the loads derives from a common source. Special care is needed when wiring the loads to minimize interference from switching these loads: • avoid connecting the loads to their power supply by a common line: L Fig. 4-30: Common Line • It is recommended the loads to be wired separately, and each load connected separately to the power supply. Beginning at the distribution point, both the + and the - wires for each load are laid together to the load (Fig. 4-31). Interference is further reduced if a twisted multi-core cable is used. ib str Di n io ut int po Lay cables to the loads together as far as possible (using twisted-pair cables if possible) Fig. 4-31: Loads in Parallel 4-36 J Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Chapter 5 Startup 5.1 Introduction Once the unit has been unpacked and installed, it is recommended to first check the settings, and if necessary adjust them to the user’s needs. e.g: • What hardware is installed? • Is the unit configured to your needs (alarms, inputs, outputs, etc.) The following pages describe how to navigate through the menus and what is to be observed when configuring the unit. For the first startup after installation, follow the step-by-step instructions for navigating the menus, allowing you to familiarise yourself with the unit and its software, and if necessary adjust the settings to your own requirements. OPERATION AT LOW TEMPERATURES When operating an instrument at temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), do NOT apply gas nor operate the internal pump before the warmup time has elapsed! Violation may result in condensation inside the gas paths or damaged pump diaphragm! Before starting to follow the steps described on the next pages, we recommend to carry out a leak test for the gas paths (containment system), to ensure the instrument is in proper condition. For instructions on how to carry out “Performing a Leak Test“ at a leak test: page 7-4. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-1 5 Startup In order for the information in this chapter to be of any relevence, the unit must have been installed according to the instructions in chapter 4. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.2 Symbols Used 5.2 Symbols and Typographical Conventions In the following sections, the symbols and typographical conventions explained below are used to describe the software menus and navigation. Symbol Description Convention Within Process Descriptions Setup.. Menu title Setup.. Analog outputs.. Parent (SETUP) and current menu (ANALOG OUTPUTS) Analog outputs.. Output1...5 As an example, the menu for Output1 is shown; the menus for outputs 2 to 5 look identical Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog outputs.. Output1...5 To access the current menu, access level code 3 has to be entered somewhere in the menu history Access levels: Description Within Text (MENU TITLE) 6-12 For a detailed description of MENU, see page 6-12. CONTROL Identifies the CONTROL menu, e.g. "press enter to open CONTROL" CONTROL - RANGES From within the CONTROL menu, select the RANGES menu. "Valves" "Control.." Parameter or menu line name Never, 1 min Values to be selected 0…2000 Value to be entered enter press key (here: key) enter Access level 1 (user) Access level 2 (expert) Access level 3 (administrator) Access level 4 (service level) Control.. Setup.. Status.. Info.. Screen shot (here: MAIN MENU) Service.. 5-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.3 Front Panel Elements 5.3 Front Panel Elements All X-STREAM XE gas analyzers feature an easy-to-use graphical user interface, which displays measurement values, status and error messages, and menus for the input of parameters. For ease of use, the operator can select one of three languages for the display: By default any analyzer is configured with English and German language sets, while a third can optionally be added. Currently available or under preparation: French, Italian, Portuguese and Spanish. The units are operated by six keys on the front panel. Fig. 5-1: X-STREAM Enhanced Front Panel Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 10.000 5.000 7.000 20.000 Input Ch1 Output Ch2 Flow 1 1/12/10 13:18 10.0000ppmCOppm 10.0000CO 0.00 l/min 1/12/10 13:18 The measurement display can be configured to various layouts. The figure to the left examplarly shows a 4 channel layout and a 2 channel layout with additional Information and differing letter sizes. 5.3.2 Status Line and Text Message Line Status information is provided by different icons in the display´s first line: Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 10.000ppm CO 5.000ppm CO 7.000ppm CO 20.000ppm CO 1/12/10 13:18 Network = analyzer is remotely accessed USB = USB device is attached Bell = 'Alarm' Cross = 'Failure' Question mark = 'Off spec' Oil can = 'Maintenance request' Tool = 'Function check' Heart = the analyzer´s 'heart beat', indicating the instrument is operating. Clear text messages appear in the bottom line, replaced by current analyzer date & time if no messages are to be displayed. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-3 5 Ch1 ppm CO ppm CO ppm CO ppm CO Startup 5.3.1 Display Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.3 Front Panel Elements 5.3.3 Keys Six keys enable the use of the menu system. Depending on the operational mode (measuring, browsing menus, editing) they have the following functions: enter key: Mode Function Measuring Enter main menu Open submenu (..) or Browsing execute command (!) Editing Confirm new entry home key: Mode Measuring Browsing Editing up Function (no function) Return to measurement display Abort entry / down keys: Mode Function Measuring Enter main menu Highlight next menu line Open the previous/next page, Browsing when currently a line beginning with / is highlighted Editing Change current parameter 5-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.3 Front Panel Elements left key: Function Enter main menu or Measuring open 2nd measurement display page (if configured) Go up 1 level or page in menu Browsing system Move cursor 1 char to the left Leave channel selection Cancel editing of given paraEditing meter Go to previous menu page, if  shows in first menu line key: Mode Function Measuring Enter main menu or open 2nd measurement display page (if configured) Browsing Open submenu (..) Go to next menu page, when  shows in last menu line Editing Move cursor 1 char to the right Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-5 5 right Startup Mode Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.4 Software 5.4 Software The analyzer software displays measurement results and status messages, allows parameters to be set and edited, and maintenance functions (e.g. calibration) to be carried out. The software is organised hierarchically: The topmost level is called MEASUREMENT DISPLAY, followed by a MAIN MENU; all other menus and submenus are arranged below ( fig. 6-1, page 6-2). Menu lines can perform different functions, to be distinguished by the following characteristics: Function Text Description Simple text (not selectable with cursor) A variable description shows a colon; the line can be made up of up to 3 elements: 1. description 2. value (number or text) 3. unit (optional) Editable variables / parameters Examples: Span gas: 2000 ppm Tol.Check: Off Pressing enter in an editable variable line highlights the value to be changed. Function Description A command line text ends in an exclamation mark; pressing enter with such a line highlighExecutable ted, the command is executed, command e.g. a calibration procedure. Selectable submenu Example: Start calibration ! A menu line text ends in two dots. Press enter with a menu line highlighted to open the submenu. Example: Setup.. The optional unit can only be changed utilizing a setup menu. Variables shown without a colon cannot be edited, they are for information only. 5-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.4 Software Browsing To show the next page (indicator  ) • place the cursor in the last accessible line and press down or • press right, irrespective of where the cursor is located. To show the previous page (indicator  ) • place the cursor in the first accessible line and press up or • press left, irrespective of where the cursor is located. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-7 Startup Program Sequence 1of8 Action1: END-OF-PGRM Node1: All Page 4 Action2: END-OF-PGRM Node2: All  Program END-OF-PGRM Sequence 4of8 Action3: Action13: END-OF-PGRM Node3: All Node13: Action4: END-OF-PGRM All Action14: END-OF-PGRM Page 8 All Node4: Node14: All  ProgramEND-OF-PGRM Sequence 8of8 Action15: Action29: END-OF-PGRM Node15: All Node29: Action16: END-OF-PGRM All Action30: END-OF-PGRM All Node16: Node30: All 5 Page 1 Some menus have more entries than can displayed at once. In these menus, an indicator in the last () and/or first () line indicates the direction the menu continues in. In the example to the left • page 1 continues downwards • page 4 continues upwards and downwards • page 8 continues upwards. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.4 Software Editing The editing mode enables changing parameters. It is initiated by pressing enter. If the selection is a parameter list, the current entry is highlighted and may be changed by up and down. If the selection is a value, the cursor is placed over the last character. Use up and down to change it. Use left and right to select another character. The type of available characters depends on the position of the cursor: • It is not possible to select the minus sign or decimal point as the last character. • It is not possible to select the decimal point in integer values. • For decimal numbers, the decimal point can be placed anywhere within certain limits. There are two ways to exit the data entry mode: enter: the entry is verified.If it is accepted, it is saved and the new value dis played; if not, an error message is displayed. home: Cancel: all settings and changes are reset to their former values. Component selection menu Within the analyzer software, one can distinguish between analyzer related and component related menus: While the first contain entries, relevant for the analyzer (e.g. time setting), the second contain entries relevant for a specific component (channel) only (e.g. calibrating a channel). For single channel analyzers, editing any channel specific parameter will only effect this one channel. Different for multi-channel analyzers: Such instruments require selecting a channel prior to changing channel related parameters. When a channel related menu entry is selected, automatically a SELECT COMPONENT menu shows up, to select the component of interest, or to cancel the current action. Select Component Component: Press Ch1 to return Select the component / channel you want to work with, and press enter. This menu does not show on single-channel units. Within menu descriptions, the following points out, that for multi-channel instruments a selection is required: Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be ... 5-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.4 Software 5.4.1 Access Levels & Codes Level three gives access to system admin parameters, e.g. for configuring data acquisition systems communication. Level two covers the expert settings, e.g. basic settings for calibrations and measurements. Level one is the user level and includes • parameters which should be set by trained personnel only. • functions, not to be started by any person (e.g. start calibrations). All menus not assigned to one of these levels are not editable or of minor relevance. Within this manual, the descriptions of the menus and procedures also indicate, which level the menus are assigned. These assignments cannot be changed. Access codes for levels 1 to 3 can be defined, activated and deactivated by the client. The analyzer is delivered with the following settings: Level Access code Status 1 00000001 Off 2 00000002 Off 3 00000003 Off Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Notes! If a low level is locked (status On), all higher levels will also be locked. If a high level is unlocked (status Off, or code entered when requested), automatically all lower levels will also be unlocked. For above reasons, it is always possible to enter a higher code than requested, to gain access to a menu (e.g. if access code 1 is requested, you may also enter access code 2). Entering access codes If an access code is required for a menu, a message like the following appears: Access Code 1 Code 00000000 Press to return To enter the code, press • up/down to change the currently selected digit, • left/right to select a different digit, • enter to submit the code or • home to exit the edit mode and return to the previous display. 5-9 Startup Level four has the highest priority and is used for factory settings — only qualified EMERSON service personnel have access to this level. We recommend to set new access codes, if you want to use this option ( 6-32)! 5 Access levels can be used to prevent changes to parameters by unauthorised personnel. The X-STREAM menu system supports four prioritized access levels, which can be activated and deactivated separately, and should be supplied with their own access codes. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.4 Software 5.4.2 Special Messages 5.5 Powering Up Depending on the last action performed by the user, one of the following messages may be displayed to assist or inform the user. 5.5.1 Boot Sequence Information on incorrect entry: The value entered by the user is outside valid limits. The display indicates what limits apply. Press  to return to the previous screen to enter an acceptable value. Wrong input 0.1…50 Range Press  to return Confirmation of execution of function: Confirms that a function or procedure (e.g. calibration) has been started, or cancelled. The message automatically dissapears after a few seconds. Function executing Press  to return 5-10 When the unit is powered up, a series of internal tests is automatically performed. During this time the front panel keys are disabled, while the remaining time counts down in the display. 5.5.2 Measurement Display The measurement display is shown • automatically on completion of the boot sequence • when home is pressed • automatically after a set period of time of inactivity (i.e. with no keys being pressed). The information, to be provided in each of the four lines of the measurement display, can be configured by an expert (access level 2): • Sample gas components, measuring results and measuring units for each channel • secondary measurements, e.g. pressure, gas flow, temperature • nothing (empty line) The factory settings are as follows: Line 1: measured value of channel 1 Line 2: measured value of channel 2 Line 3: measured value of channel 3 Line 4: measured value of channel 4 Note! If less than four channels are installed in the unit, only the measureands for these channels are available for selection. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.5 Powering Up The setup menu enables several additional configurations, e.g. • 2 pages measurement display • different font sizes 6-29. Input Ch1 Output Ch2 Sample Ch3 Boiler Ch4 The display´s bottom line shows plain text status information (errors, maintenance requests, function checks or off-spec performance). Active messages are stored in an internal buffer. If there is more than one message in the buffer, the display will cycle through. Most messages also activate a NAMUR relay (if a relay has been assigned to that NAMUR function; 6-68). 4 lines display Output Ch2 10.0000 10.0000 5 Input Ch1 Flow 1 Note! There are also functions, that do activate a relay, but are not shown on the display. In such cases, check the STATUS menu for more information. 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO Startup The very first display line shows • a flashing heart, showing the instrument is operating • one or more icons to indicate the analyzer status. Some of these are explained by a text message in the last line (see below) • a channel indicator, if the current menu page is related to a specific channel only. ppm CO ppm CO 0.00 l/min 2 lines display with additional secondary measurement line MEASUREMENT DISPLAY Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-11 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.6 Selecting the Language 5.6 Selecting the Language If the analyzer is operational and it becomes clear that the incorrect language has been set, which is unintelligible to the operator, the following sequence of keypresses (starting at the measurement display) can be used to set the language. If the system has been set up accordingly, the code for access level 1 must be entered at this point to enable access to the following menu. Note! The factory setting for this unit is "no code required”. For ease of operation, it is recommended to use the factory settings for access codes while setting up the unit for the first time. In the following sections, therefore, no more reference will be made to any need for entering a code. Note! Pressing enter the 3rd time in the main sequence highlights the "Language” line. • • changes the language. enter sets this language and the display is updated accordingly. • If the selected language is not the intended, repeate the last three steps until the intended language is set. 5-12 down Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7 Checking the Settings ) Setup 1of2 Display.. Calibration.. Measurement.. In-/Outputs.. Communication.. Alarms.. Installed Options.. Save-Load.. Display Contrast.. Language: English Phrase Version EN1.30 Measurements.. Measurement Display.. Menu Access.. 10 Min Auto Home: 10 Min Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Starting with the measurement display ( page 5-11), pressing any key except home will access the MAIN MENU; from here, follow these steps: (If the display is showing anything other than the measurement display, press home to return to the measurement display first). Note! If you are unfamiliar with the language set: 5-12 shows the sequence of keys to set a different language. If the system has been set up accordingly, the code for access level 1 must be entered at this point to enable access to the following menu. Note! The factory setting for this unit is "no code required”. For ease of operation, it is recommended to use the factory settings for access codes while setting up the unit for the first time. In the following sections, therefore, no more reference will be made to any need for entering a code. Set the preferred language for the software. 5-13 Startup ( these steps, the unit will be configured to the user’s needs and properly functioning. 5 The following sections are structured so that the user can work through them one by one after powering up the unit. After completing Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.1 Installed Options All X-STREAM gas analyzers can be fitted with a variety of optional components: follow these steps to see which options are installed on your analyzer. Press left to return to SETUP, highlight "Installed options" and press enter. Installed Options 1of2 Licenses.. Valves: Pumps: DIO#1 Installed: DIO#2 Installed: Anal. Outputs: AIN Installed:  None None No No 4 No Do not edit any entries in these menus without special knowledge. Incorrect entries may result in incorrect results or impair the performance of the unit. Initial access to this menu should be to gain information on the configuration of the unit. This 2 pages menu indicates, which of the possible optional components are installed in the unit. The values displayed on your unit may differ from those illustrated here. Note! Multichannel instruments require to select a component (channel) to enter the second menu page. Installed Options 2of2 Flow.. Pressure.. Licenses Key 1: Key 2: Key 3: Package Trial Days 5-14 0 0 0 "Licenses.." opens another menu where you can check or enter license codes to unlock optional software features. None Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.2 Configuring the Display Press left to return to SETUP. Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: Comp1 Comp2 Comp3 Comp4 Blank Labels.. Note! X-STREAM currently supports one pressure sensor only. Values Press1 to Press5 thus refer to the same sensor. Display 1 labels Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: When entering LABELS.., you may change the channel´s label, that is the first text phrase in a line showing a measurement value: If here nothing is entered, the default phrases (Ch1…Ch4) are used. Note! Notice the headlines of the menus showing a "1": This indicates that you can setup more than 1 measurement display page. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-15 5 Display 1 assignments Select the value to be displayed in each line of the measurement display. The following options are available: Comp1…Comp5, Temp1…Temp5, Press1…Press5, Flow1…Flow5 Blank (nothing) Startup Check the settings for the measurement display, temperature and pressure units, and for menu access: press enter to open DISPLAY.., select "Measurement display.." and press enter. If a setting does not meet your requirements, access that menu and adjust the parameter. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.3 Calibration Setup Once the display settings have been checked, press left to return to SETUP and open CALIBRATION to check the calibration settings. Setup.. Calibration.. Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in the gas component selection menu. Note! For more detailed information on calibration 7-5. procedures, Ch1 Calibration Gases.. Tolerances.. Procedure.. Valve Assignment.. Program Sequence.. Interval Time.. Deviations.. In CALIBRATION - GASES, enter the values for zero and span gas: • See gas supplier´s certificate for correct values. • Values must be correctly set for results to be accurate. • Multi-channel units: the values for each channel must be entered separately. Gases Zero Gas: Span Gas: Range Gases.. 0.000 ppm 50000.000 ppm Current Range: Range 1 Ch2 Tolerances DeviatToler: Zero Limit: Span Limit: 5-16 Off 20.0 % 20.0 % Press left to return to CALIBRATION, and enter TOLERANCES . By default the 'Deviation Tolerance check' option is set inactive (Off). With "DeviatToler" set to On, • during calibration the analyzer checks whether the values set for zero and span gas conform to the concentration of the gas currently being supplied. • If the concentrations differ more than the percentage of range entered in the following lines, the calibration is aborted.This prevents calibration from being performed when the incorrect gas is supplied (e.g. span gas calibration using zero gas), which would result in an incorrectly configured unit. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings Press left several times to return to SETUP and open MEASUREMENT. Measurement 1of2 Ranges.. Damping.. Linearization.. Cross Interference.. Average.. Delay..  Signal damping (set in DAMPING) allows smoothing the output signal, but also affects the response time of outputs and display: • The factory setting is 0 seconds. • The maximum possible t90 time is limited by the size of the internal sampling buffer and the sampling rates of the installed measuring principles/sensors. • Multi-channel units: the value for each channel must be entered separately. Ch1  Measurement 2of2 Cut-off: None Pressure Compensation .. Ch1 Pressure compensation Manual Pressure: 1013 hPa Pressure Pressure Status 1013 hPa Good Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG The second page´s last line enables the user • to enter the current ambient pressure manually, if no pressure sensor is installed, or • to view the current pressure, if a sensor is installed ( page 5-14). If no pressure sensor is installed, enter the current ambient pressure here and adjust it, when significant changes take place: this improves the accuracy of the instrument. 5-17 5 Ch1 Startup Setup.. Measurement.. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.4 Setting the Analog Outputs Press left to return to SETUP, and then open IN/OUTPUTS, and from there ANALOG OUTPUTS. Setup.. In/Outputs.. Analog Outputs.. Analog Outputs Select the analog output you like to check. Note! The following section only in brief describes the entries currently of interest! Chapter 6 for a more detailed description. Output1.. Output2.. Output3.. Output4.. Output5.. Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: 5-18 Comp1 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes Track 0.00 100.00 No "Signal” specifies the value associated with the selected output. The following options (partly dependent on the number of measuring channels and sensors installed) are available: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings Signal*) None Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG In contrast, capital letters A to D imply that these calculator results are component [channel] independent (Calc C is the result of calculator C). 5-19 5 *) Numbers 1 to 5 refer to components [channels] 1 to 5: In case of secondary measurements, this means, the selected value is that of the sensor assigned to the given component (Press2 is the pressure value of the sensor assigned to component 2). Startup Description The analog output is deactivated Either a 0 mA or 4 mA signal is generated, for example to be used to test the processing in a subsequent system. The actual type of generated signal is 0 mA setup in the "Out range” line ( next page). A 20 mA signal is generated, e.g. to test the signal processing in a subse20 mA quent system. Comp1…5 Gas concentration Temp1…5 Temperature Press1…5 Pressure Flow1…5 Flow Calc A…D Result of calculator RawVal1…5 Raw value RangeID1…5 ID of selected range Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: Comp1 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes High +10% 0.00 100.00 No Next, select the output range: • 0-20 mA (dead zero) generates a 20 mA signal, if a concentration is measured at the upper limit of the signal range. A 0 mA signal is generated if the sample gas concentration equals the value specified with "LowScale" . • 4-20 mA (life zero): A 4 mA signal is generated if the concentration equals the value specified with "LowScale", thus enabling to detect e.g. a broken cable. Enter a concentration, to equal the low output limit (0 or 4 mA) Enter a concentration, to equal the high output limit (20 mA) Enable (Yes) or disable (No) output autoscaling. Note! Factory setting is "Outrange:" 4-20 mA and "FailMode:" LOW - 10%, unless ordered otherwise. 5-20 "FailMode" selects the output´s behaviour under failure conditions, considering or not, the NAMUR recommendation NE 43. NE 43 defines output signals enabling to detect different types of failures/status ( table 5-1): The related information is transmitted as a current signal, but outside the (0)4-20 mA measurement signal range. Available options: Track: NE 43 not considered. HIGH +10%: NE 43 failure signal level: "above". LOW -10%: NE 43 failure signal level: "below". Note! The related outputs signals can be finetuned on a second menu page, if "FailMode" is set to other than Track ( next section). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings Operational modes conforming to NAMUR 43 recommendations (NE 43) Setting "FailMode" to HIGH + 10% or LOW 10% defines specific analog output signals in case of a failure. Since these values are not output under normal operation conditions, a Table 5-1 provides a summary of all available operational modes. Output signal, if "OutRange" "FailMode" Failure signal level acc. NE 43 Measured value is valid Measured value is below lower limit ("Low scale") Measured value is above upper limit ("High scale") An internal failure occured Cable is severed 0-20 mA Track - 0…20 mA < -19 mA > 21.7 mA undefined 0 mA 4-20 mA Track - 4…20 mA < -19 mA > 21.7 mA undefined 0 mA 0-20 mA LOW - 10 % below 0…20 mA -0.20 mA* (-1.80…-0.01 mA)** 20.50 mA* (20.01…21.50 mA)** -2 mA 0 mA 4-20 mA LOW - 10 % below 4…20 mA 3.80 mA* (2.20…3.99 mA)** 20.50 mA* (20.01…21.50 mA)** 2 mA 0 mA 0-20 mA HIGH + 10 % above 0…20 mA -0.20 mA* (-1.80…-0.01 mA)** 20.50 mA* (20.01…21.50 mA)** > 21.7 mA 0 mA 4-20 mA HIGH + 10 % above 4…20 mA 3.80 mA* (2.20…3.99 mA)** 20.50 mA* (20.01…21.50 mA)** > 21.7 mA 0 mA Note! The application of values marked * or ** depends on the setting of "Cut Mode" ( Analog outputs setup menu, page 6-67). Tab. 5-1: Analog Output Signals Settings and Operation Modes Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Startup NE43 includes recommendations for such cases, but also for the configuration of analog outputs to detect other measurement states. X-STREAM analyzers incorporate these recommendations as follows: data acquisition system is enabled to distinguish between the following situations: • valid measured value (signal within range as per table 5-1) • signal out of range (signal slowly rises or falls towards the limits given in table 5-1, and holds that value until the concentration returns to within the measuring range). • failure (signal out of range as per table 5-1, but not 0) • severed cable (no signal [0 mA]), 5 The common modes for analog outputs do not support the detection of a failure in the measurement system. In such a case, the behaviour of the output signal is undefined: either the last value is held, or a random value is sent. System failures cannot be detected by an external data capture system. 5-21 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings "0/4 mA" enables to finetune the analog output: Set "Signal" to 0 mA and, while measuring the output current, adjust it to the expected value. Accepted range: -10,000 … +10,000 Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: 5-22 Comp1 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes Track 0.00 100.00 No "20 mA" enables to finetune the analog output: Set "Signal" to 20 mA and while measuring the output current, adjust it to the expected value. Accepted range: -10,000 … +10,000 "Hold" selects the output´s behaviour during calibrations. If set to Yes, • the analog output is fixed to the last measured value; • concentration alarms, which may otherwise be triggered by the concentrations of the calibration gases, are supressed. If set to No, • the analog output signal always corresponds to the actual measured value during calibration; this may trigger alarms if limits are exceeded. Note! This behaviour may be undesireable if e.g. the unit is connected to a data acquisition system. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.5 Setting Concentration Alarms Note! If concentration alarms are not being used, continue with 5-24. Press left until SETUP is displayed, then open ALARMS - CONCENTRATION Concentration Alarm Monitor: LoLo Level: Lo Level: Hi Level: HiHi Level: Hysteresis: States.. On 50.000 ppm 100.000 ppm 400.000 ppm 600.000 ppm 10.000 ppm Note! HiHi und LoLo are main alarms, Hi and Lo are pre-alarms. Fig. 5-2: Arrangement of Concentration Thresholds Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Four concentration limits can be set for each channel: "Lo" and "Hi" enframe the expected gas concentration, "LoLo" equals or is below "Lo", "HiHi" equals or is above "Hi". See the figure to the left for an explanation. If you enter values for any threshold, the above given order has to be considered. A message is displayed, if an entered value does no comply with this condition. Should the measured concentration go beyond one of the threshold levels (areas B, C, D & E in the figure), a message is displayed in the message line of the measurement display, the NAMUR pictogram appears (bell) and a corresponding digital output is activated, if assigned. A hysteresis avoids oscillating alarms in case the concentration is fluctuating around a threshold. 5-23 5 Ch1 Startup Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings Ch1 Concentration Alarm Monitor: LoLo Level: Lo Level: Hi Level: HiHi Level: Hysteresis: States.. On 50.000 ppm 100.000 ppm 400.000 ppm 600.000 ppm 10.000 ppm You may turn the alarm function On or Off separately for each channel ("Alarm Monitor"). It´s also possible to use some of the thresholds only. In this case, set the not used to a level outside the range limits (for this, "Lo" and "LoLo" support entering negative values). In case of an alarm, you may like to enter the STATES submenu, to check which one is triggered. 5.7.6 Backup the Settings The most important settings have now been checked and the unit is configured to suite your needs. A backup copy of these configuration data can now be saved. Press left until SETUP and then open SAVELOAD. Save-Load Local Backup.. Factory Defaults.. USB Backup.. USB Firmware Update.. 5-24 This menu gives you the choice, to either • make a local backup to a protected memory area • restore the factory default settings, or • make a backup to an external USB device. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.7 Checking the Settings Local Backup Save.. UsrBack Date Restore.. Undo Restore! Busy Progress 7/29/09 14:26 For now, make a local backup: Enter LOCAL BACKUP and then select "Save..". 0 0% Save new local backup and overwrite old one! Are you sure? Confirm the operation (select "Yes!"). 5 Startup No! Yes! Wait until "Progress" shows 100 %, then press enter to return to LOCAL BACKUP. Copying Data Busy Progress 0 100 % Press  to return You have now completed checking the unit’s settings: • Press home to return to the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-25 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 5.8 Perform a Calibration 5.8 Perform a Calibration We recommend to perform at least a zero calibration, after startup of the instrument, to ensure proper measuring results. Refer to Chapter 7 for a comprehensive description of calibration procedures. 5-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Chapter 6 User Interface and Software Menus This chapter describes the structure and content of the X-STREAM Enhanced gas analyzer software menus. While this chapter describes all software menus in hierarchical order, chapters 5 & 7 explain by practical examples, how to navigate through the menus to perform certain basic setup operations, or maintenance functions. 6.1 Symbols and Typographical Conventions Description Symbol Within Process Descriptions Setup.. Menu title Setup.. Analog outputs.. Parent (SETUP) and current menu (ANALOG OUTPUTS) Analog outputs.. Output1...5 As an example, the menu for Output1 is shown; the menus for outputs 2 to 5 look similiar Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog outputs.. Output1...5 To access the current menu, access level code 3 has to be entered somewhere in the menu history Access levels: Access level 1 (user) Access level 2 (expert) Access level 3 (administrator) Access level 4 (service level) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Description Within Process Descriptions Screen shot (here: MAIN MENU) Control.. Setup.. Status.. Info.. Software Menus Symbol are used to describe the software menus and navigation. Service.. Convention 6 In the following sections, the symbols and typographical conventions described below Description Within Text (MENU TITLE) 6-12 For a detailed description of MENU, see page 6-12. CONTROL Identifies the CONTROL menu, e.g. "press enter to open CONTROL" CONTROL - RANGES From within the CONTROL menu, select the RANGES menu. "Valves" "Control.." Parameter or menu line name Never, 1 min Values to be selected 0 ... 2000 Value to be entered enter press key (here: key) enter 6-1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2 Menu System 6.2 Menu System Note! This overview does only show menu branches up to the 3rd menu level, not functions nor parameter lines! E.g. the lines "Pump" or "Lock menus" of CONTROL are not shown. The analyzer´s menu system has a dynamic behavior in that it does not show entries not supported by the current analyzer configuration. Therefore this overview might show entries hidden in your specific instrument! Note! See next page, upper diagram. Note! See next page, lower diagram. Notes! This figure applies to software revision 1.5.x and later. Numbers are page numbers of this manual, where the associated menu is explained. Fig. 6-1: X-STREAM Enhanced Software Menu Structure 6-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6 Software Menus 6.2 Menu System Fig. 6-1: X-STREAM Enhanced Software menu structure (continued) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-3 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2 Menu System 6.2.1 Switching On Input Ch1 Output Ch2 Flow 1 10.0000 10.0000 Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 ppm CO ppm CO 0.00 l/min 28/1/11 12:45 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO When the unit is powered up, a self-test (POST) is initiated, after which the unit shows the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY. Note! Two different measurement display layouts are available and user selectable. DISPLAY SETUP, �� . Depending on the setup, either a 2-channel layout or a 4-channel layout is used. Clear text messages appear in the bottom line, replaced by current analyzer date & time if no messages are to be displayed. Note! Figures within this manual do not always consider displaying date&time or messages. 28/1/11 12:45 MEASUREMENT DISPLAY Press left or right to switch to the MAIN MENU and select one of the main submenus: Start functions or perform actions Control.. Setup.. Status.. Info.. Setup the instrument Service.. Get status information Some analyzer information MAIN MENU 6-4 Get service information 6-5 6-21 6-108 6-122 6-126 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2 Control Menu Control.. Perform zero calibrations 6-6 Perform span calibrations 6-7 Perform advanced calibrations Off Off 6-16 Press enter in this line to lock all menus, for which "Code" in MENU ACCESS has been set to On ( 6-32) Acknowledge messages 6-17 Available if the related internal pump is installed: Switch internal pump 1 / 2 On or Off. Note! These lines do not appear if digital inputs are used to control the pumps ( 6-71), or if no internal pump is available. Set ranges  Data Logger.. Event/Calibration Logger.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-18 Handle data logger data 6-19 Handle event/calibration logger data 6-20 6-5 Software Menus Apply gases 6 Zero Calibration.. Span Calibration.. Advanced Calibration.. Apply Gas.. Lock Menus! Acknowledgements Pump 1: Pump 2: Ranges.. 6-8 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.1 Zero Calibration Menu Control.. Zero Calibration.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be calibrated. Press enter in this line to cancel any ongoing calibration Press enter in this line to start a zero calibration Zero Calibration Cancel! Start! Zero Gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore.. Nominal zero gas concentration (can be set 6-24) in SETUP Currently measured gas concentration, if a flowsensor is installed. Currently measured gas flow Open a submenu to see calibration status 6-12 information Open a submenu to see calibration results 6-14 information Press enter in this line to restore calibration data to the last known good data set. A confirmation screen appears, before the function is executed. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to calibrate another channel. 6-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.2 Span Calibration Menu Control.. Span Calibration.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be calibrated. Span Calibration Cancel! Start! Span Gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore.. Nominal span gas concentration (can be set 6-24) in SETUP Currently measured gas concentration. Currently measured gas flow, if a flow sensor is installed. Open a submenu to see calibration status 6-12 information Open a submenu to see calibration results 6-14 information Press enter in this line to restore calibration data to the last known good data set. A confirmation screen appears, before the function is executed. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to calibrate another channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-7 6 Press enter in this line to start a span calibration Software Menus Press enter in this line to cancel any ongoing calibration Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.3 Advanced Calibration Menu Control.. Advanced calibration.. Start and control valve supported calibration procedures Note! This menu is only available if “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is set to a value other than none. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Press enter in this line to cancel any ongoing calibration Zero & span a single channel Advanced Calibration 1of2 Cancel! Zero&Span Single.. Zero All! Span All! Zero&Span All! Programmed Sequence! Blowback!  6-5 Highlight any of the next 3 lines and press enter to start the related calibration procedure: - zero all channels - span all channels - zero and span all channels Press enter in this line to start a programmed calibration sequence; 6-40 for information on how to program a sequence. Press enter in this line to start a blowback procedure for all channels Note! This menu is also available in single-channel units. In this case, the 3rd and 4th lines will start a zero or span calibration, while the 5th line starts the same procedure as the 2nd. 6-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu  Advanced Calibration 2of2 Status.. Results.. Next Automatic Calibrations.. Open a submenu to see calibration status 6-11 summary for all channels Open a submenu to see calibration results 6-13 summary for all channels 6 Software Menus Open a submenu to view the scheduled dates for next automatically performed calibrations 6-118 . Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-9 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.3.1 Zero & Span Single Menu Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Zero&Span Single.. Start and control a valve supported calibration procedure for zero and span for a single channel only. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be calibrated. Press enter in this line to cancel any ongoing calibration Press enter in this line to start a zero & span calibration procedure Zero&Span Single Cancel! Start! Zero Gas 0.000 ppm Span Gas 500.000 ppm Blowback! Concentration 0.000 ppm Status.. Results.. Nominal zero gas concentration (can be set 6-24) in SETUP Nominal span gas concentration (can be set 6-24) in the SETUP menu Immediately start a blowback procedure Currently measured gas concentration. Open a submenu to see calibration status 6-11 summary for all channels Open a submenu to see calibration results 6-13 summary for all channels Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to select another channel. 6-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.3.2 Calibration Status Summary Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Status.. Press enter in this line to cancel any ongoing calibration Indicates the currently ongoing procedure (Purging, Zeroing, Spaning, Ready) Shows the current procedure, or Off Shows the remaining time for the current procedure Shows the time for the previous procedure Information about the step currently carried out Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-11 6 Calibration Status Summary Cancel! Calibration Status Single.. Current Action Ready Action Detail Off Current Duration 0s Prev. Duration 0s Current Step 0 Software Menus Open a submenu to see detailed calibration status information for a specific component 6-12. (to be selected in a next step) Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.3.3 Calibration Status Single Control.. ... ... Calibration Status Single.. This menu gives a channel specific status. Note! This menu can be opened from several higher-level menus, dependent on which it now may be necessary to select a component: Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. Press enter in the first line to cancel any ongoing calibration Indicates the currently ongoing procedure (Purging, Zeroing, Spaning, Ready) Calibration Status Single Cancel! CalibrStatus Ready Remaining Time 0s Concentration 0.000 ppm Zero Gas 0.000 ppm Span Gas 5000.000 ppm Current Range Range 1 Applied Gas Sample gas Shows the remaining time for the current procedure Currently measured gas concentration. Current channel´s calibration gases setup Range under calibration. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view the status for another channel. 6-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.3.4 Calibration Results Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Results.. Result OK Any ZeroFail Any SpanFail No No Calibration Results Single.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Open a submenu to see detailed, channel specific calibration results information 6-14 6-13 6 Calibration Results Summary Software Menus Open this menu, to see an overall calibration results summary. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.4 Calibration Results Single Control.. ... ... Calibration Results Single... This menu gives a channel specific summary of results. Note! This menu can be opened from several higher-level menus, dependent on which it now may be necessary to select a component: Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. Calibration Results Single Zero Result Zero Date Span Result Span Date Calibr. Ranges Success ---Success ---None Deviations.. Open a submenu to view calibration results deviations information next page. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view another channel´s results. 6-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu Calibration Deviations Example: A measuring channel shows zero drift of 10 ppm per week. It is calibrated once a week. After the 3rd zero calibration, DEVIATIONS shows: ZeroDev: 10 ppm (=last calibr.) ZeroDev. total: 30 ppm (=summary of 3 calibrations carried out within 3 weeks) This menu gives a channel specific summary of deviations of calibration results. Note! This menu is a submenu of CALIBRATION RESULTS SINGLE, which can be opened from several higher-level menu. In the context of this menu, deviation means the value, a calibration corrected the zero or respectively the span calibration value. Software Menus Control.. ... Calibration Results Single.. Deviations.. 6 6.2.2.4.1 "ZeroDev." or "SpanDev." in concentration units give the correction of the last corresponding calibration. Deviations ZeroDev. ZeroDev. Total 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm SpanDev. SpanDev. Total 0.000 ppm 0.000 Ppm "ZeroDev. Total" or "SpanDev. Total" in concentration units give the total (sum of) corrections of the corresponding calibrations since the last time, deviations have been reset ( SETUP - CALIBRATION - DEVIATIONS; 6-43) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-15 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.5 Apply Gas Menu Control.. Apply gas.. If the instrument features internal, or is connected to external valves, this menu enables to apply a specific gas to the analyzer, e.g. for maintenance purposes. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel for the gas to be applied. Apply gas Applied Gas: SampleGas Flow Concentration 1.00 l/min 25.000 ppm Select the gas to be applied. Available options: SampleGas ZeroGas SpanGas1 SpanGas2 SpanGas3 SpanGas4 Blowback All Closed Currently measured gas concentration. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. 6-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.6 Acknowledgements Menu Control.. Acknowledgements.. Acknowledgements This submenu provides function lines to acknowledge status messages and alarms, separately (lines 1 to 5) or simultaneously (last line). To do so, highlight the relevant line and press enter. 6 Failures! Off-Specs! Maintenance Requests! Function Checks! Alarms! All States! Software Menus If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-17 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.7 Ranges Menu Control.. Ranges.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. Ranges Current Range Range Start Range End Concentration Range1 0.000 ppm 100000.000 ppm 25000.000 ppm Select the measuring range to be used. Available options: Range1 Range2 Range3 Range4 Lines 2 & 3 show the corresponding range limits. Line 4 shows the currently measured value. Note! To change range limits 6-45 SETUP, page Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. 6-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.8 Data Logger Control.. Data logger.. Enter this menu to export data logger data to an external device for further processing. Data Logger Export Data to USB! Cached Entries Total Entries 10 120 Number of entries currently in RAM, not yet saved to the internal data logger (total entries) file. Note! Data is written to the internal file every 30 min, or the moment, "Logging" is turned Off (SETUP - DATA LOGGER; 6-105 ) Total number of entries in the internal data logger file. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-19 6 Export logged data (=total entries) to an USB device. Notes! Make sure, there´s a memory device connected! Before the data is exported, all "Cached entries" are copied to the "Total entries" file. Software Menus If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.9 Event/Calibration Logger Control.. Event/Calibration Logger.. Enter this menu to export event or calibration logger data to an external device for further processing. Note! This menu is available only, if an optional software features license code has been purchased and installed; 6-89 If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Export logged event data to an USB device. Note! Make sure, there´s a memory device connected! Total number of entries of the internal event logger file. Event/Calibration Logger Export Event Data to USB! Total Entries 1 Export Calib Data to USB! Total Entries 5 Export logged calibration data to an USB device. Note! Make sure, there´s a memory device connected! Total number of entries of the internal calibrationein logger file. 6-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3 Setup Menu Setup.. Enter this menu to change basic analyzer settings. Setup display layout, language and more 6-22 Setup calibration parameters Configure In- and Outputs 6-44 6-61 Setup communication parameters Configure concentration alarms 6-77 6-80 Configure installed options, enter licence codes for software options 6-88 Backup and restore analyzer configurations 6-92 Operation hours meter 6-97 System identification Setup date/time Setup 2of2 Operation Hours Meter.. Identification.. Time.. USB Interface.. Data Logger.. Event Logger.. PLC.. Calculator.. 6-100 USB interface setup 6-103 Data logger setup 6-105 Event logger setup PLC setup Calculator setup Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-98 6-107 6-107 6-107 6-21 Software Menus Display.. Calibration.. Measurement.. In-/Outputs.. Communication.. Alarms.. Installed Options.. Save-Load.. Setup channel specific parameters 6 Setup 1of2 6-33 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1 Display Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. From within this menu you can setup how measuring results show up, control menu access, and more. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Adjust the display´s contrast 6-23 Selects the preferred language for the analyzer software. Available options vary according to the analyzer configuration. Currently available: English, French, German, Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish Display Contrast.. Language: English Phrase Version EN1.08 Measurements.. Measurement Display.. Menu Access.. Auto Home: 10 Min Phrases file version Configure how measurement results are displayed 6-24 Setup the measurement display 6-29 Configure menu access authorizations 6-32 This parameter determines the time period without user activity, before returning to the measurement display from any submenu. Available options: Never, 1 min, 10 min 6-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.1 Display Contrast Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Contrast Press (148). Contrast to reset to the default value Increase / decrease contrast by a value of 3, each time enter is pressed in either of these lines. Limits: 82 ... 208 Default! Increase! Decrease! Shows the currently used contrast value and is updated each time, enter is pressed in one of the above menu lines. Notes! If by mistake characters are not visible any longer, reset the contrast to the default value. The display´s contrast is temperature dependent. If need be, re-adjust. The default value gives an acceptable result for the analyzer´s permitted operating temperature range. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-23 Software Menus 148 6 Contrast enter Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.2 Display Measurements Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Enter this menu to setup measurement tags, units, precision and more for primary and secondary measurements. This specifies how the measured values are displayed. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Configure the parameters for Measurements Component.. Temperature.. Pressure.. Flow.. Gas measurement 6-25 6-27 Temperature measurement Pressure measurement Flow measurement 6-27 6-28 Note! Temperature, pressure and flow are referred to as 'secondary measurements'. 6-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.2.1 Display Component Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Component.. Specify how the measured gas concentration values are displayed. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. Component Unit.. Precision: Gas Name: Range Tag Concentration 0.123 CO Ch1-R1 10.000 ppm Specify the gas name for this component, to show up on the measurement display. Maximum length: 12 characters Shows the current range tag Label Input Output Flow 1 10.0000 10.0000 ppm CO ppm CO Unit text Gas name The last line shows the current settings for the selected channel, depending on the settings above, and is updated if settings are changed. 0.00 l/min Secondary measurement Fig. 6-2: Measurement Display Elements Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. 6-25 6 Configure the precision of the displayed measured value for this component. Selectable options: 0. 0.1 0.12 0.123 0.1234 (means, the fraction part can be setup between none and four digits). Software Menus Configure the component´s measuring unit 6-26 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.2.1.1 Component Unit Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Component.. Unit.. Within this menu, configure the component´s unit to be used for measurement results. Select the measuring unit for the component. Available options: ppm, ppb, Vol%, Custom Ch1 Component Unit Unit: ppm Unit Text: ppm Span Gas Unit: ppm Span Unit Text: ppm Custom Factor: 1.000000 Custom Offset: 0.000000 Span Gas 50000.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Configuring individual text strings is permitted only, if "Unit" or "Span gas unit" is set to Custom. 1) 2) "Custom factor" and "Custom offset" are visible and editable only, if "Unit" or "Span gas unit" is set to Custom. For all other options, conversion factors and offsets are pre-defined. Note! Texts for units, and values for "Custom Factor" and "Custom Offset" are not checked for plausibility. Any arbitrary value can be set. 6-26 Set the text for the measuring unit of the component, to be shown in the measuring screen: each character must be set separately.1) Select the measuring unit for the span gas. Available options: ppm, ppb, Vol%, Custom Note! Zero gas unit and zero gas unit text are always as configured for the component (first 2 menu lines)! Set the text for the measuring unit of the span gas: each character must be set separately.1) Gas concentrations are internally calculated as ppm. To use other units, the corresponding factor must always be specified, e.g. 0.0001 to calculate from ppm to %.2) If necessary, enter an offset here, to be added to the measured value.2) The last 2 lines show how the settings affect the display of measurements. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.2.2 Display Temperature Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Temperature.. Select the temperature unit to be used for all measurements. Available options: °C, °F, K Temperature Unit Unit: Precision: °C 0.1 XSP-T1 30.0 °C Configure the precision of temperature displays Accepted values: 0., 0.1, 0.12 Note! Conversion factors for the different units are pre-defined. 6.2.3.1.2.3 Display Pressure Setup Menu 6 Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Pressure.. Select the pressure unit to be used for all measurements. Available options: hPa, mbar, bar, psig, Pa Pressure Unit Unit: Precision: XSP-P1 Software Menus Example for the current settings. hPa 0. 1013 hPa Configure the precision of pressure displays Accepted values: 0., 0.1, 0.12 Example for the current settings. Note! Conversion factors for the different units are pre-defined. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-27 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.2.4 Display Flow Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Flow.. Note! This menu is available only if at least one flow sensor is installed ( 6-88 ). Flow Unit Unit: Precision: XSP-F1 l/min 0.12 1.00 l/min Select the flow unit to be used for all measurements. Available options: l/min, l/h, ml/min, gal/min Note! 1 gal = 1 US.liq.gal. = 3.7853 l Configure the precision of flow displays Accepted values: 0., 0.1, 0.12 Example for the current settings. Note! Conversion factors for the different units are pre-defined. 6-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.3 Measurement Display Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurement Display.. Enter this menu to configure the measurement display. Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: Comp1 Comp2  Display 2 Assignments Comp3 Comp4 Line 1: Comp1 Blank Line 2: Comp2 Line 3: Comp3 Line 4: Comp4 Line 5: Blank Labels.. Labels.. Note! Primary measurements are gas measurements. Secondary measurements are pressure, flow, temperature; these are always displayed with the smaller font. Display 1 Assignments Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: Comp1 Comp2 Comp3 Comp4 Flow1 Labels.. On either setup menu page, highlight the line to be configured, press enter and then select the parameter to be displayed in the related line by means of up / down. Available options: Comp1 ... Comp5 Temp1 ... Temp5 Flow1 ... Flow5 Press1 ... Press5 CalcA ... CalcD Blank Configure the labels Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-30. 6-29 6 Display 1 Assignments The MEASUREMENT DISPLAY may be configured as a single or dual page version, where the content of each page can be configured separately by a related page within this setup menu. The first setup menu page ('Display 1 ...') configures the first MEASUREMENT DISPLAY page. You may specify up to 5 measurements to be shown on the page. If only up to two primary and one secondary measurements are configured, the display will use the 2 lines layout with bigger characters. Enter the second menu page ('Display 2 assignments') to setup a second MEASUREMENT DISPLAY page. Software Menus If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.3.1 Setup Measurement Display Labels Setup.. Display.. Measurement Display.. Labels.. Display 1 Labels Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: Input Output Flow1 For each MEASUREMENT DISPLAY line you may enter an individual text, called "label". Specifications: • free alphanumeric text • maximum length: 8 characters. Labels • show up on the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY only, • may be setup for primary and secondary measurements, as they refer to the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY line, and not to the parameter. Within this menu, to configure a label, enter the related menu line and enter the text. Display 2 Labels Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: Press1 Press2 Flow2 Note! There are separate DISPLAY LABELS menus for each MEASUREMENT DISPLAY. 6-30 Differing from labels, tags are used to identify a measurement (primary or secondary), and for this reason • are transmitted via network • show up on menu head lines with channel related data • show up on the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY, too. Due to their importance for measurement identification within a network, the menu to setup tags can be found at SETUP - IDENTIFICATION, page 6-99. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Examples: MEASUREMENT DISPLAY, if besides gas names and units, only labels are setup: Input Labels 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO Output Flow 1 MEASUREMENT DISPLAY, if also tags are setup: Gas name1) Tags Unit text1) Input Ch1 Output Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 Flow 1 0.00 l/min 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.00 l/min Identification of component specific menu pages: Ch1 Concentration Off Off Off Off 5.000 ppm Identification of components in log files: Tags Fig. 6-3: Usage of Labels and Tags Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus LoLo alarm: Lo alarm: Hi alarm: HiHi alarm: To configure gas names and units: SETUP - DISPLAY - MEASUREMENTS, page 6-25. 1) Concentration 6 Tag 6-31 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.4 Menu Access Setup Setup.. Display.. Menu access.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Menu access Restrict Level1: Off Code Level1: 00000001 Restrict Level2: Off Code Level2: 00000002 Restrict Level3: Off Code Level3: 00000003 Activate: On Home When using access codes, we recommend NOT using the factory-set codes. Enter these lines to activate or de-activate the access restrictions for the related menu level. Avaliable options: On, Off Setup the access codes: Up to 8 alphanumeric characters may be entered for each code. Determines how unlocked menus are relocked to restore security settings. Available options: On Home: all levels with active acess code are locked on return to the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY 1 min: Levels are locked after 1 minute of inactivity. Never: Menus remain unlocked Note! Executing “Lock menus!” in CONTROL ( 6-5), immediately sets all activated locks. 6-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2 Calibration Setup Menu Setup.. Calibration.. Note! Multi-channel unit: Some of the following submenus require to select the component to be configured: In SELECT COMPONENT, select which channel´s calibration to be configured. Setup calibration tolerances; Ch1 6 Submenu to specify the calibration gases for the selected channel; 6-34. 6-35. Calibration Gases.. Tolerances.. Procedure.. Valve Assignment.. Program Sequence.. Interval Time.. Deviations.. Setup details for the channel´s calibration procedure; 6-36. Assign calibration valves; 6-38. Program a detailled calibration sequence; 6-40. Specify interval times for automatic calibra6-41. tions; See (and reset) calibrations deviations infor6-43. mation Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. 6-33 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.1 Setup Calibration Gases Setup.. Calibration.. Gases.. Enter this line to setup the zero gas concentration. Ch1 Gases Zero Gas: Span Gas: Range Gases.. 0.000 ppm 50000.000 ppm Current Range: Range 1 Enter this line to setup the span gas concentration. Submenu to specify different calibration gases for several ranges (if instrument is setup to below. use different ranges); Information about currently used range. Note! The calibration gases units are as setup for the currently selected channel; 6-26. 6.2.3.2.1.1 Setup Range Gases Setup.. Calibration.. Gases.. Range Gases.. Ch1 Range Gases Zero Gas1: 0.000 ppm Zero Gas2: 0.000 ppm Zero Gas3: 0.000 ppm Zero Gas4: 0.000 ppm Span Gas1: 500.000 ppm Span Gas2: 5000.000 ppm Span Gas3: 25000.000 ppm Span Gas4: 50000.000 ppm 6-34 This menu enables to specify separate zero and span calibration gas concentrations for each range of the selected channel. Note! The calibration gases units are as setup for the currently selected channel; 6-26. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.2 Setup Calibration Tolerances Setup.. Calibration.. Tolerances.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. Ch2 Tolerances Off 20.0 % 20.0 % If tolerance check is enabled (On), setup the limits for zero and span gas individually. Accepted values: 0 ... 100 % (of the channel´s full range) 6 DeviatToler.: Zero Limit: Span Limit: Software Menus This parameter determines whether the tolerance check is active during calibration (On), or not (Off). Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-35 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.3 Setup Calibration Procedure Setup.. Calibration.. Procedure.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. Ch2 Procedure CalProcMode: AdvCal Purge Time: 10 s Max. Time: 120 s Zero Ranges: Together Span Ranges Separately Zero Method: Stability Span Method: Instant Test Mode: No Note! Marked lines are available only if “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is set to a value other than none. 6-36 This menu line enables to select how the current channel is to be considered for calibration: • Selected measuring principles are permitted to be calibrated considering special conditions only, or are not permitted to be calibrated at all. • Your process may require special handling of measuring channels with regard to calibration. Available options: AdvCal: This channel is permitted to be included into advanced calibration procedures. Requires valves to be assigned! SingleAuto: This channel is permitted to be calibrated by a single zero or span calibration only. Requires valves to be assigned! Manual: This channel is permitted to be manually calibrated only. Disabled: This channel is not allowed to be calibrated. Notes! Depending on your analyzer and selected channel, not all options may be available. E. g. for trace moisture sensors, calibration is not permitted ( page 3-15 ). AdvCal also enables SingleAuto and Manual calibrations. SingleAuto also enables Manual calibrations! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu The time required to completely fill the gas line with the related gas, when switching to zero or span gas1). Adjust according your system. Accepted values: 0 ... [max. time, see next menu line] Note! Marked lines are available only if “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is set to a value other than none. 1) see note on page 6-38 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Specify how to calibrate multiple ranges of a channel. Available options: Together, separately Specify the calibration methods for zero and span calibrations. Available options: Stability, Instant Set to Yes, to simply check, if the calibration is still valid: now the instrument performs calibration procedures, without correcting the calibration parameters (simulation of calibrations). Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. 6-37 Software Menus Procedure CalProcMode: AdvCal Purge Time: 10 s Max. Time: 120 s Zero Ranges: Together Span Ranges Separately Zero Method: Stability Span Method: Instant Test Mode: No 6 Ch2 The maximum time to complete a calibration procedure, if calibrated with stability method. If not already regular finished, a calibration will be terminated after this time. Accepted values: 0 ... 600 seconds Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.4 Setup Calibration Valves Note! This line is available only if “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is set to a value other 6-88 ). than none. ( Setup.. Calibration.. Valve Assignment.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. Ch1 Valve Assignment 1of3 Sample Valve: Purge Time: V3 10 s Zero Valve: Purge Time: V4 5s Correct Assign Yes For the selected channel: • assign the valves to be used for the different functions, (available options: None, V1 ... V20) and • specify the purge time for each valve (accepted values: 0 ... 10,000 s) If there is no conflict in valve assignment, this line shows Yes, otherwise check if, e.g. one valve has been assigned different functions for the same channel. Note! The purge time depends on the gas line design and length, and is the time it takes for the gas stream to completely fill the measuring cell, after the related valve has been opened. Take care, that measured concentrations are faulty, because the cell is filled with improper gas, if purge times are too short. 6-38 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Ch1  Valve Assignment 2of3 Span1 Valve: V1 Purge Time: 1s Span2 Valve: None Purge Time: 0s Span3 Valve: None Purge Time: 0s Span4 Valve: None 0s Purge Time: On the 2nd menu page, assign the span valves, and specify their purge times for the different ranges of the selected channel. Ch1 Valve Assignment 3of3 None 0s The 3rd menu page enables to assign a blowback valve, and specify its purge time for the selected channel. 6 Blowback Valve: Purge Time: Software Menus  Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-39 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.5 Setup Calibration Program Sequence Note! This line is available only if “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is set to a value other 6-88 ). than none ( Setup.. Calibration.. Program Sequence.. This menu with 8 pages allows to setup a sequences of up to 30 actions (steps), to carry out individual calibration procedures. Program Sequence 1of8 Action1: Zero-Cal Node1: All Action2: Rg1SpanCal Node2: Ch1 Action3: Rg2SpanCal Node3: Ch3 Action4: END-OF-PGRM All Node4: Page 1 Each step consists of an action and a related node. Available actions are: ... Page 4  Program Sequence 4of8 Action13: END-OF-PGRM Node13: All Action14: END-OF-PGRM Node14: All Action15:  Program END-OF-PGRM Sequence 8of8 END-OF-PGRM Node15: Action29: All All Action16: Node29: END-OF-PGRM END-OF-PGRM All Node16: Action30: Node30: All Action name Rg1SpanCal ... Rg4SpanCal ZSpanCal SpanCal ZeroCal NoOp Blowback END-OF-PGRM Example: The sequence in the first figure to the left (page 1of8) starts with - a zero calibration for all channels, followed by - a span calibration of range 1 of channel 1 - a span calibration of range 2 of channel 3. 6-40 zero & span calibrate span calibrate zero calibrate no action start blowback end of programmed sequence Available nodes are (depending on number of channels installed within your analyzer): Node name Page 8 What to happen span calibrate range1 ... range4 All Ch1 ... Ch5 Selected action is carried out for all installed channels the selected channel only (depending on the analyzer setup, an assigned component tag may show here instead; 6-99 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Setup Calibration Interval Time Setup.. Calibration.. Interval Times.. Note 1! This line is available only if “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is set to a value other 6-88 ). than none ( Interval Times Select the procedure(s) you want to configure to be carried out on a regular (interval time) basis. Zero All.. Zero&Span All.. Programmed Sequence.. Blowback All.. Setup an Interval Time Note! Consider above given Note 1. Depending on the procedure selected on the previous menu page, the title shows 'Zero All', 'Zero&Span All', 'Programmed Sequence' or 'Blowback All'. Enable or Disable interval times for the selected procedure ... Enable: Interval: Start Time.. Disabled 24 h Next: -- Time 3/22/11 15:33 Specify the interval between two procedures. Accepted values: 1 ... 10,000 h Specify the date to start the countdown for next page). the next interval ( Shows the time for the next start of procedure, based on the current settings. Current time. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-41 Software Menus 6.2.3.2.6.1 Note 2! All four lines in this menu link to submenus of a similiar design, exemplified in the following section. 6 6.2.3.2.6 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu '...' in the title is replaced by 'Zero All', 'Zero&Span All', 'Programmed Sequence' or 'Blowback All', depending on the selected procedure. In lines 1 ... 4, specify date and time for the next countdown to start. Start ... Month: Day: Hour: Minute: Set! Next 6 23 10 0 6/23/10 10:00 Set start date and time: The next calibration time is calculated, considering the entries in above lines and the interval time given on the previous page. Note! This procedure also updates the four lines above, to show the next calibration date as start time. Shows the time for the next start of procedure, based on the current settings. 6-42 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.7 Setup Calibration Deviations Setup.. Calibration.. Deviations.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be setup. Deviations ZeroDev 5.000 ppm ZeroDev Total 7.000 ppm Zero Deviation Reset! SpanDev 100.000 ppm SpanDev Total 230.000 ppm Span Deviation Reset! Example: A measuring channel shows zero drift of 10 ppm per week. It is calibrated once a week. After 3 weeks of operation, DEVIATIONS would show: ZeroDev: 10 ppm (= last calibr.) ZeroDev Total: 30 ppm (= summary of 3 calibrations, carried out within 3 weeks) "ZeroDev. Total" or "SpanDev. Total" in concentration units give the total (sum of) corrections of all the referred calibrations since the last time, deviations have been reset. Reset all zero or span deviations. Note! These functions are carried out immediately, and there´s no undo! Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-43 6 Ch2 "ZeroDev." or "SpanDev." in concentration units give the correction by the last performed calibration. Software Menus In the context of this menu, deviation means the value, the current zero or span calibration value is corrected by subsequent calibrations. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3 Setup Measurement Setup.. Measurement.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. Submenu to configure up to four ranges per channel; 6-45. Ch1 Measurement 1of2 Ranges.. Damping.. Linearization.. Cross Interference.. Average.. Delay..  Setup t90 times; Setup and activate linearization;  Measurement 2of2 Cut-off: None Pressure Compensation .. 6-55. Setup and activate cross interference compensation; 6-55. Setup and activate averaging; Setup delay time; Ch1 6-48. 6-58. 6-59. Cut-off mode: Output values are limited, in case they exceed the configured range limits, or are becoming negative. Available options: None: cut-off mode is disabled RngLimits: values are limited to range limits NonNegat.: negative values are output as '0' Setup ambient pressure for compensation; 6-60 Note! Cut-off always is disabled during calibrations! 6-44 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.1 Setup Measurement Ranges Setup.. Measurement.. Ranges.. Enter this menu to configure up to four ranges per channel. Select the range to be configured. Available options: Range1 ... Range4 For the current range, specify start and end concentration limits. Current Range: Range Start: Range End: Starts & Ends.. Range Control: Auto Ranging.. Range1 0.000 ppm 50000.000 ppm Specify the limits for up to four ranges per channel in one single menu, making it easier 6-46. to adjust several limits at a glance; Manual For the current range, specify how range switching is done. Available options: Manual, Remote, Automatic Note! Selecting Remote or Automatic range control is not possible, if identical ranges end values are specified ( 6-46)! Specify the switchover levels for up to four 6-46. ranges per channel; Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-45 Software Menus Ranges 6 Ch1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.1.1 Measurement Ranges Starts & Ends Setup.. Measurement.. Ranges.. Starts & Ends.. Ch1 Starts & Ends Range1 Start: 0.000 ppm Range1 End: 500.000 ppm Range2 Start: 0.000 ppm Range2 End: 1000.000 ppm Range3 Start: 0.000 ppm Range3 End: 5000.000 ppm Range4 Start: 0.000 ppm Range4 End: 10000.000 ppm 6.2.3.3.1.2 Select the range to be configured, and set start and end concentrations. Note! For automatic or remote range control, all ranges end values need to be different! Measurement Autoranging Setup.. Measurement.. Ranges.. Autoranging.. For each range select separately, if autoranging is to be used (Yes) or not (No) Ch1 Auto Ranging Range1: Range2: Range3: Hysteresis: Switchover Levels.. Yes Yes Yes 10 % Specify the hysteresis for autoranging. Accepted range: 1 ... 50 % Alternatively specify switchover limits for each 6-46. range separately; 6-46 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.1.2.1 Autoranging Switchover Levels Switchover Levels MaxLevel1: MinLevel2: MaxLevel2: MinLevel3: MaxLevel3: MinLevel4: 500.000 ppm 400.000 ppm 750.000 ppm 600.000 ppm 2000.000 ppm 1800.000 ppm Specify individual switchover levels, instead of using one single hysteresis value for all ranges. Max. level gives the switchover limit for rising concentrations: If this level is exceeded, the analyzer activates the next higher range. Min. level gives the switchover limit for decreasing concentrations: If this level is underrun, the analyzer activates the next lower range. Note! As given in the figures to the left, specifying the 'Min.level' of a level to be lower than the 'Max.level' of the level right below, defines a switching hysteresis. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-47 6 Ch1 Software Menus Setup.. Measurement.. Ranges.. Autoranging.. Switchover Levels.. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.2 Setup Damping Setup.. Measurement.. Damping.. Any measuring system applies a damping on its output signal, compared to the change of the 'real' measurand, due to delays caused by • electronic signal processing, • sensors with finite response time, • gas flow, and more. This damping is called 'system damping'. This software menu enables to setup an additional electronic damping (t90 time), that is added to the system damping. The reason to do so, is to e.g. have a smoother output signal. Ch1 Damping t90 Range1: t90 Range2: t90 Range3: t90 Range4: t90 Current Current Range t90 Time Max 2.0 s 2.0 s 2.0 s 2.0 s 2.0 s Ch1-R1 76.9 s Specify t90 times for each range of the selected channel. Gives the current t90 time, specified for the currently selected range. Shows the current measuring range. Gives the maximum possible t90 time, which is limited by the size of the internal sampling buffer and the sampling rates of the installed measuring principles/sensors. 6-48 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3 Setup Linearization Setup.. Measurement.. Linearization.. Switch On or Off the linearizer. 6 Specify the linearization methode to be used. Available options: Splines, Polynom. Ch1 Linearization Linearizer: Off LinearMethod: Splines Calculate! Setpoints (X).. Actuals (Y).. Linearizer Min 20.000 ppm Linearizer Max 110.000 ppm Normal Status Select this line to let the analyzer calculate the new linearization curve. First enter SETPOINTS (X) to enter the new setpoint values ( 6-51 ). When done, enter ACTUALS (Y) to enter the corresponding actuals ( 6-52 ). The linearization status. Possible values: Normal, Underflow, Overflow, Undefined Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. 6-49 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Specify the linearization methode to be used. Available options: Splines, Polynom. Ch1  Linearization LinearMethod: Splines LinearizerRange1: Off LinearizerRange2: Off LinearizerRange3: Off LinearizerRange4: Off Coefficients.. Current range: Range1 0.000 ppm Concentration Separately switch On or Off the Linearization for each range of the selected channel. Submenu to enter coefficients ( 6-53). Select the currently to be used range. Currently measured gas concentration Ch1  Linearization Linearizer Min Linearizer Max Status 6-50 20.000 ppm 110.000 ppm Normal Measuring range, covered by the linearization settings. Linearization status. Possible values: Normal, Underflow, Overflow, Undefined Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3.1 Setup Linearization Setpoints (X) Setup.. Measurement.. Linearization.. Setpoints (X).. Setpoints (X) 1of4 Lin X1: 0.000 ppm Lin X2: 0.000 ppm Lin X3: 0.000 ppm Lin X4: 0.000 ppm Lin X5: 0.000 ppm Lin X6: 0.000 ppm Lin X7: 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm Lin X8: To modify a linearization curve, within this menu enter up to 32 setpoint values (x values) for the new parameter sets. When done, return to the previous menu, enter ACTUALS (Y) and enter the corresponding (y) values. Software Menus Ch1 Ch1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6  Setpoints (X) 2of4 Lin X9: 0.000 ppm Lin X10 0.000 ppm Ch1 Lin X11: 0.000 ppm Lin X12: ppm  Setpoints0.000 (X) 3of4 Lin X13: 0.000 ppm Lin X17: 0.000 ppm Lin X14: 0.000 ppm Lin X18: 0.000 ppm Lin X15: 0.000 ppm Ch1 Lin X19: 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm ppm Lin X16: Lin X20:  Setpoints0.000 (X) 4of4 Lin X21: 0.000 ppm Lin X25: 0.000 ppm Lin X22: 0.000 ppm Lin X26: 0.000 ppm Lin X23: 0.000 ppm Lin X27: 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm Lin X24: Lin X28: 0.000 ppm Lin X29: 0.000 ppm Lin X30: 0.000 ppm Lin X31: 0.000 ppm Lin X32: 0.000 ppm 6-51 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3.2 Setup Linearization Actuals (Y) Setup.. Measurement.. Linearization.. Actuals (Y).. Ch1 Lin Y1: Lin Y2: Lin Y3: Lin Y4: Lin Y5: Lin Y6: Lin Y7: Lin Y8: Actuals (Y) 1of4 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm To modify a linearization curve, after having entered the setpoint values (x values) for the new parameter sets, within this menu enter the new actuals (y) values. 4 menu pages enable to enter up to 32 values. Note! Take care to enter the same number of actuals as setpoints! Ch1  Actuals (Y) 2of4 Lin Y9: 0.000 ppm Lin Y10 0.000 ppm Ch1 Lin Y11: 0.000 ppm Lin Y12: 0.000  Actuals (Y) 3of4ppm Lin Y13: 0.000 ppm Lin Y17: 0.000 ppm Lin Y14: 0.000 ppm Lin Y18: 0.000 ppm Lin Y15: 0.000 ppm Ch1 Lin Y19: 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm Lin Y16: Lin Y20: 0.000  Actuals (Y) 4of4ppm Lin Y21: 0.000 ppm Lin Y25: 0.000 ppm Lin Y22: 0.000 ppm Lin Y26: 0.000 ppm Lin Y23: 0.000 ppm Lin Y27: 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm Lin Y24: Lin Y28: 0.000 ppm Lin Y29: 0.000 ppm Lin Y30: 0.000 ppm Lin Y31: 0.000 ppm Lin Y32: 0.000 ppm 6-52 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3.3 Polynomials Coefficients Setup.. Measurement.. Linearization.. Coefficients.. Assign polynomials to each range of the current channel. Multiple assignments are supported. Submenus to enter polynomials coefficients; see below . Submenu to calculate the polynomials; 6-54. Enter Polynomials Coefficients 6 6.2.3.3.3.3.1 Poly1 Poly3 Poly3 Poly4 Software Menus Range1 Uses: Range2 Uses: Range3 Uses: Range4 Uses: Coeffs Poly1.. Coeffs Poly2.. Coeffs Poly3.. Coeffs Poly4.. Calculation.. Overflow: Underflow: a0: a1: a2: a3: a4: RefValue State Poly1 10.0 % 5.0 % Enter the coefficients here for a 4th order polynomial: 100000 ppm No coeffs Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-53 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3.3.2 Calculate Polynomials Ch1 LinearSetpoints.. CalcPolySet: Calculate! Cancel! State Poly1 State Poly2 State Poly3 State Poly4 Merit Submenu for linearization setpoints ( below ) All poly No coeffs No coeffs No coeffs No coeffs 0 Start calculation of polynomials. Ch1  Approximation setup MaxItera: Cut-off: 100 0.001 6.2.3.3.3.3.2.1 Linearization Setpoints Submenu to enter setpoints ( Submenu to enter actuals ( Ch1 6-51 ). 6-52 ). Linearization setpoints Setpoints (X).. Actuals (Y).. RefPoly1: RefPoly2: RefPoly3: RefPoly4: Clear all points! 10000 ppm 10000 ppm 10000 ppm 10000 ppm Clear all entered setpoints. 6-54 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.4 Setup Cross Interference Setup.. Measurement.. Cross Interference.. Ch1 Cross Interference Activated: 6 IF Source1.. IF Source2.. IF Source3.. IF Source4.. Off Enable (On) or disable (Off) cross interference compensation for the selected channel. If the 3rd parameter CalibOff is selected, cross interference compensation is activated, but disabled during calibrations. Software Menus This menu enables to configure up to four sources (internal or external) for cross interference compensation. 7-44 for more information about this menu. Up to four sources of concentration values can be configured for compensation. These submenus are exemplified on 6-56. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-55 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.4.1 Setup Cross Interference Sourcen Setup.. Measurement.. Cross Interference.. IF Source1 ... 4 Within this menu, configure the source and effect of interference of the component, interfering the currently selected channel. Select the source of measuring values to be used for cross compensating the selected channel. Available options: None: source is disabled for cross compensation Conc1…Conc5: Measurement values of internal channels 1…5 (Note! The currently selected channel, here Ch1, cannot be setup as a source!) AIN1, AIN2: Analog input 1 or 2 Calc A ... Calc D: Result of Calc A to Calc D Ch1 IF Source1 Source: Value Status Interference Factor: Apply IF Factor! Linearization Curve.. None 0 Good 1 Shows the interfering components value, currently applied. Shows the interfering components status. Available options: Absent, Good. Specify the influence of the selected source on the selected channel to be compensated. Accepted range: -1x109 ... +1x109 Apply the configured settings. If the source signal is not linear, enter this submenu .to configure a fourth-order polyno6-56. mial, 6-56 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.4.1.1 Setup Cross Interference Linearization Curve Setup.. Measurement.. Cross Interference.. IF Source1 ... 4 Linearization Curve.. Ch1 IF Source1 Reference Value: 1 IF Polynomial a1: IF Polynomial a2: IF Polynomial a3: IF Polynomial a4: 1.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6 Reference value to normalize the linearization curve. Accepted range: -1E+9 ... +1E+9 Software Menus Note! The menu figure to the left shows the default setup for the polynomials, which relates to a straight line. So, if your IF source signal is linear, no further actions or changes in this menu are required. Enter up to four polynomial factors to linearize the interfering component´s input signal with a fourth-order polynomial of the form 6-57 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.5 Setup Measurement Average Setup.. Measurement.. Average.. Some applications, like e.g. CEMS (Continuous Emissions Monitoring System), require to calculate and monitor concentration averages. Enter this menu to setup averaging. In this line specify the averaging time. Accepted values: 0 ... 120 min Ch1 Average Averaging Time: Next Average in Last Average 2 min 32 s 0.000 ppm Elapsed time for the next average. Last average result. 6-58 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.6 Setup Measurement Delay Setup.. Measurement.. Delay.. Delay Delay Time:: Delay Time Max 2.0 s 98.0 s Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Setup the output delay time. Accepted range: 0.0 s ... "Max. Delay time" The acceptable maximum delay time is internally calculated, depending on the installed measuring options, and cannot be changed. 6-59 6 Ch1 Software Menus This menu option enables to delay a measurement output (on all display, analog outputs, network, etc.). Use this option to compensate signal delays within multichannel instruments, if you need very synchronous results. Reasons for unsynchronous behaviour may be e.g. serial tubing of multiple channels, where the first channel already gives a valid reading, while the last one is still waiting for the gas. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.7 Setup Pressure Compensation Setup.. Measurement.. Pressure Compensation.. Manually enter the current ambient pressure for pressure compensation. Note! If a pressure sensor is installed, this line is hidden! Ch1 Pressure compensation Manual Pressure: 1013 hPa Pressure Pressure Status 1013 hPa Good These lines show the pressure, currently used for pressure compensation and the status. 6-60 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4 Setup In-/Outputs Setup.. In-/Outputs.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Analog Outputs.. Digital Outputs.. Digital Inputs.. Internal SHS.. Analog Inputs.. Analog outputs: Digital outputs: Digital inputs: 6-68 6-71 Internal sample handling system: Analog inputs: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-62 6-73 6 In-/Outputs Software Menus Enter the submenu for the in- or outputs you want to configure: 6-74 6-61 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.1 Setup Analog Outputs Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog Outputs.. Configure your analyzer´s analog outputs. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Enter the submenu for the output you want to configure. Analog Outputs Output1.. Output2.. Output3.. Output4.. Output5.. 6-62 Note! All submenus for the analog outputs settings are of an identical design. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.1.1 Setup Analog Outputn Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog outputs.. Output1...5.. "Signal” specifies the value associated with the selected output. The following options (partly dependent on the number of measuring channels and sensors installed) are available: Signal*) None Description The analog output is deactivated A 0 or 4 mA signal is generated, e.g. to check the signal processing in an external system. Whether a 0 or 4 mA signal is generated, is set by the "Out 0 mA range” line ( next page). A 20 mA signal is generated, e.g. to check the signal processing in an exter20 mA nal system. Comp1 ... 5 Gas concentration Temp1 ... 5 Temperature Press1 ... 5 Pressure Flow1 ... 5 Flow Calc A ... D Result of calculator RawVal1 ... 5 Raw value RangeID1 ... 5 ID of selected range In contrast, capital letters A to D imply that *) Numbers 1 to 5 refer to components [chanthese calculator results are component nels] 1 to 5: In case of secondary measure[channel] independent (Calc C is the result ments, this means, the selected value is that of calculator C). of the sensor assigned to the given component (Press2 is the pressure value of the sensor assigned to component 2). Tab. 6-1: Analog Output Signals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-63 Software Menus Comp1 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes Live 0.00 100.00 No 6 Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: Comp1 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes Track 0.00 100.00 No "Out(put) range": • 0-20 mA (dead zero) generates a 20 mA signal, if a concentration is measured at the upper limit of the signal range. A 0 mA signal is generated if the sample gas concentration equals the value specified with "LowScale" . • 4-20 mA (life zero): A 4 mA signal is generated if the concentration equals the value specified with "LowScale", thus enabling to detect e.g. a broken cable. Enter a concentration, to equal the low output limit (0 or 4 mA) Enter a concentration, to equal the high output limit (20 mA) Enable (Yes) or disable (No) output autoscaling. Note! Factory settings are OutRange: 4-20 mA and FailMode: LOW - 10%, if not changed at time of order. 6-64 "Fail mode" selects the output´s behaviour under failure conditions, considering or not, the NAMUR recommendation NE 43. NE 43 defines output signals enabling to detect different types of failures/status (see table 6-1): The related information is transmitted as a current signal, but outside the (0)4-20 mA measurement signal range. Available options: Track: NE 43 not considered. HIGH + 10%: NE 43 failure signal level: "above". LOW - 10%: NE 43 failure signal level: "below". Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Operation Modes Acc. NAMUR NE 43 value is sent. System failures thus cannot be detected by an external data acquisition system. If "OutRange" is set to 0-20 mA, a 20 mA signal is generated, if the measured concentration equals "Max Scale". A 0 mA signal is generated if the sample gas concentration is 0 (dead zero). NE 43 gives recommendations for setting analog outputs in order to avoid these situations. They are implemented by X-STREAM analyzers as follows: However, a severed cable also results in a signal value of 0. An external data acquisition system thus cannot detect such an failure and accepts a gas concentration of 0. The commonly used method of detecting a severed cable is to apply an offset: a concentration corresponding to the lower range value is assigned an analog signal of 4 mA, enabling to detect a severed or disconnected cable. This live zero mode is activated by setting “Out Range” to 4-20 mA. • Valid signal (signal within valid range; column C) • Signal out of range (signal rises or falls slowly to the limits given in columns D or E and holds this value until the concentration returns to a valid level). • Failure (signal out of range; column F) • Severed cable (no signal; column G) Operation Modes Conforming to NAMUR 43 (NE 43) Recommendations The operation modes described above do not generate a signal which enables detection of a failure in the measurement system. In such cases the behaviour of the output signal is undefined: either the last value is held, or a random Output signal, if Column A B C D E F G "OutRange" "FailMode" Failure signal level acc. NE 43 Measured value is valid Measured value is below lower limit ("Low scale") Measured value is above upper limit ("High scale") An internal failure occured Cable is severed 0-20 mA Track - 0 ... 20 mA < -19 mA > 21.7 mA undefined 0 mA 4-20 mA Track - 4 ... 20 mA < -19 mA > 21.7 mA undefined 0 mA 0-20 mA LOW - 10 % below 0 ... 20 mA -0.20 mA* (-1.80 … -0.01 mA)** 20.50 mA* (20.01 ... 21.50 mA)** -2 mA 0 mA 4-20 mA LOW - 10 % below 4 ... 20 mA 3.80 mA* (2.20 ...3.99 mA)** 20.50 mA* (20.01 ... 21.50 mA)** 2 mA 0 mA 0-20 mA HIGH + 10 % above 0 ... 20 mA -0.20 mA* (-1.80 … -0.01 mA)** 20.50 mA* (20.01 ... 21.50 mA)** > 21.7 mA 0 mA 4-20 mA HIGH + 10 % above 4 ... 20 mA 3.80 mA* (2.20 ...3.99 mA)** 20.50 mA* (20.01 ... 21.50 mA)** > 21.7 mA 0 mA Tab. 6-2: Analog Output Failure Modes Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus Setting "FailMode" to HIGH +10% or LOW -10% defines specific analog output signals for failures. Since these values are not output under normal operation conditions, a data acquisition system is enabled to distinguish between the following situations (table 6-1): 6 6.2.3.4.1.1.1 Note! The application of values marked * or ** depends on the setting of "Cut Mode" ( page 6-67). 6-65 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu "0/4 mA" enables to finetune the analog output: Set "Signal" to 0 mA and, while measuring the output current, in this line adjust it to the expected value. Accepted range: -10,000 ... +10,000 Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: Comp1 4-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes LOW - 10% 0.00 100.00 No "20 mA" enables to finetune the analog output: Set "Signal" to 20 mA and while measuring the output current, in this line adjust it to the expected value. Accepted range: -10,000 ... +10,000 "Hold" selects the output´s behaviour during calibrations. If set to Yes, • the analog output is fixed to the last measured value; • concentration alarms, which may otherwise be triggered by the concentrations of the calibration gases, are supressed. If set to No, • the analog output signal always corresponds to the actual measured value during calibration; this may trigger alarms if limits are exceeded. Note! This behaviour may be undesireable if e.g. the unit is connected to a data acquisition system. 6-66 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Note! This second menu page appears only, if "FailMode" is set to other than Track! It enables to specify the output´s behaviour in case the measured value exceeds the range ( Tab. 6-2 at page 6-65).  Cut Mode: Low Cut: High Cut: Standard 3.80 mA 20.50 mA "Low Cut" is output if the measured value is below the lower range limit, "High Cut" is output if it exceeds the upper range limit. "Cut Mode" specifies if Standard values or Configurable values are used for output: 0-20 mA 4-20 mA -0.20 mA 3.80 mA 20.50 mA If "Cut Mode" is set to Config, use these lines to adjust the related output signals. The accepted values for "Low Cut" again depend on the setting of "OutRange": OutRange Low Cut High Cut Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 0-20 mA 4-20 mA -1.80…-0.01 mA 2.20…3.99 mA 20.01…21.50 mA 6-67 6 OutRange Low Cut High Cut Software Menus If "Cut Mode" is set to Standard, these lines show the standard settings. For "Low Cut" they depend on the setting of "OutRange": Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.2 Setup Digital Outputs Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Digital Outputs.. This first menu page enables to configure digital outputs 1 ... 4, which are the basic outputs, available with every X-STREAM Enhanced analyzer ('X1' in the menu title refers to the instrument´s I/O connector X1). Digital Outputs (X1) Output1 Node: System Output1 Signal: Off Output2 Node: Ch1 Output2 Signal: Off Output3 Node: Ch2 Output3 Signal: Off Output4 Node: Ch3 Output4 Signal: Off For each output 1 .. 4 specify within the "Node" line the signal source. Available options: System, Ch1…Ch5 (depending on the number of channels installed). If any one of Ch1…Ch5 is selected, only signals, valid for the selected channel are considered. If System is selected, analyzer specific signals are selectable. Once the "Node" is specified, for each output • 1…4 select within the "Signal" line, what to output. Depending on the node, the list of available signals varies; next page. 6-68 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Node: Ch1…Ch5 Description Option (related to channel) Description Off Switched off Off Switched off On Switched on On Switched on Heartbeat Status changes every second (test mode) Heartbeat Status changes every second (test mode) Failure A channel specific failure, off-spec, maintenance request or function check status is set 1) Any Failure Any OffSpec Any MaintRequ Any failure, off-spec, maintenance request or function check status is set 1) Any FctCheck Any Calibrating Any Zeroing Any Spanning Any Zero Failed Any Span Failed Any Range Low Any Range High MaintRequ FctCheck Any calibration, zero or span calibration is ongoing Calibrating Spanning Zero Failed Any measured value exceeds a current range Range Underflow Span Failed Range Overflow Measured value exceeds current range Range 1…4 The selected range is active Any channel triggered an alarm of the selected type 2) Conc Lo Any PressAlarm Conc Hi Any FlowAlarm Conc HiHi V1…V20 Drive an external valve Pump1…2 Drive an external pump Ext Status1…8 An alarm is triggered PLC Result1…10 Status of related PLC result CalcA Rslt LoLo CalcA Rslt Hi The result of calculatorA exceeds the selected limit 2) Average.. Similar to CalcA, but for calculatorsB…D 2) Pressure.. Flow.. Ain1.. Ain2.. ..LoLo, ..Lo, ..Hi, ..HiHi An alarm of the selected type is triggered by Analog Input 1 or 2 2) ..LoLo, ..Lo, ..Hi, ..HiHi A concentration alarm of the selected type is triggered 2) A concentration average ..LoLo, ..Lo, alarm of the selected type is ..Hi, ..HiHi triggered 2) Temperature.. A temperature alarm of the ..LoLo, ..Lo, selected type is triggered 2) ..Hi, ..HiH CalcA Rslt HiHi CalcB Rslt LoLo .... CalcD Rslt HiHi The selected procedure failed Conc LoLo Any AvgAlarm CalcA Rslt Lo The channel is calibrating, zeroing or spanning Zeroing A zero or span calibration failed Any ConcAlarm Any TempAlarm Off-Spec A pressure alarm of the se..LoLo, ..Lo, lected type is triggered 2) ..Hi, ..HiH A flow alarm of the selected ..LoLo, ..Lo, type is triggered 2) ..Hi, ..HiH 1) If assigned, the output is automatically configured Failsafe 2) Parameter "Alarms Output Failsafe" can be used to manually configure Failsafe all outputs assigned to 6-80 the same type of option (indexed with 2)). Tab. 6-3: Digital Output Signals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-69 Software Menus Option (related to analyzer) 6 Node: System Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu If your instrument features optional digital I/O boards, similiar menu pages for the additional digital outputs are unlocked. The options for each output are as described before.:  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 1of3 Output5 Node: System Output5 Signal: Off Output6 Node: Digital OutputsSystem (X4.1) 2of3 Output6 Signal: OffSystem Output8 Node: Output8 Off Output7 Node: Signal: System Output7 Signal: OffSystem Output9 Node:  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 3of3 Output9 Signal: Node: OffSystem Output11 Output11 Off Output10 Node: Signal: System Output10 Signal: OffSystem Output12 Node: Output12 Signal: Off Output13 Node: Output13 Signal: System Off  Digital Outputs (X4.2) 1of3 Output14 Node: System Output14 Signal: Off Output15  Node: Digital OutputsSystem (X4.2) 2of3 Output15 Signal: OffSystem Output17 Node: Output17 Off Output16 Node: Signal: System Output16 Signal: OffSystem Output18 Node:  Digital Outputs (X4.2) 3of3 Output18 Signal:Node: OffSystem Output20 Output20 Off Output19 Node: Signal: System Output19 Signal: OffSystem Output21 Node: Output21 Signal: Off Output22 Node: Output22 Signal: 6-70 Menu pages 4 ... 6 (titled 'Digital outputs (X4.1)') enable to configure outputs 5 ... 13 on the first expansion board ('X4.1' in the menu title refers to the instrument´s I/O connector X4.1). Menu pages 7 ... 9 (titled 'Digital outputs (X4.2)') enable to configure outputs 14 ... 22 on the second expansion board ('X4.2' in the menu title refers to the instrument´s I/O connector X4.2). System Off Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.3 Setup Digital Inputs Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Digital Inputs.. If your instrument features optional digital I/O boards, this menu appears, enabling to configure the digital inputs. Input1 Node: Input1 Function: Input1 Edge: Input2 Node: Input2 Function: Input2 Edge: System Span All Rising Ch1 Range1 Trailing System Input3 Node: Input3 Function: Zero All Input3 Edge: Raising Input4 Node: System Input4  Function: ExtFail Digital inputs (X4.1) 3of3 Input4 Edge: Up Input5 Input6 Node: Node: Ch1System Input5 Input6 Function: Range1Pump1 Function: Input5 Edge: DownTrailing Input6 Edge: Input7 Node: Ch3 Input7 Function: Range1 Rising Input7 Edge:  Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Once the "Node" is specified, for each input • select the "Function" of that input (depending on the node, the list of available signals varies; next page) • select, how the input is to be triggered: by Rising edge, or Trailing edge. 6-71 6 Digital Inputs (X4.1) 1of3 For each input 1...7 specify within the "Node" line the signal source. Available options: System, Ch1 ... Ch5 (depending on the number of channels installed). If any one of Ch1 ... Ch5 is selected, only signals, valid for the selected channel are selectable. If System is selected, any system signal is selectable. Software Menus Menu pages 1...3 (titled "Digital inputs (X4.1)") enable to configure inputs 1...7 on the first expansion board ('X4.1' in the menu title refers to the instrument´s I/O connector X4.1). Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Node: Ch1…Ch5 Node: System Inputn Function Option None Not used Zero All Span All Zero&Span All Blowback CalCheckMod MaintRequ None Description Not used SpanCal ZeroSpanCal Carry out the selected calibration procedure, or cancel any ongoing calibration Cancel Perform calibration sequ. Activate blowback Perform calibration check Range1…4 Activate the selected range Failure The input signal activates the related channel NAMUR status OffSpec MaintRequ Failure OffSpec Option ZeroCal Carry out the selected calibration procedure, or cancel any ongoing calibration Cancel All ProgSequ Inputn Function Description The input signal activates the related analyzer NAMUR status FctCheck SampleGas Open related valve ZeroGas FctCheck Pump1…2 Activate related pump SpanGas1…4 ExtStatus1…8 Input signal is assigned the selected alarm signal AllClosed Close all valves Blowback Activate blowback Datalogger Start data logger ConcAlaOff Switch off concentration alarms monitoring ConcAlaOn Switch on concentration alarms monitoring Tab. 6-4: Digital Input Signals  Digital Inputs (X4.2) 1of3 Input8 Node: System Input8 Function: ExtFail Input10 Node: Input8  Edge: UpSystem Input10 Function: Input9 Edge: UpExtFail Up Input9 Input10 Node: Edge: Ch3 Input11 Node: System  Digital inputs (X4.2) 3of3 Input9 Function: Range4 Input11 Function: ExtFail  Input11Input13 Edge: Node: UpSystem Input12Input13 Node: Function: Ch1 FctCheckl Input12Input13 Function: Range1 Rising Edge: Input12 Edge:Node: Down Ch3 Input14 Input14 Function: Range4 Input14 Edge: Trailing 6-72 Menu pages 4 ... 6 (titled 'Digital inputs (X4.2)') enable to configure inputs 8 ... 14 on a second expansion board ('X4.2' in the menu title refers to the instrument´s I/O connector X4.2). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.4 Setup Internal SHS Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Internal SHS.. This menu enables to configure the optional internal components for routing gas (valves and pumps) to be used in autocalibration procedures. Note! This menu appears only if your analyzer features internal valves or pumps. 6 Internal SHS (1of2) Gas1 Signal: V2 Gas2 Signal: V3 Gas3 Signal: V18 Gas4 Signal: Off Gas5 Signal: Off Gas6 Signal: Off Gas7 Signal: Off Gas8 Signal: Off Note Ensure that valves are assigned ( 6-38 ) Each assigned valve has its label ("Gas1… Gas8"). The current menu enables to assign these valves (and pumps too) a signal to control it. (If the components were installed in the factory, the basic settings will already have been set). All signals applicable to digital outputs can be used ( Tab. 6-3 at page 6-69 ) Software Menus If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu.  Internal SHS (2of2) Pump1 Signal: Off Pump2 Signal: Off Example 1: Gas1 Signal: Any span failed --> The valve connected to gas inlet 1 is activated when a span calibration failure occures. Example 2: Gas2 Signal: V2 Pump1 Signal: V2 --> The internal signal "V2" activates the valve connected to gas inlet 2 and pump 1. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-73 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.5 Setup Analog Inputs Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog Inputs.. Enter this menu to configure the optional analog inputs. Note! If your instrument does not feature analog inputs, this menu is not available. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Analog Inputs Analog Input1.. Analog Input2.. 6-74 Select the analog input you want to configure 6-75). ( Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.5.1 Setup Analog Input n Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog Inputs.. Analog Input1 ... 2 Max. Good Value: Min. Good Value: 800 1100 Adjust analog-digital conversion 1013 Good Shows the calculated input value, based on the conversion coefficients a0..a2, as specified in the submenu. 6-76 Adjust Conversion.. Calc. Input Value Status Input value status. Possible entries: Absent, Failure, Good, Simulated (e.g. when in test mode) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-75 6 Analog Input1 Software Menus With this two lines specify the range for the input value to be accepted as 'good'. The (not shown) unit for these entries is the measurement unit of the external source, such as e.g. pressure sensor: hPa, flow sensor: l/min, ... Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.5.1.1 Adjust Conversion Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog Inputs.. Analog Input1 ... 2 Adjust Conversion.. Select the type of signal, provided by the external source. Available options: 0..10V, 0..1V, 0..20mA: voltage or current signal is applied Off: Input is switched off Test: the instrument internally generates a step-like signal for testing purposes. Adjust Conversion Input1 Mode: 0..20mA ADC Output 8388608 Input Normalized to 0...1 Coeff a0: 1 Coeff a1: 2 Coeff a2: 3 Calc. Input Value 1013 Status Good Shows the internal ADC output (informative) Enter the coefficients for your input signal here, considering - it is for a cubic equation max. - it is normalized to 0...1 (see note in menu) Shows the calculated input value, based on the coefficients a0..a2, for comparison with the real input value. If both do not match, correct the coefficients. Input signal status. Possible values: Absent, Failure, Good, Simulated (e.g. when in test mode) 6-76 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.5 Setup Communication Setup.. Communication.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Setup the interface parameters to meet the configuration of your host system. Configure the serial interface ( Serial.. Web Server: Ethernet1.. Ethernet2.. On 6-78) Specify, if (On) or not (No) a web server connection is used. 6 Configure "Ethernet1" or "Ethernet2"�� communication ( 6-79) Software Menus Communication Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-77 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.5.1 Setup Communication Serial Setup.. Communication.. Serial.. Select the Modbus protocol. Available options: MODB-RTU, None Serial Protocol: 32Bit Mode: Mbus ID: Baud Rate: Parity: Modbus-RTU 16BitLow 1 19200 Even Modbus mode of operation. Available options: 32Bit (=Daniel mode), 16BitLow (=Modicon mode, LOW word first) 16BitHigh (=Modicon mode, HIGH word first) Enter instrument ID for network. Accepted values: 1 .. 254 Select baud rate for the serial interface. Available options: 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 Set whether a parity bit is used. Available options: None, Even, Odd 6-78 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Setup Communication Ethernetn Setup.. Communication.. Ethernet1…2 Ethernet1 MAC 123456789 IP: 123.456.78.9 Subnet: 255.255.255.1 Gateway: 123.456.78.0 Use DHCP: Yes IP Status Ready Apply Configuration!  Within these menus, configure the Ethernet communication for connector 1 or 2. Most entries are standard, to be setup to meet your local network configuration. Enter the second menu page to configure the Modbus parameters. If your network does not feature a DHCP server, enter these lines to configure the network settings manually. If your network does not feature a DHCP server, select No to enter the network settings manually. If your network features a DHCP server, "IP status" turns to Ready, if a valid IP address has been assigned.  Ethernet1 Modbus 32Bit Mode: Modb Timeout: 16BitLow 1000 ms 6 To apply any changes made on this first menu page, press enter in this line. Modbus mode of operation. Available options: 32Bit (=Daniel mode), 16BitLow (=Modicon mode, LOW word first) 16BitHigh (=Modicon mode, HIGH word first) Modbus timeout. Accepted values: 500 ... 10,000 ms Note! At maximum 2 hosts at a time can connect to the analyzer. "MBus timeout" specifies the time interval to elapse, before a host without activity is disconnected. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus 6.2.3.5.2 6-79 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6 Setup Alarms This menu and its submenus enable to configure a couple of alarm conditions. In case an alarm goes off, a status is set and the related pictogram shows in the display. Also digital outputs may be configured to be activated ( 6-68 ). Setup.. Alarms.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Select if the alarms outputs are failsafe (Yes) or not (No): Failsafe means, relay output coils are powered during normal operation. Alarms Alarms Output Failsafe: Concentration.. Conc Average.. Temperature.. Pressure.. Flow.. Yes Configure concentration alarms ( 6-81 ) Configure alarms for concentration averages ( 6-83 ) Configure temperature alarms ( Configure pressure alarms ( Configure flow alarms ( Alarms 2 Calculator A.. Calculator B.. Calculator C.. Calculator D.. 6-80 6-85 ) 6-85 ) 6-85 ) X-STREAM XE analyzers can be upgraded with optional software packages, to provide four calculators (A ... D). Their results can be monitored to activate alarms ( 6-86 ). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.1 Setup Alarms Concentration Setup.. Alarms.. Concentration.. Note! To configure concentration alarm levels for averaging measurements, 6-83! Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be setup. Concentration Alarm Monitor: LoLo Level: Lo Level: Hi Level: HiHi Level: Hysteresis: States.. On 50.000 ppm 100.000 ppm 400.000 ppm 600.000 ppm 10.000 ppm Specify up to four concentration (threshold) levels: "LoLo" and "Lo" levels are to be setup below the expected concentration. "HiHi"and "Hi" levels are to be setup above the expected concentration. See the figure to the left for details. Specify the hysteresis to be considered around the concentration levels, to avoid oscillating alarms. To view the current alarm states; Note! HiHi und LoLo are main alarms, Hi and Lo are pre-alarms. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-82 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. 6-81 6 Ch1 Software Menus Switch On or Off the alarm monitor for the current channel. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.1.1 View Concentration Alarms States Setup.. Alarms.. Concentration.. States.. Ch1 Concentration Alarms LoLo Alarm: Lo Alarm Hi Alarm HiHi Alarm Concentration 6-82 Off On Off Off This menu gives an overview of activated alarms, based on the currently measured "Concentration". 75.000 ppm Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.2 Setup Concentration Average Alarms Setup.. Alarms.. Conc Average.. Note! To configure concentration alarm levels for 6-81! non-averaging measurements, 6-58) is acIf concentration averaging ( tive, specify concentration alarms within this menu. In this case, an alarm goes off only, if an average value exceeds one of the given levels. Ch1 Concentration Average Alarm Monitor: LoLo Level: Lo Level: Hi Level: HiHi Level: Hysteresis: States.. On 50.000 ppm 100.000 ppm 400.000 ppm 600.000 ppm 10.000 ppm Specify up to four concentration (threshold) levels: "LoLo" and "Lo" levels are to be setup below the expected concentration. "HiHi"and "Hi" levels are to be setup above the expected concentration. See the figure to the left for details. Specify the hysteresis to be considered around the concentration levels, to avoid oscillating alarms. To view the current alarm states; Note! HiHi und LoLo are main alarms, Hi and Lo are pre-alarms. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-84 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. 6-83 6 Switch On or Off the alarm monitor for the current channel. Software Menus Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be setup. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.2.1 Setup Alarms Conc Average States Setup.. Alarms.. Average.. States.. ConcAverage Alarms LoLo Alarm Lo Alarm Hi Alarm HiHi Alarm Average 6-84 Off Off On Off This menu gives an overview of activated alarms, based on the currently measured "Average" of concentration. 468.000 ppm Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.3 Setup Temperature Alarms Setup.. Alarms.. Temperature.. 6.2.3.6.4 Configuring temperature alarms is similiar to the procedure for concentration alarms; 6-81 . Setup Pressure Alarms Configuring pressure alarms is similiar to the 6-81 procedure for concentration alarms; . 6 Software Menus Setup.. Alarms.. Pressure.. 6.2.3.6.5 Setup Flow Alarms Setup.. Alarms.. Flow.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Configuring flow alarms is similiar to the procedure for concentration alarms; 6-81 . Note! Reasonable values for flow alarms are between 0.4 and 2.0 l/min. 6-85 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.6 Setup Alarms Calculatorn Setup.. Alarms.. Calculator A..D Any X-STREAM XE analyzer can be upgraded with optional software packages to provide four calculators (A ... D). The results can be monitored to activate alarms. Note! This menu is available only, if a valid software upgrade code has been purchased and entered ( 6-89 ). For more information on calculators, see the associated separate software features documentation. Switch On or Off the alarm monitor for the current calculator (here: exemplary Calculator A). Calculator A Alarm Monitor: LoLo Level: Lo Level: Hi Level: HiHi Level: Hysteresis: States.. On 50.000 100.000 400.000 600.000 1000 Specify up to four threshold levels: "LoLo" and "Lo" levels are to be setup below the expected calculator result range. "HiHi"and "Hi" levels are to be setup above the calculator result range. See the figure to the left for details. Specify the hysteresis to be considered around the threshold levels, to avoid oscillating alarms. To view the current alarm states; 6-84 Note! The unit used for calculator results is taken from the entry at SETUP - CALCULATOR ( 6-107 ). 6-86 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.6.1 Setup Alarms Calculator n States Setup.. Alarms.. Calculator n.. States.. Calculator A Alarms LoLo Alarm Lo Alarm Hi Alarm HiHi Alarm 468.000 Unit A 6 Software Menus Result A Off Off Off Off This menu gives an overview of activated alarms, based on the currently calculated "Result n" (here of Calculator A). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-87 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.7 Setup Installed Options Setup.. Installed Options.. Note! Don´t change settings in this menu without experienced knowledge! Wrong settings may result in a defective instrument. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Some software features are optional and can be unlocked with a license code. To do so, 6-89 Installed Options 1of2 Licenses.. Valves: Pumps: DIO#1 Installed: DIO#2 Installed: Anal. Outputs: AIN Installed: None None No No 4 No Lines 3 to 6 show if the related optional component is installed with the current instrument (Yes) or not (None), respectively shows, how they are installed ("Valves": Internal, External or Int+Ext), or which ("Pumps": Pump 1, Pump 1&2). Indicates how many analog outputs are installed (0 ... 5). Indicates if analog inputs are installed, or not. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be setup.  Installed Options 2of2 Flow.. Pressure.. Setup flow sensor installation, 6-90 Setup pressure sensor installation, 6-91 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. 6-88 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Setup.. Installed Options.. Licenses.. This menu is used to unlock software features, to be purchased separately. By default, X-STREAM XE analyzers provide a web browser interface and a basic data logger. 3 optional software packages are available, to upgrade the software: Enhanced: add PLC and calculator. Advanced: add advanced data logger, event/ calibration logger and e-mail support. Professional: add all enhanced and advanced packages options. Note! For more information on these options, see the associated separate software features manual. Licenses Key 1: Key 2: Key 3: Package Trial Days 88888 88888 88888 Trial 21 Trial version Enter 88888 into each line "Key 1" to "Key 3" to unlock a 30 days full version (Professional) trial. This trial is available only once for each analyzer, and only, if no other package has been activated before ("Package" shows None). Once entered, "Trial Days" shows the remaining time, until the package is disabled. To unlock one of above packages for unlimited time, contact your EMERSON sales office. Have the analyzer serial number at hand, to purchase and receive an unlock code. The code (3 5-digit numbers) has to be entered into lines "Key 1" to "Key 3". If the entered code is correct, "Package" shows the related name (see above). Upgrades from one to another package are possible at any time, by purchasing and entering a valid unlock code. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-89 Software Menus Setup Installed Options Licenses 6 6.2.3.7.1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.7.2 Setup Installed Options Flow Setup.. Installed Options.. Flow.. Select the flow measurement data source for the currently selected channel. Available options: XSP F1 ...XSP F4: internal sensors, connected to the board XSP AIN1, AIN2: analog inputs Ch1 Flow Flow Source: Flow SensorMin.: SensorMax.: Flow Status XSP F1 1.00 l/min 0.00 l/min 1.50 l/min Good Currently measured flow. The sensor´s minimum and maximum limits. The sensor´s status. Possible entries: Good, Absent, Failure 6-90 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.7.3 Setup Installed Options Pressure Setup.. Installed Options.. Pressure.. Pressure Pressure Source: Pressure SensorMin: SensorMax Pressure Status Reference: Manual Pressure: Compensation: AIN1 1013 hPa 800 hPa 1100 hPa Good 1013 hPa 1014 hPa Off Currently measured pressure, or currently entered manual pressure value. The sensor´s minimum and maximum limits, or the limits for manual pressure entries. The sensor´s status. Possible entries: Good, Absent, Failure 6 Ch1 Enter the reference pressure for pressure compensaion here. Manually enter the current ambient pressure here. Note! If "Pressure source" is set to an option other than Manual, this line is hidden. Enable or disable pressure compensation for the selected channel. Available options: On, Off Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus Select the pressure measurement data source for the currently selected channel. Available options: XSP P1, XSP P2: internal sensors, connected to the board XSP AIN1, AIN2: analog inputs Manual: enter the current pressure manually 6-91 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.8 Setup Save-Load Setup.. Save-Load.. Enter this menu, if you want to save or restore configuration files from/to your analyzer. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Enables to save/restore analyzer configuration data to/from a special internal memory 6-94 area; Save-Load Local Backup.. Factory Defaults.. USB Backup.. Restore the factory configuration; USB Firmware Update.. Save/restore analyzer configuration data to/ from external USB devices; 6-95 6-94 Update the analyzer firmware with a new version, to be provided on a connected USB device; 6-96 6-92 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu Notes on Save-Load Procedures Save new local backup and overwrite old one! Are you sure? After selecting any 'backup' procedure, a safety prompt appears: select "Yes!" to start the backup; "No!" cancels. Note! There is no undo for this procedure, overwriting any older backup! Restore from local backup! This will restart device! Are you sure? After selecting any 'restore' procedure, a safety prompt appears: select "Yes!" to start the backup; "No!" cancels. No! Yes! 6 No! Yes! Software Menus 6.2.3.8.1 Copying data Busy Progress (0..1000) 0 1000 Press  to return Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG While a backup or restore procedure is ongoing, an information screen appears, as shown to the left: Wait until "Progress (0..1000)" shows 1000, then press enter to return to the previous menu. 6-93 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.8.2 Save-Load Local Backup Setup.. Save-Load.. Local Backup.. This menu enables to save or restore the current analyzer configuration to/from a special internal memory area. Consider the notes on 6-93 ! Save the configuration data Date of last backup Local Backup Save.. UsrBack Date Restore.. Undo Restore! Busy Progress (0..1000) 7/29/09 14:26 0 0 Restore saved configuration data Undo a restore Wait until "Progress (0..1000)" shows 1000, then press enter to return to LOCAL BACKUP. 6.2.3.8.3 Save-Load Factory Defaults Setup.. Save-Load.. Factory Defaults.. Note! Factory defaults are saved once after factory startup and can only be restored! Consider the notes on 6-93 ! Date of last backup Factory Defaults FacBack Date Restore.. Undo Restore! Busy Progress (0..1000) 7/29/09 14:26 Restore saved factory configuration data 0 0 Undo a restore Wait until "Progress (0..1000)" shows 1000, then press enter to return to LOCAL BACKUP. 6-94 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.8.4 Save-Load USB Backup Setup.. Save-Load.. USB Backup.. This menu enables to save or restore the current analyzer configuration to/from an external USB device. Consider the notes on 6-93 ! Save the configuration data USB Backup Restore saved configuration data 0 1000 Undo a restore 6 Save.. Restore.. Undo Restore! Busy Progress (0..1000) Software Menus Note! Take care to consider the important informa7-65, before starting any procetion on dures with USB devices! Wait until "Progress (0..1000)" shows 1000, then press enter to return to LOCAL BACKUP. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-95 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.8.5 Save-Load USB Firmware Update Setup.. Save-Load.. USB Firmware Update.. Replace current firmware! This will restart device! Are you sure? No! Yes! Firmware is the analyzer´s basic operation software. This menu enables to update your current analyzer firmware from an external USB device, e.g. to add new features, etc. After selecting the firmware update procedure, a safety prompt appears: select "Yes!" to start the procedure; "No!" cancels. Firmware USB update procedure • The USB devices is checked for the directory emerson_xe/[seral numberiennummer]/firmware/ program. If existant, the files within this directory are copied to the internal SD card. If not existant, the USB device in the given order is scanned for the following directories to contain valid firmware data emerson_xe/upgrade/firmware/program emerson_xe/ [serial number]/firmware/web or emerson_xe/upgrade/firmware/web. The first found valid data are copied to the internal SD card. • After the files are copied to the SD card, the analyzer reboots. • After the reboot, the analyzer configuration files are copied to the SD card. • Now the firmware files are copied to their final destination. • Configuration files are restored from the SD card. • All passwords are reset to factory defaults! • A final analyzer reboot completes the update procedure. 6-96 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.9 Setup Operation Hours Meter Setup.. Operation Hours Meter.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Operation Hours Meter MaintRequInterval: Hrs of Operation Reset Hours! 26000 h 145 h Operating hours since last reset. Note! If this function is enabled, a maintenance request is triggered the moment, "Hrs of Operation" matches "MaintRequInterval". To reset this message, activate "Reset Hours". Press enter in this line to reset the operating hours meter for the selected channel. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-97 6 Ch1 Enter the operating hours for the selected channel´s maintenance requests interval. Accepted range: 0 ... 26280 hrs. Note! Enter 0 to disable operation hours monitoring for the selected channel. Software Menus Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be configured. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.10 Setup Identification Setup.. Identification.. Enter analyzer identification data here to identify the analyzer within a network. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Identification System Tag: Plant Name: Customer: Device tag Plant name Company name Enter a device tag here to identify the analyzer in e.g. a network Enter a plant and customer name here. Component Tags.. Enter tags for components; 6-98 6-99 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.10.1 Component Tag Setup Menu Setup.. Identification.. Component Tags.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be setup. Tags Tag: Range1 Tag: Range2 Tag: Range3 Tag: Range4 Tag: Ch1 Ch1-R1 Ch1-R2 Ch1-R3 Ch1-R4 Note! If set, the "Tag" always appears in the very top menu line, if the current menu refers to a specific component. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. MEASUREMENT DISPLAY setup, page 6-30, to setup labels, and see examples of usage. Label Tag Input Ch1 Output Ch2 Label ) Flow 1 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO Gas name Unit text 0.00 l/min Fig. 6-4: Measurement Display With Labels and Tags (example) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-99 Software Menus Ch1 Within this menu, you may configure the component´s tag, and individual tags for each range. Accepted entries: alphanumeric text, up to 8 characters long. 6 Component´s tag Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.11 Setup Time Setup.. Time.. Within this menu configure time settings. Note! Correct time settings are important for e.g. time interval based calibrations and log files entries. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Select, how the analyzer time is set Available options: Manual, NTP Time Time Source: NTP Server.. Manual Time.. Time Manual 7/7/2009 10:27 Configure a NTP time server 6-101 Enter this menu to setup the analyzer time manually 6-102 The last line shows the current analyzer time. Note! Time format is 24h (13 = 1 pm) 6-100 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.11.1 Setup NTP Server To sync the time with a NTP server, • select NTP as "Time Source" in the previous menu • ensure the analyzer has internet access ( SETUP - COMMUNICATION - ETHERNET1 or ETHERNET2; page 6-79 ). Next enter • a valid NTP server IP address • the difference (hrs) of your local time to the standard NTP time (UTC) Accepted values: -12 ... 12 hrs • the difference (min) of your local time to the standard NTP time (UTC) Accepted values: 0 ... 59 min NTP Server NTP Server: xx.xxx.xx.xxx Time Zone: 1h Time Zone: 0 min Sync Time: No Sync Interval: 1h Synchronize Now! Time 7/7/2009 13:27 Set "Sync Time" to Yes, if you want the analyzer to automatically sync the time. The interval, you want your analyzer to synchronize with the NTP server Accepted values: 0 ... 23 h To manually sync the time, start "Synchronize Now!" The last line shows the current analyzer time. Note! Time format is 24h (13 = 1 pm) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-101 Software Menus Note! A list of public NTP serves is available on the internet, e.g. at http://support.ntp.org/bin/view/Servers/WebHome. The Network Time Protocol (NTP) is a protocol for synchronizing the clocks of computer systems over internet. NTP provides UTC time, and no information about time zones or daylight saving time is transmitted. 6 Setup.. Time.. NTP Server.. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.11.2 Setup Manual Time Setup.. Time.. Manual Time.. Manual time Year: Month: Day: Hour: Minutes: Set! Time 2009 7 7 10 29 Use this menu page to manually set analyzer date and time. Note! Time format is 24h (13 = 1 pm) 7/7/2009 13:29 The last line shows the current analyzer time. 6-102 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.12 Setup USB Interface Setup.. USB Interface.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Interface: USB Operation USB Total USB Free Usage Warning: enabled Mass Memory 4033.6 MB 3985.7 MB 95 % Format USB Stick.. If "Interface" is set to Disabled, the line shows Disabled, too. Software Menus USB Interface USB stick memory information (if a device is connected). 6 Indicator for an connected USB device. If "Interface" is set to Enabled, this line shows status USB information: MassMemory, if a memory stick is connected Formatting, if formatting a device is ongoing NoDevice, if no device is connected Specify the usage limit for the USB stick, to give a warning. Format an USB memory stick before using it with this analyzer 6-104 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-103 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.12.1 Format USB Stick Setup.. USB interface.. Format USB stick... Format USB stick and erase all existing data! Are you sure? No! Yes! Select "Yes!" to start formatting. A progress screen appears. Formating has ended when "Busy" in this screen shows 0. Note! While formatting is in progress, "USB operation" in the previous menu shows formatting. Do not remove a device while formatting! This may cause loss of data or abnormal behaviour of the instrument! Formatting creates a basic file system structure on the stick: 'emerson_xe' directory within the root File, to automatically run functions when 7-74 connecting the stick to an analyzer, 'Serial number directory', beginning with 'SN', followed by the analyzer´s numeric serial number. Fig. 6-5: USB File System Structure 'logs' directory to hold the log files, copied to the stick by "Export data to USB!" actions within logger menus. Files within this directory are specific only for the analyzer with the serial number of the parent directory. File with USB tools, 6-104 7-75 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.13 Setup Data Logger Setup.. Data Logger.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Enable (On) or disable (Off) data logging. Delete current set of logged data. Note! There is no undo for this procedure! Data logger Logging: Sample Time: Data Logger Data Delete! Cached Entries Total Entries Off 1s 14 0 Export.. Export data to USB! Number of records currently in RAM, not yet saved to the internal data logger file. Note! Data is written to the internal file every 30 min, or the moment, "Logging" is turned Off Total number of records in the internal data logger file. Setup data logger export options ( 6-106). Notes! Make sure, there´s a memory device connected! If not yet present, the structure as shown on 6-104 is created on the stick, without formatting. The log files can be found within the 'logs' directory, 6-104. 7-73 for detailed information on the content of logfiles. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Export logged data to an USB device. Note! See left hand notes. 6-105 Software Menus Specify data logging interval time. Accepted values: 0 ... 30,000 s 6 Information on connected USB device. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.13.1 Setup Data Logger Export Setup.. Data Logger.. Export.. Export 6-106 Concentration: Temperature: Flow: Pressure: Yes No No Yes FieldSep: TAB Menu lines 1 ... 4: Specify which data to be exported. Available options: Yes, No Select the field separator, separating the different data columns in the exported text file. Available options: TAB, Semikol, Comma Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.14 Setup Event Logger Setup.. Event Logger.. Note! This menu is available only, if a valid software upgrade code has been purchased 6-89 ). See the separate and entered ( software options manual for more information on this menu. Note! This menu is available only, if a valid software upgrade code has been purchased 6-89 ). See the separate and entered ( software options manual for more information on this menu. 6 Setup.. PLC.. Software Menus 6.2.3.15 Setup PLC 6.2.3.16 Setup Calculator Setup.. Calculator.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note! This menu is available only, if a valid software upgrade code has been purchased 6-89 ). See the separate and entered ( software options manual for more information on this menu. 6-107 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4 Status Menu Status.. Within this menu, select any submenu to see detailed information about related status. Note! Lines 1 to 4 conform with NAMUR status. If no status of a specific type is active (no message to show), the related menu line is hidden. Failure status information ( 6-109 ) Off-specs status information ( 6-109 ) Maintenance request status information ( 6-110 ) Failures.. OffSpecs.. Maintenance Requests.. Function Checks.. Measurement.. Calibration.. Alarms.. Operation Hours Meter.. Time 1/02/10 13:18 Function checks status information ( 6-110 ) Measurement status information 6-111 ) ( Calibration status information ( Alarms status information ( Operation hours information ( 6-116 ) 6-119 ) 6-121 ) Current date & time 6-108 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.1 Status Menu Failures Failures Ch1 SENSOR Communication Ti.. Ch2 SENSOR Communication Ti.. Ch3 SENSOR Communication Ti.. Ch4  SENSOR Communication Failures 2 Ti..   Failures 3  Up to 3 menu pages are prepared to show status messages of type 'Failure'. Note! If no failure is active (no message to show), this menu is hidden. Messages starting with strings like 'Ch1' are channel related, while all others are analyzer related. For a detailled description of messages, hints on causes of failures and recommended actions, chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'. 6.2.4.2 Status Menu Off-Specs Offspecs Offspecs 2    Offspecs 3  Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6 Status.. Off-specs.. Software Menus Status.. Failures.. Up to 3 menu pages are prepared to show status messages of type 'Off-specs'. Note! If no off-spec is active (no message to show), this menu is hidden. Messages starting with strings like 'Ch1' are channel related, while all others are analyzer related. For a detailled description of messages, hints on causes of off-specs and recommended actions, chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'. 6-109 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.3 Status Menu Maintenance Requests Status.. Maintenance Requests.. Maintenance Requests   Maintenance Requests 2  Maintenance Requests 3  Up to 3 menu pages are prepared to show status messages of type 'Maintenance requests'. Note! If no maintenance request is active (no message to show), this menu is hidden. Messages starting with strings like 'Ch1' are channel related, while all others are analyzer related. For a detailled description of messages, hints on causes of maintenance requests and recommended actions, chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'. 6.2.4.4 Status Menu Function Checks Status.. Function Checks.. Function Checks     6-110 Function Checks 2 Function Checks 3 Up to 3 menu pages are prepared to show status messages of type 'Function check'. Note! If no function check is active (no message to show), this menu is hidden. Messages starting with strings like 'Ch1' are channel related, while all others are analyzer related. For a detailled description of messages, hints on causes of function check and recommended actions, chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.5 Status Menu Measurement Status.. Measurement.. View status information on a specific component ( 6-112 ) Component.. Temperature Sensors.. Pressure Sensors.. Flow Sensors.. View status information on pressure sensors ( 6-115 ) 6 View status information on flow sensors ( 6-115 ) Software Menus Measurement View status information on temperature sensors ( 6-114 ) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-111 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.5.1 Status Menu Component (Channels) Status.. Measurement.. Component.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be viewed. Ch1 Component Raw Signal1 109518.000 Raw Signal2 54321.000 Raw Signal 2.016 Concentration 1,984 % Current Range Range 1 Statistics.. Secondary Variables.. Opens a submenu with measurement statistics for the selected channel; 6-113 Opens a submenu with information on secondary variables (pressure, flow, ...) of this channel; 6-114 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view the status for another channel. 6-112 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu Status Menu Component Statistics Status.. Measurement.. Component.. Statistics.. Ch1 Statistics MinConc MinDate MaxConc MaxDate 0.000 ppm 7/7/2009 07:42:49 5000.000 ppm 8/7/2009 12:11:10 StdDev Start Date Reset Statistics.. 6.2.4.5.1.1.1 100 ppm 1.1.10 10:00 This menu page provides some statistical data for the selected component: • Minimum and maximum measured concentrations, and the related date • standard deviation of measured concentrations, and date when calculation started To reset statistics below Software Menus 6.2.4.5.1.1 Status Menu Reset Statistics 6 Status.. Measurement.. Component.. Reset statistics.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Ch1 Reset Statistics Reset Peak! Reset StdDeviation! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Select, which statistic to reset. Note! There´s no undo for these functions! 6-113 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.5.1.2 Status Menu Secondary Variables Status.. Measurement.. Component.. Secondary Variables.. Ch1 Temperature Temp Status TempZComp TempSComp Pressure Pressure Status Flow Flow Status Source Current 6.2.4.5.2 40.0 °C Good 0.0 °C 0.0 °C 1013 hPa Good 1.1 l/min Good If the analyzer features an IR measurement, this line shows the IR source current. Status Menu Temperature Sensors Status.. Measurement.. Temperature Sensors.. Ch1 Temperature Sensors 1of2 DSP-T1 40.0 °C Status Installed DSP-T2 0.0 °C Status Absent DSP-T3 0.0 °C Status Absent Ch1 DSP-T4 0.0 °C Abset Status Temperature Sensors 2of2 AIN1 20.0 °C Status Installed AIN2 0.0 °C Status Absent 6-114 This menu page provides some secondary measurement data for the selected component: • Temperature, pressure and flow values • Status of the related sensors • Reference temperature for temperature compensation, separately for zero and span Possible status values: Good, Simulated, Failure, Absent View data for all possibly installed temperature sensors, provided in two lines each: Each first line shows the temperature sensor and the currently measured value, followed by a related line showing the sensor status: Sensor (possible values: DSP-T1 ... -T4, AIN1, AIN2) and current temperature. Sensor status Possible values: Installed, Absent, Failure. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu Status Menu Pressure Sensors DSP-P1 Status DSP-P2 Status AIN1 Status AIN2 Status 6.2.4.5.4 Pressure Sensors 1090 hPa Installed 0 hPa Absent 0 hPa Absent 0 hPa Absent View data for all possibly installed pressure sensors, provided in two lines each: Each first line shows the pressure sensor and the currently measured value, followed by a related line showing the sensor status: Sensor (possible values: DSP-P1, DSP-P2, AIN1, AIN2) and current pressure. Sensor status Possible values: Installed, Absent, Failure. Software Menus Status.. Measurement.. Pressure Sensors.. Status Menu Flow Sensors Status.. Measurement.. Flow Sensors.. Ch1 Flow Sensors 1of2 DSP-F1 0.0 l/min Status Installed DSP-F2 0.0 l/min Status Absent DSP-F3 0.0 l/min Ch1 Status Absent DSP-F4 0.0Sensors l/min  Flow 2of2 Absent Status AIN1 0.0 l/min Status Installed AIN2 0.0 l/min Status Absent Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG View data for all possibly installed flow sensors, provided in two lines each: Each first line shows the flow sensor and the currently measured value, followed by a related line showing the sensor status: Sensor (possible values: DSP-F1 ... -F4, AIN1, AIN2) and current flow. Sensor status Possible values: Installed, Absent, Failure. 6-115 6 6.2.4.5.3 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.6 Status Menu Calibration Status.. Calibration.. Calibration Component.. Enter this menu to view calibration status information. View calibration data for a specific component 6-116. Next Automatic Calibrations.. Enter this menu to view scheduled dates for the next automatically performed calibrations; 6-118. 6.2.4.6.1 Status Menu Single Calibration Status.. Calibration.. Component.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be viewed. Ch1 Single Calibration Status.. Results.. View the calibration status for the current 6-117. channel; View the calibration results for the current channel; 6-110. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view the status for another channel. 6-116 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.6.1.1 Calibration Status Single Menu Status.. Calibration.. Single Calibration.. Status.. This page provides calibration status information for the last calibration for the selected component. Ch1 Calibration Status Single Calibration Results Single Menu Status.. Calibration.. Single Calibration.. Results... 6 6.2.4.6.1.2 Ready 0s 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 5000.000 ppm Range 1 SampleGas Software Menus CalibrStatus Remaining Time Concentration Zero Gas Span Gas Current Range Applied Gas This page provides calibration results for the selected channel. Ch1 Calibration Results Single Zero Result Zero Date Span Result Span Date CalibrRanges Success 7/7/2009 Success 7/7/2009 None Deviations.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Calibration result deviations for the current channel; 6-118. 6-117 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.6.1.2.1 Calibration Results Single Deviations Status.. Single Calibration.. Results.. Deviations.. This menu page provides calibration results for the selected channel. Ch1 Deviations ZeroDev ZeroDev Total 0.000 % 0.000 % SpanDev SpanDev Total 0.000 % 0.000 % 6.2.4.6.2 Next Automatic Calibrations Menu ... ... Next Automatic Calibrations.. Note! This menu page is accessible from STATUS CALIBRATION, and CONTROL - ADVANCED CALIBRATION. This page provides information about scheduled automatic calibrations. Next Automatic Calibrations Zero All Zero & Span All Progr. Sequence Blowback All 6-118 4/15/10 14:30 ---- Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.7 Status Menu Alarms Status.. Alarms.. This menu lets you select from several alarm functions, to view detailed status information. Alarms  Alarms 2 Calculator A.. Calculator B.. Calculator C.. Calculator D.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus  The first menu page opens submenus for component (channel) related alarms, where you have so select the component of interest first, before gaining access to the detailed information. The second menu page is available only, if the calculator option has been installed, and then enables to view related alarm status information. 6-119 6 Concentration.. Conc Average.. Temperature.. Pressure.. Flow.. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.7.1 Alarms Status Details Status.. Alarms.. ... All alarm status menus, accessible from STATUS - ALARMS ( previous page), are designed in a similiar way to provide the information. For submenus of the first STATUS ALARMS menu page only: Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. '...' in the title is replaced by the text of the submenu line, selected in the previous menu, e.g. "Concentration" Ch1 ... Alarm States LoLo Alarm Lo Alarm Hi Alarm HiHi Alarm Concentration Off Off Off Off 500 ppm These four menu lines show, if alarms are activated (On), or not (Off). The last line shows the current value for the selected function, e.g. the currently measured concentration. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view the status for another channel. 6-120 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.7.2 Operation Hours Status Status.. Operation Hours Meter.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. Ch1 30000 h 145 h 6 MaintRequInterval Hours of Operation Software Menus Operation Hours Meter Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view the status for another channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-121 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.5 Info Menu 6.2.5 Info Menu Info.. Open this menu to view the most important information about your instrument at a glance. Info Firmware 1.0 XSP Version 1.0 Serial no 123456789 Components.. Installed Options.. Ethernet1 IP 192.168.1.1 Ethernet2 IP 192.168.1.2 10/01/10 14:00  Time  Data Logger Event Logger PLC Enabled Calculator Enabled Identification.. LOI Firmware Phrase Version Time 6-122 Off Off Yes No Enter this submenu to see how many measuring channels are installed; 6-123 . Enter this submenu to see information about installed options; 6-124 . Enter this submenu to see how the analyzer is identified, e.g. in a network; 6-123 . V1.00 12.02.10 EN 1.09 10/01/10 10:00 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.5 Info Menu 6.2.5.1 Info Menu Components Info.. Components.. Components Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Channel1 Channel2 Channel3 Channel4 Channel5 Measurement.. Only measuring channels indicating Enabled are installed in the current analyzer. 6.2.5.1.1 Software Menus See below for the measurement info menu Info Menu Measurements This menu shows the full scale limits. 6 Info.. Components.. Measurement.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. Measurement RangeAbsMin RangeAbsMax -10000 ppm 10000000 ppm Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-123 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.5 Info Menu 6.2.5.2 Info Menu Installed Options Info.. Installed Options.. Installed Options Package Valves Pump DIO#1 Installed DIO#2 Installed Anal. Outputs AIN Installed 6-124 None None None Yes No 4 No This menu indicates, if your analyzer features any of the listed options. ("Package" refers to the software upgrade options; 6-89). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.5 Info Menu 6.2.5.3 Info Menu Identification Info.. Identification.. Identification System Tag Plant Name Customer My Tag My Plant Me See how the instrument is identified. 6.2.5.3.1 Info Menu Component Tags View channel and range tags for a selected component. 6 Info.. Identification.. Component Tags.. Software Menus Component Tags.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. Tags Tag Range1 Tag Range2 Tag Range3 Tag Range4 Tag Ch1 Ch1-R1 Ch1-R2 Ch1-R3 Ch1-R4 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-125 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 6.2.6 Service Menu 6.2.6 Service Menu Service.. Service Europe.. North America.. Latin America.. Asia-Pacific.. Factory Setup.. This menu provides contact information about Emerson Process Management offices in several world regions (see below). The factory setup menu is protected by access level 4 code, and intended to be used by special trained personnel (Emerson Process Management service) only! Service information (exemplarly; see analyzer, or contact your sales office for latest data) Europe Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Industriestr. 1 D-63594 Hasselroth Germany T +49(6055) 884-0 T +49(6055) 884-209 Latin America Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. 11100 Brittmoore Park Road Houston, TX 77041 United States of America T +1(713) 467-6000 F +1(713) 827-3328 6-126 North America Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. 6565 P Davis Industrial Parkway Solon, OH 44139 United States of America T +1(440) 914-1261 F +1(440) 914-1262 Asia-Pacific Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Pte Ltd 1 Pandan Crescent Singapore 128461 Singapore T +65(6777) 8211 F +65(6777) 0947 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Chapter 7 Maintenance and Other Procedures 7.1 Introduction This chapter gives instructions not only for maintenance procedures, but also covers several procedures useful for properly operating the instruments. Maintenance carried out on a regular basis ensures long-term efficiency of your EMERSON Process Management gas analyzer! 7-2 for general information about maintenance procedures and intervals. Live parts are accessible when working at open and powered instruments, which is subject to instructed and trained personnel only! Take care to observe all applicable safety instructions! Disregarding may cause death, personal injury or property damage! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7 7.2 General Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 7.3 Performing a Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 7.4 Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 7.5 Cross Interference Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 7.7 Cleaning the Instrument´s Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62 7.9 Handling Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72 7.10 Files on USB Memory Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76 7.11 Web Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78 Maintenance & Procedures ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD 7-1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.2 General Maintenance Information 7.2 General Maintenance Information Intervals given in the following tables are based on standard operating conditions (ambient temperatures +10 ... +40 °C / +50 ... +104 °F; temperature changes < 10 K /hr). Try cleaning contaminated components. Replace components showing corrosion, or not passing inspections or tests! Maintenance intervals must be shortened for differing operating conditions, and if aggressive gases are supplied. Take care of special maintenance instructions in separate manuals for accessories or safety equipment, e.g. flame arrestors, infallible containments, etc. If applicable, consider the manual addendums for instruments for hazardous areas! Visual Inspections Component Tubing, flexible Tubing, stainless steel (SS) Pressure sensor, pressure switch, Flowmeter Pump Valve block Flame arrestors Field housings (IP 66 / NEMA 4X) Field housings stopping plugs Field housings cable glands 7-2 Interval Leakage, embrittlement, contamination Corrosion, contamination Corrosion, leakage Fixed screws, swing free to move Corrosion, leakage Corrosion, damages, firmly seated Corrosion, damages on enclosure and gaskets Firmly seated Firmly seated Once a year Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.2 General Maintenance Information Tests Capillars Flame arrestors Infallible containments RAW measuring values Leak Test Once a year After 4000 hrs of operation (approx. 1/2 year, if continuously operating) Pressure drop Once a year See instructions in separate maPressure drop nual See instructions in separate maSeveral nual Verify counts for zero Monthly, then quarterly gases Acceptable values: (decreasing counts photometer quotient: 1.0 ± 0.1 may indicate conta- NO, N2O quotient: 1.0 ± 0.2 pO2, eO2, TC: 0 ± 100,000 counts mination of optical (for zero gas N2) components) Leak Test Replace Components Regularly Component Interval Depending on output signal (see details later in this secElectrochemical oxygen cell tion) Electrochemical TRACE oxygen cell Every six months Filter, internal Once a year, at least when contaminated Filter, external Several times a year, depending on process conditions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-3 Maintenance & Procedures Pump diaphragm Interval 7 Component Tubing, flexible Pressure sensor, pressure switch Valve block Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.3 Performing a Leak Test 7.3 Performing a Leak Test To achieve best and proper measuring results you must ensure the gas path system does not have leaks. The following procedure describes how to perform a leak test with focus on the instrument. The gas path system should be leak tested at least on a bimonthly basis and after maintenance, replacement or repair of gas path parts. Note! It is recommended to include external equipment (e.g. cooler, dust filters, etc.) into a leak test! Required tools • U-turn manometer for max. 1.45 psi (100 hPa) • Stop valve Procedure • Connect the water filled u-turn manometer to the analyzer‘s sample gas output (disconnect external gas lines). • Install the stop valve between gas input fitting and a nitrogen (N2) supply. • Open the stop valve until the internal gas path is under pressure of approx. 0.725 psi/50 hPa (corresponding to 19.7 inch/500 mm water column) • Close the stop valve. After a short time for the water to balance, the water level must not change over a time period of approx. 5 minutes! 7-4 HAZARD FROM GASES Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health sample gas components! Analyzer overpressure approx. 0.725 psig / 50 hPa stop valve Water Fig. 7-1: Leak Testing With U-Turn Manometer Max. pressure 7.25 psig (500 hPa)! Multi channel instruments: Analyzers with parallel tubing require separate leak tests for each gas path ! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4 Calibration Procedures X-STREAM gas analyzers support several calibration procedures: Manual calibration Typically a calibration procedure is carried out manually by supplying the gases sequentially by hand and activating the procedures via front panel keys.The operator has to take care to consider purge times and supply the proper gases in correct order. It is the operators responsibility to not perform a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration! Advanced calibration Advanced calibration is a more comfortable variation of manual calibration, providing ONE KEY calibrations supported by internal and/or external valves. The analyzer automatically supplies the right gas and considers purge times. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Remote calibration Remote calibrations may be activated by means of digital inputs or Modbus commands. Calibrations activated via digital inputs require either internal or external valves to be installed. Modbus supports both calibrations with or without valves as well as calibration sequences. Unattended automatic calibration Unattended automatic calibrations are activated utilizing the analyzer software time interval setting: After a specified time interval has elapsed, the analyzer automatically carries out valve supported zero or span calibrations. The main advantage is that no user interaction is required to start a calibration or during calibrations: The analyzer automatically supplies the right gas, considers purge times and, that a span calibration has to be preceded by a zero calibration. Configuring and performing calibrations is important to ensure proper analyzer function. For this reason, several calibration related SETUP and CONTROL menus and their submenus can be protected by different access codes. In the following sections this manual does not note when to enter access codes. For information about which calibration related menus can be access code protected Chapter 6 - CONTROL menus, 6-5 and SETUP menus, 6-21. 7-5 7 Note! To achieve best and proper measuring results, it is recommended to perform zero and span calibrations on a regular weekly basis. Also a zero calibration must always precede a span calibration! Zero calibration To perform a zero calibration supply either nitrogen (N2) or another suitable zero gas [conditioned ambient air or industrial air (NOT for oxygen measurement!)] to the gas path. Span calibration Supply span gases with concentrations of 80 % to 110 % of the upper measuring range limit to the gas path. Using lower concentrations may decrease accuracy when measuring above the span gas concentration! If the oxygen concentration is known, ambient air may be used for an oxygen channel span calibration. Maintenance & Procedures 7.4 Calibration Procedures Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations OPERATION AT LOW TEMPERATURES When operating an instrument at temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), do NOT apply gas nor operate an internal pump before the warmup time has elapsed! Violation may result in condensation inside the gas paths or damaged pump diaphragm! Do NOT calibrate the TRACE OXYGEN sensor (tO2) without prior reading the instructions! Together with each sensor an installation manual is shipped, also giving comprehensive calibration information. Read these information PRIOR intending to activate calibration procedures! Do NOT calibrate the TRACE MOISTURE sensor (tH2O)! The sensor is completely calibrated with all calibration data stored in its flash memory and does not require recalibration: If the sensor is included into a calibration procedure, it might end up with a wrong calibration and unusable sensor. Therefore the analyzer's trace moisture measurement channel is configured to be excluded from autocalibration procedures, by default calibrating all channels. This exclusion is done by factory setup and cannot be changed. For proper measurement results we recommend to exchange the sensor regularly after 12 months of operation. For instructions on how to exchange, later in this chapter. Before performing any actions, make sure the required calibration gas is applied and flowing! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow and pressure as the sample gas (recommended: approx. 1 l/min), and utilizing the correct gas fitting. Ensure the warm-up time after switching on has elapsed! Warm-up time depends on installed measuring system and configuration, measurement specifications in chapter 3! 7-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations Before starting calibrations it is required to tell the instrument the calibration gas concentrations. Setup.. Calibration.. Gases.. Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP-CALIBRATION and directly enter GASES. Enter the concentration value for the zero gas to be used during zero calibration. Gases Zero gas: Span gas: Range gases.. 0.000 ppm 50000.000 ppm Current range: Range 1 Enter the concentration value for the span gas to be used during span calibration. Note! The units for the calibration gases are taken from the related entry in the display setup menu. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. When done, press left to return to CALIBRATION. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-7 7 Note! Within the following sections it is not always pointed out, where to enter access codes or select components! Maintenance & Procedures Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in SELECT COMPONENT. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations Next enter TOLERANCES: By default the option 'Deviat.toler.' (deviation tolerance check) is disabled (Off). Tolerances Deviat. toler.: Zero limit: Span limit: Off 20.0 % 20.0 % Example: Measuring range: 0 ... 50 % Zero gas: 0 % Span gas: 50 % Tolerance limits: 20.0 % (see figure above) Situation: Due to a fault zero gas is supplied to carry out a span calibration, instead of span gas. Deviat. toler. check disabled (Off): The analyzer calibrates the span with the wrong gas resulting in an analyzer out of tune. Deviat. toler. check enabled (On): Starting a span calibration with zero gas connected instead of span gas, the analyzer gives an error message and stops calibrating because the measured (expected span gas) value differs more than the value specified, from the upper measuring range limit. Note! Unacknowledged maintenance requests are stored even if the instrument is switched off and on again! In addition: If, for example, a calibration was aborted because of a tolerance check, the maintenance request is active. If the operator 7-8 With deviation tolerance check enabled (On), during calibration the analyzer compares the currently measured concentration to the expected value, as setup in the GASES menu. If the measured concentration differs from the expected values by more than the percentage of measuring range, given in the menu lines 2&3, calibration is aborted and a maintenance request alarm is set (symbol, message and optional relay output). Resetting the alarm requires to perform a valid calibration, or to confirm it within CONTROL - ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. So, tolerance check helps avoiding calibrating with a wrong gas (e.g. starting a span calibration while zero gas is flowing), resulting in an instrument out of tune (see example to the left side). There are situations, when deviation tolerance check must be disabled, e.g. during first time calibration after changing the span gas concentration. In this cases select Off. does not acknowledge the request and performs a new calibration, now with disabled tolerance check, the earlier maintenance request is stored and re-activated again, when the tolerance check is enabled somewhere in the future! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations When done, press left several times to return to SETUP: If you use analog output signals, you may want to check or setup, how the analog signals proceeds during calibrations. Signal: Out range: LowScale: MaxScale: Auto scale: Fail mode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: 0 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes Live 0.00 100.00 No The menu to the left shows up, where the last line parameter specifies the behaviour during calibrations: When "Hold" is set to Yes, • the analog output is fixed to the last measured value; • concentration alarms, which may otherwise be triggered by the concentrations of the calibration gases, are supressed. When set to No, • the analog output signal always corresponds to the actual measured value during calibration; this may trigger alarms when limits are exceeded. Note! This behaviour may be undesireable if e.g. the unit is connected to a data acquisition system. Setup this parameter in a way to serve your needs. If you do not intend to carry out valve supported calibrations, continue with 7-17. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-9 Maintenance & Procedures Output1.. Output2.. Output3.. Output4.. Output5.. To do so, enter IN-/OUTPUTS - ANALOG OUTPUTS and enter the submenu of your analog output: 7 Analog outputs Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations 7.4.1.1 Valve Assignment for Valve Supported Calibrations As described earlier, several calibration procedures require installed internal and/or external valves. In addition this requires all requested calibration gases to be connected to the valves and the valves to be software assigned to the gases. Why is assigning valves required? For such calibrations the analyzer controls the gas flow and therefore needs to 'know' about the different valve functions - this is done by valve assignment. In addition variable valve assignment allows to use one valve for different functions. purge times Zero spanning with fixed assignment ch1 Zero spanning with variable assignment ch1 & ch2 ch1 ch1 & ch2 Example: • Dual channel analyzer for measuring CO and CO2. • Span gases are CO and CO2 , zero gas for both channels is N2. Without variable assignment one would need to zero span channel 1 separately from channel 2. Taking into account the purge times before a calibration calculation starts, to ensure the measuring cells are filled with calibration gas, the whole procedure would take a quite long time. With variable valve assignment the operator can specify e.g. the valve V1 to be the zero gas valve for channel 1 AND channel 2. Now, when starting a zero calibration, the analyzer calculates the zero values for both channels at a time! calibration ch1 ch2 ch1 & ch2 ch2 ch2 improvement in time timeline Fig. 7-2: Calibration Improvement by Variable Valve Assignments 7-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration Installed Options 1of2 Licenses.. None None No No 4 No 7 Valves: Pumps: XDIO1 Installed: XDIO2 Installed: Anal. Outputs: AIN Installed: Open SETUP - INSTALLED OPTIONS and check the "Valves:" line. Available options: None: Valves are not supported Internal: Open INTSHS ( 7-12) to assign internal valves. External: Open DIGITAL OUTPUTS ( 7-13) to assign external valves. Int+Ext: Open both, INTSHS ( 7-120) and DIGITAL OUTPUTS ( 7-12) to assign internal and external valves. Maintenance & Procedures Before starting to assign valves to gases and channels, you need to check if valves are supported: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-11 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration 7.4.1.1.1 Internal Valve Assignment If your analyzer provides internal valves, at first open SETUP - IN-/OUTPUTS - INTERNAL SHS to assign the valves to the gas inlets: Internal SHS (1of2) Gas1 Signal: Gas2 Signal: Gas3 Signal: Gas4 Signal: Gas5 Signal: Gas6 Signal: Gas7 Signal: Gas8 Signal: This menu allows to configure the optional internal valves for routing gas. V4 V1 V3 Off Off V2 Off Off Each available analyzer gas inlet ("Gas1 Signal ... Gas8 Signal") with a valve connected is assigned a virtual valve label (V1...V8). (If the components have been installed in the factory, the configuration is already setup). Notes! If already factory setup, changing the configuration could result in inproper operation! Depending on the analyzer model, 1 or 2 valve blocks with up to 4 or 8 valves can be installed. The number of available gas connections depends on the analyzer model and varies from 4 to 8. virtual valve label V4 valve block outlet to measuring cell V1 V3 tu bi V2 ng s internal valve block The exemplary menu settings shown above could relate to an analyzer configuration as shown here. Fig. 7-3: Internal Valves Assignments 7-12 gas fittings at analyzer rear side The next step is to assign the internal valves to the channels. If there are no external valves to be controlled by your analyzer, continue with 7-15. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration External Valve to Digital Output Assignment If your analyzer has to control external valves, at first check if all valves required for calibration are connected to digital outputs. Then open SETUP - IN/OUTPUTS - DIGITAL OUTPUTS, to software assign the valves to the outputs: Digital Outputs (X1) Output1 Node: System Output1 Signal: Off Output2 Node: System Output2 Signal: Off Output3 Node: System Output3 Signal: Off Output4 Node: System Output4 Signal: Off Further pages are indicated by a down arrow (  ), only when at least one extension card (outputs 5 - 13) is installed:  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 1of3 Output5 Node: System Output5 Signal: Off Output6 Node: System Output6 Signal: Off  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 2of3 Output8 Output7 Node: Node: SystemSystem Output8 Signal: Off Output7 Signal: Off Output9 Node: System Output9 Signal: Off  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 3of3 Output11 Output10 Node: Node: SystemSystem Output11 Signal: Off Output10 Signal: Off Output12 Node: Output12 Signal: System Off Output13 Node: Output13 Signal: System Off Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG This menu configures the digital outputs: All outputs (default and optional) support the same range of signals/functions. Outputs 1 to 4 are available in every unit, and by default setup to provide NAMUR signals (see figures to the left). Maintenance & Procedures Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Digital Outputs.. 7 7.4.1.1.2 Outputs 5 - 13 are present on the first extension card,labelled X4.1 (outputs 9 to 13 setup on separate menu pages are not shown in this example). Note! Depending on the analyzer model, 1 or 2 Digital I/O extension cards can be installed. 7-13 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration Verify which digital outputs are connected to control your external valves, and how the valves are labelled. Next enter the menu page, showing these outputs, and for each output select System in the line "Outputn Node" (where "n" is replaced by the output number). Finally for each output setup the valve's label.  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 1of3 Output5 Node: System Output5 Signal: V5 Output6 Node: Output6 Signal: System V6 Output7 Node: Output7 Signal: System V7 Example: For our example we assume, that the analyzer controls 4 internal and 3 external valves: • Internal valves are connected as shown in fig. 7-3. • 3 external valves are labelled V5 ... V7, and connected to digital outputs 5 .. 7 For this to be setup, enter the second page of the Digital Outputs menu, and for each output 5 ... 7 • select System for the "... Node" • select the label of the connected valve (V5, V6 or V7) for the "...Signal", as shown in the lefthand figure. The next step is to assign the valves to the 7-15. channels: Continue with 7-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration 7.4.1.1.3 Calibration Valve Assignment Note! If one valve is used for multiple measuring ranges, take care that this requires to specify the same calibration gas concentration for all these ranges! Means: One valve = one calibration gas! For each channel a valve has to be assigned zero gas valve or span gas valve, whereat the valves can be freely assigned to any channel. This includes: • selecting the same combination for all channels • selecting combinations where one valve has the same function for several channels • selecting combinations where one valve has different functions for several channels, e.g. the channel 1 zero valve is the channel 2 span valve. Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in SELECT COMPONENT. Note! The selected channel is indicated in the uppermost display line! Ch1 Valve assignment 1of3 Sample valve: Purge time: V3 1s Zero valve: Purge time: V4 1s Correct assign Yes Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG On the first menu page, configure the sample and zero valves to be used for the selected channel with their individual purge times (this is the time needed to completely fill the cell with the gas, after the valve is activated. If the calibration is started earlier, the gas lines will still contain other components and the calibration will be inaccurate.). "Correct assign" indicates, if the current assignment is correct (Yes), or not (No). 7-15 7 To do so, enter SETUP - CALIBRATION VALVE ASSIGNMENT: Setup.. Calibration.. Valve assignment.. Maintenance & Procedures Depending on the gases used, this may allow higher calibration performance. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration Ch1  Valve assignment 2of3 Span1 valve: V1 Purge time: 1s Span2 valve: None Purge time: 0s Span3 valve: None Purge time: 0s Span4 valve: None 0s Purge time: Now open the next menu to assign up to 4 span gas valves to the selected channel: one for each range. Note! Depending on the gas analyzer and SHS configuration, is may be possible to assign a specific valve to multiple ranges. Again, don´t forget to specify the individual purge times. Ch1  Valve assignment 3of3 Blowback valve: Purge time: None 0s On the 3rd menu page, assign a blowback valve for the selected channel, if such is installed. Note! To check, if entries, made on menu pages 2 & 3 are correct, go back to menu 1 and check "Correct assign". Multi-channel unit: On menu 1, press left to open SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. 7-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4 Calibration Procedures From the table below, in the first column select your preferred the calibration procedure, and notice the information in the columns aside. Type of Procedure Manual calibration Menu Page (CONTROL - ) ZERO CALIBRATION... SPAN CALIBRATION... Valves Simultaneously More Information Calibrated Channels optional single channel page 7-18 required all channels page 7-21 ADV.CALIBRATION - ZEROALL! Advanced calibration ADV.CALIBRATION - SPANALL! Maintenance & Procedures Proper configuration and performing of calibrations is essential to keep the functionality of your analyzer. Therefore, to avoid miscalibrations, several menus can be locked by access codes. Descriptions in subsequent sections do not care about locking of menus. Information about locking menus are provided in chapter 6. Remote calibration n.a. (via Modbus or Dig IN) recommended all channels page 7-35 Unattended calibration n.a. (via interval time) required all channels page 7-39 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7 ADV.CALIBRATION - ZSCALALL! 7-17 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.2 Manual Calibration 7.4.2 Manual Calibration Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU and enter CONTROL. Control.. Zero calibration.. Span calibration.. Advanced calibration.. Apply gas.. Lock menus! Acknowledgements Pump 1: Pump 2: Ranges.. To start a zero calibration select the first line: Off Off 7.4.2.1 Manual Zero Calibration Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in SELECT COMPONENT. Ch1 Zero calibration Cancel! Start! Zero gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore! 7-18 Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied and flowing! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/ min), pressureless and utilizing the correct gas fitting ( sect. 3.4). Ensure the warm-up time after switching on has elapsed! Warm-up time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! The first line gives you the choice to cancel the procedure now. Select the second line to start the calibration. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.2 Manual Calibration The next lines show • the calibration gas setup (here: required zero gas concentration is 0.000 ppm), • the currently measured gas concentration • and the current gas flow. Ch1 Calibration status single Cancel! Calibr.status Ready Remaining time 0s Concentration 0.000 ppm Zero gas 0.000 ppm Span gas 5000.000 ppm Current range Range 1 Applied gas Sample gas "Status.." opens a new screen with enhanced calibration information about the current channel (indicated in the uppermost display line). Calibration results single Zero result Zero date Soan result Span date Calibr. ranges Success 31/10/2012 Success 31/10/2012None "Results.." opens a new screen with results of earlier calibrations (see left side). Within this screen, "Deviations.." enables to open another screen, showing the last and and the summary of all deviations of earlier calibrations. 7 Deviations.. Maintenance & Procedures Ch1 Deviations ZeroDev. ZeroDev. total 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm SpanDev. SpanDev. total 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG When finished press left several times to return to either SELECT COMPONENT (multi channel analyzer only), to perform a zero calibration for another channel, or to CONTROL, where you may start a span calibration. The procedure and screens look similiar to those of a zero calibration: 7-19 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.2 Manual Calibration 7.4.2.2 Manual Span Calibration Zero calibration.. Span calibration.. Advanced calibration.. Apply gas.. Lock menus! Acknowledgements Pump 1: Pump 2: Ranges.. Select "Span calibration.." Off Off Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in SELECT COMPONENT. Span calibration Cancel! Start! Span gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore! Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied and flowing! Span calibration offers the same options as Zero calibration, so for a detailled description 7-17. When finished, press left several times to return to SELECT COMPONENT (multi channel analyzer only), to perform a span calibration for another channel, or press home to return to the MEASUREMENT SCREEN, to finish with manual calibration procedures. 7-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration Standard manual calibration procedures offer limited funtionality: To zero and span calibrate a multi channel instrument the operator has to manually start 2 procedures per channel in proper sequence. In addition he has to stay at the instrument to see when the one sequence has finished and to start the following. The same is applicable for a single channel instrument, when the operator wants to perform both zero and span calibrations. (Although advanced calibration offers most advantages for multi channel instruments, it may be used for single channel analyzers as well, that is to activate zero and span calibration for the one channel by a single key press.) The only precondition for making use of this new feature is to have internal and/or external valves installed and properly assigned ( 7-10). 7 Maintenance & Procedures To improve even manual calibration procedures, X-STREAM analyzers offer a new ADVANCED CALIBRATION menu: It allows single key activation for • zero calibration of all channels of an analyzer • span calibration of all channels of an analyzer • zero and span calibration of all channels of an analyzer For a description of how to perform all channel zero calibrations all channel span calibrations all channel zero & span calibrations calibrations with programmed sequences Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG page 7-22 page 7-25 page 7-28 page 7-31 7-21 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3.1 Zero All Calibration Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the correct gas fitting ( sect. 3.4). Make sure the purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warmup time after switching on has elapsed! Warmup time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! The procedure starts with the first channel´s zero valve, checks if other channel use the same zero valve, then in parallel zeroes all these channels and then selects the next zero valve. Fig. 7-4 on 7-23 for a procedure flow diagram. 7-22 Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press enter to open the MAIN MENU and enter CONTROL - ADVANCED CALIBRATION. Advanced calibration 1of2 Cancel! Zero&span single.. Zero all! Span all! Zero&span all! Programmed sequence! Blowback!  To start a zero calibration for ALL channels select the 3rd line. Note! Single channel analyzers show the same menu, with the restriction, that the term `all` relates to the single channel only! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration The analyzer immediately begins zero calibration(s), showing the CALIBRATION STATUS SUMMARY screen. To see a detailled calibration status for a single channel, enter CALIBRATION STATUS SINGLE, Multi-channel unit: Select the channel in SELECT COMPONENT. Ch1 Calibration status single Cancel! Calibr.status Ready Remaining time 0s Concentration 0.000 ppm Zero gas 0.000 ppm Span gas 5000.000 ppm Current range Range 1 Applied gas Zero gas to open the status screen with enhanced calibration information about the current channel (indicated in the uppermost display line), including remaining calibration time, currently measured concentration, setup of zero & span gas concentrations and currently calibrated range (only valid for span calibrations). The procedure has finished when "Applied gas" shows Sample gas, or "Current action" in the previous screen says Ready. Press home to return to the MEASUREMENT SCREEN. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-23 Maintenance & Procedures Calibration Status Single.. Current Action Ready Action Detail Off Current Duration 0s Prev. Duration 0s Current Step 0 7 Calibration Status Summary "Current action" indicates, what currently is carried out (purging, zeroing, ready) "Action detail" shows the current procedure, or Off "Current duration" gives the remaining time for the current procedure "Prev. duration" shows the time elapsed since start of procedure "Current step" gives information about the step currently carried out. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration start zero all procedure select channel 1 select all channels with the same zero gas valve assigned start to zero all channels with the current zero gas valve assigned, considering the individual purge times is current channel the last channel? Yes END No wait until all selected channels are zeroed increase channel no. by 1 Yes is this channel already zeroed? No Fig. 7-4: Zero All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram 7-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Advanced calibration 1of2 Cancel! Zero&span single.. Zero all! Span all! Zero&span all! Programmed sequence! Blowback!  Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press enter to open the MAIN MENU and enter CONTROL - ADVANCED CALIBRATION. To start a SPAN calibration for ALL channels select the 4th line. 7-32 for �� notes on span calibrating channels with multiple ranges! Notes! Perform zero calibrations before initiating span calibrations Single channel analyzers show the same menu, with the restriction, that the term `all` relates to the single channel only! The procedure starts with the first channel´s span valve, checks if other channel use the same span valve, then in parallel spans all these channels, and then selects the next span valve. Fig. 7-5 on 7-26 for a procedure flow diagram. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-25 7 Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the correct gas fitting ( sect. 3.4). Make sure the purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warmup time after switching on has elapsed! Warmup time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! Maintenance & Procedures 7.4.3.2 Span All Calibrations Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration The analyzer immediately begins span calibration(s), showing the CALIBRATION STATUS SUMMARY screen. Calibration status summary Cancel! Calibration status single.. Current action Ready Action detail Ch2 Current duration 0s Prev. duration 0s Current Step 0 Press enter in the first line to cancel the current calibration "Current action" indicates, what currently is carried out (purging, zeroing, ready) "Action detail" shows the current procedure, or Off "Current duration" gives the remaining time for the current procedure "Prev. duration" shows the time elapsed since start of procedure "Current step" gives information about the step currently carried out. To see a detailled calibration status for a single channel, enter CALIBRATION STATUS SINGLE, Multi-channel unit: Select the channel in SELECT COMPONENT. Ch1 Calibration status single Cancel! Calibr.status Ready Remaining time 0s Concentration 0.000 ppm Zero gas 0.000 ppm Span gas 5000.000 ppm Current range Range 1 Applied gas Zero gas to open the status screen with enhanced calibration information about the current channel (indicated in the uppermost display line), including remaining calibration time, currently measured concentration, setup of zero & span gas concentrations and currently calibrated range. The procedure has finished when 'Applied gas' shows Sample gas, or "Current action" in the previous screen says Ready. Press home to return to the MEASUREMENT SCREEN. 7-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration start span all procedure select channel 1 start to span all channels with the current span gas valve assigned, considering the individual purge times is current channel the last channel? Maintenance & Procedures select all channels with the same span gas valve assigned Yes END No 7 wait until all selected channels are spanned increase channel no. by 1 Yes is this channel already spanned? No Fig. 7-5: Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-27 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3.3 Zero&Span All Calibration Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the correct gas fitting ( sect. 3-4). Make sure the calibration purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warmup time after switching on has elapsed! Warmup time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! This procedure is a combination of the two described before, with an important deviation: If a selected zero gas valve is also assigned span gas valve for an already zeroed channel, this channel is spanned, while others are zeroed in parallel ( Fig. 7-6 on 7-28 for a procedure flow diagram). Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Advanced calibration 1of2 Cancel! Zero&span single.. Zero all! Span all! Zero&span all! Programmed sequence! Blowback!  7-28 Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press enter to open the MAIN MENU and enter CONTROL - ADVANCED CALIBRATION. To start a ZERO & SPAN calibration for ALL channels select the 5th line. 7-32 for �� notes on span calibrating channels with multiple ranges! Notes! Single channel analyzers show the same menu, with the restriction, that the term `all` relates to the single channel only! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration start zero all procedure select channel 1 select all channels with the same span gas valve assigned No is current channel the last channel? Yes is current valve also assigned span gas valve? Yes select all channels with the same span gas valve assigned, AND already zeroed select channel 1 No start to zero all channels with the current zero gas valve assigned, considering the individual purge times start to calibrate (zero or span) all channels with this valve assigned, considering the individual purge times wait until all selected channels are zeroed wait until all selected channels are calibrated span all channels with the current span gas valve assigned Maintenance & Procedures increase channel no. by 1 is current channel last channel? Yes END No increase channel no. by 1 is this channel already spanned? 7 select all channels with the same zero gas valve assigned No Yes Fig. 7-6: Zero&Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-29 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration The analyzer immediately begins to calibrate, showing the CALIBRATION STATUS SUMMARY screen. Calibration status summary Calibration status single.. Current action Action detail Current duration Prev. duration Current Step Ready Ch2 0s 0s 0 "Current action" indicates, what currently is carried out (purging, zeroing, spanning, ready) "Action detail" shows the channel currently calibrated "Current duration" gives the remaining time for the current procedure "Prev. duration" shows the time elapsed since start of procedure To see a detailled calibration status for a single channel, enter CALIBRATION STATUS SINGLE, Multi-channel unit: Select the channel in SELECT COMPONENT. Ch1 Calibration status single Cancel! Calibr.status Ready Remaining time 0s Concentration 0.000 ppm Zero gas 0.000 ppm Span gas 5000.000 ppm Current range Range 1 Applied gas Zero gas to open the status screen with enhanced calibration information about the current channel (indicated in the uppermost display line), including remaining calibration time, currently measured concentration, setup of zero & span gas concentrations and currently calibrated range. The procedure has finished when "Applied gas" shows Sample gas, or "Current action" in the previous screen says Ready. Press home to return to the MEASUREMENT SCREEN. 7-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3.4 Calibrating With Sequence Programming Program sequences enable to carry out complex calibration procedures with up to 30 steps. A requirement to setup a sequence is, that “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is Setup.. Calibration.. Program Sequence.. Page 1 ... Page 4  Program Sequence 4of8 Action13: END-OF-PGRM Node13: All Action14: END-OF-PGRM Node14: All Action15:  Program END-OF-PGRM Sequence 8of8 END-OF-PGRM Node15: Action29: All All Action16: Node29: END-OF-PGRM END-OF-PGRM All Node16: Action30: Node30: All Available actions are: Action name What to happen Rg1SpanCal ... span calibrate range1 Rg4SpanCal ... range4 ZSpanCal zero & span calibrate SpanCal span calibrate ZeroCal zero calibrate NoOp no action Blowback start blowback END-OF-PGRM end of programmed sequence Available nodes are (depending on number of channels installed within your analyzer): Selected action is Node name carried out for All all installed channels the selected channel Ch1 ... Ch5 (depending on the only analyzer setup, an assigned component tag may show here instead; 6-99 Page 8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-31 Maintenance & Procedures This menu with 8 pages allows to setup a sequences of up to 30 actions (steps), to carry out individual calibration procedures. Each step consists of an action and a related node (channel). 7 Program Sequence 1of8 Action1: Zero-Cal Node1: All Action2: Rg1SpanCal Node2: Ch1 Action3: Rg2SpanCal Node3: Ch3 Action4: END-OF-PGRM All Node4: set to a value other than none ( 6-88 ). Once this condition is fulfilled, a sequence can be setup in SETUP - CALIBRATION PROGRAM SQEUENCE. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration A sequence is executed step (action) by step until • it reaches an action END-OF-PRGM, or • "Action30" has been executed, after which the sequence quits automatically. Example The channels of an analyzer are to be calibrated in the following order: Program Sequence 1of8 Action1: Zero-Cal Node1: All Action2: SpanCal Node2: Ch1 Action3: Blowback Node3: Ch2 Action4: SpanCal Ch2 Node4:  Program Sequence 2of8 Action5: Rg1SpanCal Node5: Ch3 Action6: Rg3SpanCal Node6: Ch3 Action7: END-OF-PGRM Node7: All Action8: END-OF-PGRM All Node8: 7-32 All: (Action1) Zero calibration Channel 1: (Action2) Span gas calibration Channel2: (Action3) Blowback (Action4) Span gas calibration Channel3: (Action5) Span gas calibration range1 (Action6) Span gas calibration range3 ... (Action7) End of program sequence Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3.5 Notes on Span Calibrating Channels With Multiple Ranges  Valve assignment 2of3 Span1 valve: V1 Purge time: 1s Span2 valve: V1 Purge time: 5s Span3 valve: V4 Purge time: 5s Span4 valve: V4 2s Purge time: Example: Span gas valves configuration Channel Range 1 Range 2 Range 3 Range 4 1 V1 V1 V4 V4 2 V1 V2 V4 V4 3 V4 V2 V5 -4 V5 V5 V5 V5 During calibrations, ranges are considered in a special way: • Ranges not assigned a span gas valve are disregarded for span procedures. • The main order of span calibrations is based on ascending order of channels: Firstly the channel 1 valves are selected in ascending order, then the (not yet used) valves of channel 2, etc., considering the next two conditions, saving time and gas consumption: • Ranges of the same channel with the same valve assigned: Only one range is span calibrated, and the resulting data is copied into the other range. • Ranges of different channels with the same valve assigned are calibrated in parallel, considering the individual purge times. Note! Except for copied data, all calibration steps can be reviewed in the event logger file. Resulting span calibration procedure, focusing on handling of ranges Step Valve 1 V1 Ch1 / R1 2 V4 Ch1 / R3 3 4 V2 V5 Ch2 / R2 Ch3 / R3 Calibrated channel / range (Cn / Rn) Ch 1 / R2 Ch2 / R1 (R1 data copied) Ch2 / R4 Ch1 / R4 Ch3 / R2 Ch2 / R3 (R3 data copied) (R3 data copied) Ch3 / R2 Ch4 / R1 (Ch4 / R1 data copied to all remaining Ch4 ranges) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-33 7 Ch1 Maintenance & Procedures X-STREAM XE series gas analyzers support up to 4 ranges per measuring channel 6-45). ( For valve supported calibrations, each range can be assigned an individual span gas valve ( 6-38 and figure to the left). Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3.6 Blowback Advanced calibration 1of2 Cancel! Zero&span single.. Zero all! Span all! Zero&span all! Programmed sequence! Blowback!  7-34 From ADVANCED CALIBRATION you may also start a blowback procedure: Press enter in this line to . While the procedure is active, a "Function executing" message appears. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.4 Remote Calibration • Calibration with valves: Installed and assigned valves ( 7-10) support two different variations of how to perform calibrations: 1. Perform single calibrations The Modbus command initializes single procedures (zero or span calibrations). The analyzers controls gas supply and purge times while it is the operators responsibility to not activate a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration! 2. Special calibration procedures: • Zero calibrate all channels • Span calibrate all channels • Zero & span calibrate all channels. Initialized by the Modbus command the analyzer performs above mentioned procedures and controls gas supply, purge times and (for the last given procedure only) performs a zero calibration for all channels before activating span calibrations. 7 Remote calibrations may be initialized by digital inputs or Modbus commands, whereas both offer different functionalities: Remote calibration via digital inputs (option) is feasible only in combination with internal or external valves and is limited to 3 procedures, to be assigned to any digital input: • Zero calibrate all channels (Zero all), • span calibrate all channels (SpanAll) and • zero & span calibrate all channels (Zero & span all). Note! By activating span calibrations, it is the operators responsibility to not perform a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration! The Modbus interface offers more variability in performing calibrations: • Calibration without valves: The Modbus command initializes the procedure within the analyzer, but the operator has to take care that the gases are supplied in proper order, has to consider purge times as well as the condition to not perform a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration. So, in this configuration Modbus may be used e.g. together with an external sample handling system that controls the gas flow. For detailled descriptions on how to perform calibrations initialized via digital inputs calibrations initialized via Modbus, without valves calibrations initialized via Modbus, with valves Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Maintenance & Procedures 7.4.4 Remote Calibration 7-35 7-37 7-37 7-35 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.4 Remote Calibration 7.4.4.1 Calibrations Initialized by Digital Inputs As already mentioned, the analyzer must either provide internal valves or external valves (connected to its digital outputs), to make use of this feature. time slot starts after the zero calibration has ended (see fig. 7.8, signal D), otherwise it is rejected (signal B).. Chapter 4 for information about electrical data and installation of digital inputs and outputs. Digital inputs are edged triggered whereat the type of edge (rising or falling) can be setup via software menu ( 6-71). An edge is detected within a time slot of 300 to 500 ms after the edge is applied. To be accepted as an input signal, • no change in signal is permitted for a minimum duration of 500 ms after the edge has been applied, otherwise it is rejected. Furthermore take care • calibrations can only be canceled by an approriate digital input signal or command, but not by another calibration trigger signal • while a calibration is ongoing, any valve can only be activated if it is not used by this calibration procedure, and not assigned to a channel currently calibrated. • input signals, intended to start another procedure, must be applied complying to the following condition: • if this next procedure affects components already in use for the ongoing procedure, the edge detection time slot must start after the ongoing procedure has ended For example, during an ongoing zero calibration, an input signal to start a span calibration for the same channel should be applied after the zero calibration has finished. At least it must be applied in a way, that the 300 to 500 ms edge detection 7-36 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.4 Remote Calibration Examples The sequences shown in Fig. 7.8 are based on the following setup for digital inputs IN1 to IN3: • IN1 starts a zero calibration, initiated by a rising edge • IN2 starts a span calibration, initiated by a rising edge • IN3 cancels all calibrations with its falling edge Maintenance & Procedures Zero calibration Span calibration 7 Cancel Calibration If signals are applied as shown, then • IN1 (A) starts a zero calibration (Z1) • the detection window (300 - 500 ms after edge) for IN2 (B) begins while the zero calibration (Z1) is ongoing: Signal (B) is ignored • the edge of IN1 (C) is detected and the associated zero calibration (Z2) is started • the detection window (300 - 500 ms after edge) for IN2 (D) begins after the zero calibration (Z2) has ended, so the span calibration (S1) is started • the span calibration (S1) is canceled by the falling edge of IN3 (E) Fig. 7-7: Digital Inputs - Examples of Sequences Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-37 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.4 Remote Calibration 7.4.4.2 Modbus Activated Calibrations Without Valves Several Modbus commands allow to start calibrations ( Chapter 9, List of Modbus Commands). If the analyzer does neither provide internal valves nor digital inputs and outputs (for controlling external valves), then the procedure corresponds to the manual calibration, with the Modbus commands replacing the manual front panel button keypresses. This means, the Modbus command immediately starts the calculation. The operator has to ensure in this moment, the proper gas is applied and the measuring system is filled with calibration gas. If applicable, he also has to take care to not activate a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration. For detailled instructions about manual calibration 7-17. 7.4.4.3 Modbus Activated Calibrations With Valves Several Modbus commands allow to start calibrations ( Chapter 9, List of Modbus Commands). If the analyzer provides either internal valves or digital inputs and outputs (for controlling external valves), then Modbus commands allow to make use of all the options described in Section 7.3.3 'Advanced Calibration' (page 7-20), with the Modbus commands replacing the manual front panel button keypresses. 7-38 This means, Modbus commands can initialize • Zero calibrate all channels • Span calibrate all channels • Zero and span calibrate all channels. The analyzer controls the gas flow, if applicable optimizes the sequence of multiple calibrations and takes care to not activate a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration The unattended automatic calibration feature allows to program the analyzer to automatically perform valve supported calibration procedures without the need of digital inputs or Modbus interface connections. Compared to the procedures described in the section before (advanced calibration), there are only very limited options, comparable to the manual calibration procedures: The operator has the simple choice of programming zero, or zero and span calibration intervals. 7 The main features compared to advanced calibrations as described from 7-18 are: 1) an interval time specifies the time between two calibrations 2) starting and processing calibrations does not need operator interaction 3) for span calibrations the analyzer considers the requirement, that always a zero calibration has to be carried out first, 4) (multi channel instruments only): Every time an unattended calibration is started, it is carried out for all channels! Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gases are applied, and valves are assigned properly! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommended approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the correct gas fittings ( sect. 3.4). Make sure the calibration purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warm-up time after switching on has elapsed! Warm-up time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! Maintenance & Procedures 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-39 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration Setup.. Calibration.. Interval times.. Within SETUP - CALIBRATION, "Interval time.." opens the following screen: Several time intervals may be specified: "Zero all..": This entry specifies intervals for zero calibrations only! If there is an entry for "Zero & span all..", too, the instrument will carry out additional zero calibrations based on the "Zero & span all.." interval. "Zero & span all..": This is the interval to elapse before the analyzer automatically starts a full calibration procedure, consisting of a zero calibration followed by a span calibration. "Programmed sequence..": This is the interval time for the sequence, setup in SETUP CALIBRATION - PROGRAM SEQUENCE "Blowback all..": To blowback all channels at regular intervals, enter this submenu. Interval times Zero all.. Zero & span all.. Programmed sequence.. Blowback all.. Settings Diagram Description Zero all: T1 Zero & span all: 0 Zero calibrations only; time interval T1 Zero all: 0 Zero & span all: T2 Span calibrations preceded by zero calibrations; time interval T2 Zero all: T1 Zero & span all: T2 Span calibrations, preceded by zero calibrations (time interval T2), and additional zero calibrations (time interval T1) Fig. 7-8: Graphical Explanation of Interval Time Settings 7-40 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration All submenus opened by above menu lines have the same content, exemplarily described below: Set to Enabled, to use interval times for the selected calibration (here: Zero all) Enter the interval time Accepted range: 1 ... 10,000 h Enable: Interval: Start time.. Enabled 15 h Next: -- Time 10/01/10 15:33 In this submenu enter the start time for the first calibration (s. below) Start time & date for the next calibration, based on the entered parameters (empty until date & time have been entered in the submenu) Current date & time Month: Day: Hour: Minute: Set! 1 10 16 0 Next 10/01/10 16:00 In this submenu enter the date and start time for the first calibration after finishing this setup. Note! Time format is 24h (1 pm = 13) Start time & date for the next calibration, based on the entered parameters 7 Start... ... Enable: Interval: Start time.. Enabled 15 h Next: 10/01/10 16:00 Time 10/01/10 15:33 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Maintenance & Procedures ... Press left to return to the previous menu, to see a summary. Note! If the displayed current time is not correct, update the system setup on 6-100. 7-41 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4.6 Verifying a Calibration 7.4.6 Verifying a Calibration For instruments without internal and/or external valves simply apply either span or zero calibration gas to the sample gas inlet. If the calibration still is proper, the reading on the MEASUREMENT SCREEN should show the related value. For instruments with internal and/or external valves follow the procedure below: Zero calibration.. Span calibration.. Advanced calibration.. Apply gas.. Lock menus! Acknowledgements Pump 1: Pump 2: Ranges.. Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU and enter CONTROL. Enter APPLY GAS Off Off Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be verified in SELECT COMPONENT. Ch1 Apply gas Applied gas: Flow Concentration Span gas 1.00 l/min 25.000 ppm Changing the "Applied gas" parameter opens the related valve. Available options: SpanGas-1 ... -4, ZeroGas, SampleGas, Blowback, All closed. "Flow" shows the current gas flow, while "Concentration" should show the expected value, if the calibration is valid and correct. 7-42 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.4 Calibration Procedures 7.4.7 Restoring a Calibration Ch1 Zero calibration Cancel! Start! Zero gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore! In case a wrong configuration was detected after a calibration was carried out (e.g. wrong gas connected), there is an option to restore the last calibration data: Any menu, from where a channel specific calibration can be started, shows a line "Restore!" (see example to the left). Press enter in such a line to restore the last calibration data for the selected channel and type of calibration (zero/span). While restore is processing, a 'Function executing' message appears. Zero calibration Cancel! Start! Zero gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Any menu, from where a calibration can be started, shows a line "Cancel!" (see example to the left). Press enter in such a line to cancel any ongoing calibration. While canceling, a 'Function executing' message appears. 7-43 7 Ch1 Maintenance & Procedures 7.4.8 Cancelling an Ongoing Calibration Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.5 Cross Interference Compensation 7.5 Cross Interference Compensation The menu „Cross Interference“ allows to calculate/compensate the influence of up to four components into the result of the measured component. Sources of interference can be • any internal channel, • external signals, supplied via (optional) analog inputs • results of (optional) internal calculators. Conditions for calculating and compensating cross interferences: • Calibrate all channels before starting interference compensation. • Apply the signal causing the interference. If an internal channel is the source of interference, apply pure gas or mixtures of such a gas with inert gas (e.g. CH4 in N2) only. Do not use gas mixtures! Setup.. Measurement.. Calculation of the cross interference compensation: 1. Select the channel for which to carry out a cross interference compensation (SETUP - MEASUREMENT) Ch1 Measurement 1of2 Ranges.. Damping.. Linearization.. Cross Interference.. Average.. Delay..  7-44 2. On menu page 1of2 select CROSS INTERFERENCE. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.5 Cross Interference Compensation Write down or keep in mind the current setting of „Activated“ to reset it after finishing the cross interference compensation setup! Ch1 Cross Interference Activated: Off IF Source1.. IF Source2.. IF Source3.. IF Source4.. 3. Select Off in line „Activated“, otherwise the result would be influenced during the determination of the interference component factor. Ch1 IF Source1 Source: Value Status Interference Factor: None 0 Good 1 Adjust IF Factor! Linearization Curve.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Select the source of interference used for cross compensating the selected channel. Available options: None: source is disabled for cross compensation Conc1…Conc5: Measurement values of internal channels 1…5 (Note! The currently selected channel, here Ch1, cannot be setup as a source!) AIN1, AIN2: Analog input 1 or 2 Calc A…Calc D: Result of Calc A to Calc D „Value“ shows the current interfering components value, formatted with the related basic unit (e. g. ppm if Conc1…Conc5 is selected). „Status“ shows if the interfering components signal currently is available (e. g. properly connected). Possible status values: Absent, Good. 7-45 7 5. Within this menu, configure the source and effect of interference of the component, interfering the currently selected channel. Maintenance & Procedures 4. To configure the first source of interference of this channel select „IF Source1“. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.5 Cross Interference Compensation Ch1 IF Source1 Source: Value Status Interference Factor: Adjust IF Factor! Linearization Curve.. None 0 Good 1 6a. If the signal of the selected source is linear: To automatically calculate the proper interference compensation factor, enter „Adjust IF Factor!“ and press enter. The analyzer now starts calculating and, when finished, shows the result in line „Interference Factor:“ Note! If it turns out during measurement, that the calculated factor is not satisfactory, you may change the „Interference Factor“ manually. Simply enter the line, press enter and change the value. 7. If need be, • repeat from step 4 for more sources of interference for the currently selected channel, or • start from step 1 to configure interference compensation for another channel. Don‘t forget now to set „Activated“ to the previous value after finishing the cross interference compensation setup! 7-46 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.5 Cross Interference Compensation Ch1 IF Source1 Source: Value Status Interference Factor: None 0 Good 1 6b. If the signal of the selected source is nonlinear: Enter LINEARISATION CURVE to configure a fourth-order polynomial, representing the nonlinear signal curve. Adjust IF Factor! Linearization Curve.. Ch1 IF Source1 Reference Value: 1 IF Polynomial a1: IF Polynomial a2: IF Polynomial a3: IF Polynomial a4: 1.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Reference value of the interference signal to be used to normalize the linearization curve. Accepted range: -1E+9 ... +1E+9 Enter up to 4 polynomial factors here Note! If you don't have the polynomials data available, see the USB stick provided together with your X-STREAM analyzer: The subdirectory Interference Compensation provides a spreadsheet which you can use to calculate the polynomials from a set of measurement values. This spreadsheet is provided without any support! The use of its contents is the sole responsibility of the user. Emerson Process Management does not take liability for accuracy of the results and completeness of the contents of this spreadsheet. 7-47 7 Furthermore you need to specify which value of the interference signal is to be used to normalize the linearization curve. Maintenance & Procedures 7. Based on the following formula, enter up to four polynomial factors a4…a1; a0 cannot be changed and is set to „0“. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.5 Cross Interference Compensation 8. After all data has been entered, press left to return to the previous menu. To automatically calculate the proper interference compensation factor, enter „Adjust IF Factor!“ and press enter. Ch1 IF Source1 Source: Value Status Interference Factor: Adjust IF Factor! Linearization Curve.. None 0 Good 1 The analyzer now starts calculating and, when finished, shows the result in line „Interference Factor:“ Note! If it turns out during measurement, that the calculated factor is not satisfactory, you may either change the „Interference Factor“ manually (simply enter the line, press enter and change the value), or adjust the polynomials (repeat step 7). 9. If need be, • repeat from step 4 for more sources of interference for the currently selected channel, or • start from step 1 to configure interference compensation for another channel. Don‘t forget to set „Activated“ to the previous value after finishing the cross interference compensation setup! If no additional sources of interference are to be configured, press home to return to the MEASUREMENT SCREEN. 7-48 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.6.1 Safety Instructions ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Live parts are accessible when working at open instruments! Take care to observe all applicable safety instructions! ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE HAZARD Working at internal components of electronical and electrical instruments may cause electrostatic discharge (ESD), destroying components! Working at open instruments is recommended at special workplaces only! If no such workplace is available, at minimum perform the following procedures to not destroy electronic components: Discharge the electric charge from your body. Do this by touching a device that is grounded electrically (e.g. instruments with earth connectors, heating installations). This should be done periodically when working at open instruments (especially after leaving the service site, because e.g. walking on low conducting floors might cause additional ESD). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-49 7 Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health gas components! Maintenance & Procedures EXPLOSIVE, FLAMMABLE AND HARMFUL GASES HAZARD Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.6.2 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers 7.6.2.1 How to Open X-STREAM XEGP Remove the top cover after loosening the 12 screws. 12 screws on top of the instrument Fig. 7-9: X-STREAM XEGP 7.6.2.2 How to Open X-STREAM XEGK If your instrument is equipped with a handle • loosen the 6 screws at the front panel, • to only get access to the cover screws, push frame and handle about 2 cm / 1" towards the rear. Note! To completely remove frame and handle, you need to disconnect all gas and electrical connections and push frame and handle over the rear panel. • remove the 4 screws for the cover, (2 screws on each side of the instrument  • push the cover towards the rear and remove it.  Fig. 7-10: X-STREAM XEGK 7-50 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.6.2.3 How to Open X-STREAM Fieldhousings Depending on the individual analyzer configuration, either open the upper or lower front door to the left, utilizing the two sash fasteners. 7.6.2.4 How to Open X-STREAM XEFD To open a X-STREAM XEFD loosen the 20 screws located at the instrument´s flange. Then carefully flip down the front door to not damage the instrument, hinges or equipment installed below the analyzer. Sash fasteners EXPLOSION HAZARD X-STREAM XEFD as well as special variations of X-STREAM XEXF Fieldhousings are intended to be installed in hazardous areas. Maintaining such instruments is permitted only considering special conditions, given in the associated separate manuals. Do not open nor maintain instruments in hazardous areas without having read and understood all associated instruction manuals! GASKETS AT LOW TEMPERATURES Consider that enclosure gaskets may be frozen when the instrument is installed outdoors. Carefully open the enclosure at temperatures below -10 °C to not damage the gaskets. Damaged gaskets void the ingress protection, possibly causing property damage, personal injury or death. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-51 7 Fig. 7-11: X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings and XEFD - How to Open Maintenance & Procedures Screws at the flange Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors Separate sections describe the replacement of the various sensors: Electrochemical oxygen sensor (eO2) page 7-53 Trace oxygen sensor (tO2) page 7-60 Trace moisture sensor (tH2O) page 7-61 7-52 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.6.3 Replacing the Electrochemical Oxygen-Sensor HAZARD FROM WEAK ACID AQUEOUS SOLUTION If the electrolyte leaks due to sensor damage, put the sensor in a plastic bag so that the solution will not be smeared on other places and return the sensor to Emerson Process Management or an industrial waste management contractor. • If electrolyte gets into an eye, immediately wash the eye with a large amount of tap water for 15 minutes and consult a doctor promptly. • If electrolytic solution or atomized electrolytic solution is inhaled, immediately wash the nostrils and gargle with tap water and consult a doctor promptly. • If electrolyte is swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING! Immediately wash the mouth with tap water. Swallow a large amount of tap water. Consult a doctor promptly. Do not disassemble or repair the sensor. Removing a sensor part or remodeling the sensor will damage the sensor or leak the electrolyte, and restoration to the original condition may not be possible. Discarded sensors cause environmental contamination. Return a Worn Out sensor to Emerson Process Management or an industrial waste management contractor when discarding a Worn Out sensor. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-53 7 • If electrolyte is smeared on the skin or clothing, immediately wash the contacted part with soapy water and wash off the solution with a large amount of tap water. Maintenance & Procedures The electrolyte is a weak acid aqueous solution of 5 to 6 in pH with an irritating odor. It will not ignite spontaneously even if it is left. Nevertheless, lead acetate, which is a component of the solution, is harmful to human bodies and should be handled with care as follows: Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors GENERAL HINTS ON HANDLING THE SENSOR Do not expose the sensor to a temperature other than the temperature range of -20 to +60 °C (-4 to +140 °F). Exposing to a temperature outside the temperature range may cause abnormal output or leak of the electrolyte due to parts degradation or damage. Make sure to prevent condensation of the oxygen concentration detecting part. If condensed, the output will lower and response speed will slow down, disabling accurate concentration measurement. The sensor characteristics will return to the original characteristics if condensation moisture evaporates after putting the sensor in dry air several hours to several days. Do not drop or apply a violent shock or vibration to the sensor. If shocked or vibrated, the sensor output may temporarily vary or become unstable. The original sensor condition will usually reset by putting the sensor in a stationary condition in the atmosphere at a ordinary temperature several hours to several days. Depending on the degree of a shock or vibration, the internal sensor structure may break and the sensor may not return to original condition. Do not disassemble or repair the sensor. Removing a sensor part or remodeling the sensor will damage the sensor or leak the electrolyte and restoration to the original condition may not be possible. 7-54 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors Consider all applicable safety instructions, especially those at the beginning of this section 7.5! designed life (% hours) O2 concentration (%) The sensor‘s designed life under constant conditions of 20 °C is approx. 900,000 hrs. The lifetime at 21 % oxygen is therefore calculated to approx. 42,857 hrs, corresponding to approx. 5 years. Irrespective of all calculations above: A sensor is Worn Out when, connected to ambient air, the output voltage is less than 2.8 V: Replace the sensor! For replacing the electrochemical sensor the following tools are required: • Philips screw drivers # 0 & 2 • 1 digital volt meter (measuring range 0 ... 2 V dc minimum) with suitable cables and probes. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note 2! Due to the measuring principle the electrochemical oxygen cell requires a minimum internal consumption of oxygen (residual humidity avoids drying up the cell). Supplying cells continuously with dry sample gas of low grade oxygen concentration or with sample gas free of oxygen could result in a reversible detuning of O2 sensitivity. The output signal will become unstable, but response time remains constant. For proper measurement results the cell needs to be supplied continuously with concentrations of at least 0.1 Vol.-% O2. We recommend using the cell if need be in alternating mode, means to purge the cell with conditioned ambient air (not dried, but dust removed) when measurement pauses. If it is necessary to interrupt the oxygen supply for several hours or days, the cell has to regenerate (supply cell for about one day with ambient air). Temporary flushing with nitrogen (N2) for less than 1 h (e.g. for analyzer zeroing purpose) has no influence on measuring characteristics. 7-55 Maintenance & Procedures Lifetime = Note 1! The given lifetime values are for reference only! The expected lifetime is greatly affected by the temperature of the environment in which the sensor is used or stored. Increases or decreases in atmospheric pressure have the same effect as that by increases or decreases in oxygen concentration. (Operation at 40 °C halves lifetime). 7 In consequence of its design the sensor‘s lifetime is limited and depends on theoretical designed life and Oxygen concentration. The sensor output can be taken as a rough criterion for end of lifetime: The sensor is Worn Out when the output in atmosphere is below 70 % of the initial output. The period till then can be calculated by Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.6.3.1 Locating the Sensor Basically X-STREAM analyzers provide different variations of internal designs: • In instruments with internal heated box covering the physical components, electrochemical sensors are installed outside this box. Instruments without internal thermostatic control have the sensor installed onto the basic mounting plate (see left side of figure 7-12). • XEGP may also have the electrochemical oxygen sensor installed at the rear panel (see right side of figure 7-12). 2 1 1 (shown behind transparently visualized cover) 1 eO2 sensor Unit 2 Cover for rear panel installation Fig. 7-12: Location of the EO2 Sensor Unit If your analyzer features eO2 sensor at rear panel, continue with page 7-57. 7-56 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.6.3.2 Disassembling the Sensor Unit The sensor unit consists of a holder, an electronics board and the sensor itself, all together installed on a base plate (Fig. 7-13). After loosening the nut (5), push the holder (3) with sensor (1) until the nut is above the hole (see details), then lift the holder from the base plate (4). The sensor is still fixed in the holder by means of a clip (8). Now loosen the screws (7), fixing the sensor block (6) to the holder, push the holder downwards until the screws heads slip through the holes.   1 2 3 5 Sensors  6 7 Pull off the signal connector from the electronics board (2) and take off the sensor. Take a new sensor, remove its plug, insert the sensor into the block and connect the signal connector to P3 on the electronics board (Fig. 7-14).  8 7 7 4 Maintenance & Procedures 3   (details rotated 90°) 3 1 Sensor 2 Electronics Board 3 Holder 4 Base Plate 5 Nuts 6 Sensor block 7 Screws 8 Clip Fig. 7-13: Sensor Unit Design Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG weared new Now re-assemble the sensor unit in reverse order, but do not yet install it into the analyzer as it requires a signal adjustment. 7-57 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors Replacing the sensor if rear panel installed Screw nut Cover Electronics board Sensor 1. Loosen the screw nut at the 2. Open the cover to get accover's upper side. cess to the sensor. 3. Take out the sensor by pulling it upwards. Fig. 7-14: Sensor At Rear Panel 4. Properly insert the new sensor into the block. 7.6.3.3 Adjusting the Output Signal Consider all applicable safety instructions, especially those at the beginning of this section 7.5 Potentiometer R4 Tp 1 Strip P3 for sensor connection Fig. 7-15: OXS Board, Top View 7-58 Tp 2 Having replaced the worn sensor, the board´s output signal requires some adjustment. Procedure: • power on the open instrument. • Supply ambient air (approx. 21 % O2) • Connect a digital voltmeter (DVM) to Tp 1 (signal) and Tp 2 (GND) on the elec tronics board OXS (fig. 7-15). • Adjust the measured signal to 3360 mV DC (± 5 mV) utilizing the potentiometer R4 on OXS board. Note! Once the output signal has been adjusted for a specific sensor, further changing the potentiometer settings will cause incorrect measuring results! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.6.3.4 Finalizing the Sensor Replacement • Disconnect the analyzer from power • Re-install the sensor unit into the analyzer (not required if installed at rear panel) • Close the housing. Take care to use all screws, especially if the instrument is to be used in hazardous areas! or close the rear panel cover (XEGP) and secure it with the screw nut. Special conditions and instructions for start-up after maintenance apply to instruments to be operated in hazardous areas! Not observing these conditions and instructions may cause explosions! See the associated manuals, provided with instruments for use in hazardous areas, for more information. 7 In a next step for proper measuring results, perform a zero and a span calibration at least for the channel with the replaced sensor. Maintenance & Procedures EXPLOSION HAZARD To ensure proper disposal, send back the old sensor to the EMERSON Process Management factory (or to your local sales office) or to an industrial waste management contractor for waste disposal. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-59 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.6.4 Replacing the Trace Oxygen Sensor Replacing the trace oxygen sensor requires considering special instructions, shipped together with every single sensor. Two versions of this sensor are available, differing in the background gas they can be used for: P/N 427.9102: For sample gases containing acid gases, hydrocarbons or hydrogen P/N 427.9103: For sample gases without acid gases, hydrocarbons and hydrogen If replacing this sensor is necessary (consumable), contact Emerson for information on how to order a substitute. A new sensor will be provided together with detailled installation and handling instructions. Consider all information given by the replacement instructions to avoid damaging the sensor, and to achieve best possible life time! 7-60 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.6 Replacing Worn Out Sensors 7.6.5 Replacing the Trace Moisture Sensor • Locate the sensor unit within your analyzer. • Open the fittings, connecting the unit to the piping. • Only loosen the small nuts (do not remove them), fixing the sensor unit to the analyzer plate and carefully take the unit out of the analyzer. • Take off the signal plug at the sensor's end (it is fixed by a screw!). • Place a wrench (size: 27 mm) at the hexagon and screw out the sensor by turning it counterclockwise (ccw). Do not use the cylindric sensor body to losen the sensor! Place a second wrench with size 30 mm from the top to counterhold the block. • Take the new sensor and carefully place the HDPE protected end of the sensor into the sensor block. • Place the one wrench at the hexagon, the other at the block to counterhold and fix the sensor by turning it clockwise (cw). To ensure proper measurements, apply a torque of min. 30.5 Nm (269 in.lb). Do not use the cylindrical sensor body to install the sensor! • Install the connector to the sensor and fix it with the screw. • Place the unit into the analyzer and fix it with the small nuts. • Re-install the piping fittings. • Make sure that all the plugs associated with the sensor are properly connected the same way as before. Sensor block 7 3 2 30 mm 1 Connectors: 1 sensor signal plug 2 power to sensor 3 signal to analyzer For details see appendix! Fig. 7-16: Trace Moisture Sensor Assembly Separated Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Maintenance & Procedures Consider all applicable safety instructions, especially those at the beginning of this section 7.5 7-61 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.7 Cleaning the Instrument´s Outside 7.7 Cleaning the Instrument´s Outside Use a liquid general purpose detergent and a lint-free cloth for cleaning the analyzer´s outside. HAZARD FROM UNHEALTHY SUBSTANCES Take care to follow the safety instructions and instructions for use given by the manufacturer of the chosen general purpose detergent! Procedure • Disconnect the instrument from power! • If disconnecting from gas lines is required, take care of the following: EXPLOSIVE, FLAMMABLE AND HARMFUL GASES HAZARD Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health gas components! Seal the open analyzer´s gas fittings utilizing PVC caps to avoid contamination of inner gas path. • Moisten the lint-free cloth with a mixture of 3 parts of water and 1 part of the general purpose detergent. 7-62 Do NOT drench the cloth, just moisten it to prevent liquid entering the housing! • Clean the analyzer housing outside with the moistened cloth. • If need be dry the housing after cleaning. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets Note! During backup or restore processes, a progress indicator menu is shown: "Busy" turns from 0 to 1. "Progress (0..1000)" shows 1000 when copying data has finished. Copying data Busy Progress (0..1000) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 0 1000 7-63 7 Maintenance & Procedures After some time of operating the instrument, one can assume all the parameters (calibration gases setup, measuring ranges, inputs and outputs, etc) are setup to meet the application´s and operator´s needs. To save these settings for means of restoring them in case of failures, data loss or even overwriting, use the options of the SETUP - SAVE-LOAD menus. X-STREAM analyzers support saving analyzer data by providing different options: Local backup Use this option to save the current data in a special analyzer memory section. Factory defaults.. This is the data, stored in a special memory section after the instrument has been configured in the factory. The user cannot change, but only restore this data. USB backup This option enables to save or restore an analyzer configuration to/from an external USB device. This way e.g. administrators can save analyzer configurations separately from the analyzer at a safe location. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets USB backup Backup/Restore to/from external device On user request restore and overwrite current configuration in RAM (USB BACKUP - RESTORE, 7-71 ) Backup on user request (USB BACKUP - SAVE, 7-69) Overwrites on user request (FACTORY DEFAULTS - RESTORE, 7-67) CfgData configuration used during operation FactData Factory setup configuration Overwrites after factory analyzer startup Overwrites after factory analyzer startup, or on user request (LOCAL BACKUP - SAVE, 7-65) Automatically overwrites in case of faulty checksum, or manually on user request (LOCAL BACKUP - RESTORE, 7-66) UserData configuration saved to local FRAM Fig. 7-17: Relations of Supported Data Sets, and Where to Find Further Information 7-64 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.8.1 Local Backup - Save Starting at the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP and next SAVE-LOAD.. . Setup.. Save-Load.. If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Save-Load Local backup.. Factory defaults.. USB backup.. Maintenance & Procedures Highlight "Local backup.." and press enter. Local backup 7/29/09 14:26 Store new local backup and overwrite old one! Are you sure? Highlight 'Save..' and enter the submenu. 0 0 7 Save.. UsrBack date Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and press enter to see a new screen, showing the current status. No! Yes! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-65 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.8.2 Local Backup - Restore Starting at the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP and next SAVE-LOAD.. . Setup.. Save-Load.. If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Save-Load Local backup.. Factory defaults.. USB backup.. Highlight "Local backup.." and press enter. Local backup Save.. UsrBack date Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress 7/29/09 14:26 Restore from local backup! This will restart device! Are you sure? 0 0 Information about the last backup Highlight "Restore.." and enter the submenu. A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and press enter to see a new screen, showing the current status. No! Yes! 7-66 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.8.3 Factory Defaults - Restore Setup.. Save-Load.. Starting at the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP and next SAVE-LOAD.. . If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Save-Load Local backup.. Factory defaults.. USB backup.. FacBack date Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress 7/29/09 14:26 Restore factory defaults! This will restart device! Are you sure? No! Yes! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Information about the last backup Highlight "Restore.." and enter the submenu. 7 Factory defaults Maintenance & Procedures Highlight "Factory defaults.." and press enter. A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and press enter to see a new screen, showing the current status. Note! All changes regarding the analyzer setup, applied after instrument was shipped, will be overwritten! 7-67 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.8.4 USB Backup IMPORTANT INFORMATION! Read carefully before activating USB procedures! The analyzer provides a dual-mode USB 1.0 interface, which comes with two connectors. The primary purpose of the bigger connector is to attach mass storage devices such as sticks or disk drives, while the smaller mini USB connector is preserved to connect a PC/ computer. Note! Using both connectors in parallel is not supported. Connecting a PC will disable mass storage functionality. Supported Mass Storage Device Types Unfortunately not all USB mass storage devices are completely compatible with the interface. It is recommended to use brands like SANDISK, KINGSTON, TOSHIBA etc. Before finally storing data, check for proper operation! Installation Mass storage devices can be hot-plugged. After attaching a device, the analyzer will automatically recognize it, if the USB interface is enabled; 6-103. However, do not remove a memory device, while data transmission is ongoing, this can cause loss of data! File System The analyzer requires a special file system on the memory device: After installation (and formatting), the analyzer checks the file system on the mass storage device, and automatically creates whatever is required. Fig. 7-18: USB File System Structure Auto-Run Feature It is possible to initiate special procedures upon connecting a mass storage device, e.g. updating the firmware, firmware backup, 7.84 for more configuration backup, etc., information. Formatting Prior to first usage, it is recommended to format the mass storage device by the analyzer: • Attach an USB device • Enter SETUP - USB INTERFACE (may require to enter access level 3 code) • Select "Format USB stick.." and press enter. 7-68 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.8.4.1 USB Backup - Save Starting at the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP and next SAVE-LOAD. Setup.. Save-Load.. If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Save-Load Local backup.. Factory defaults.. USB backup.. USB backup Highlight "Save.." and enter the submenu. 0 1000 Save config to USB stick and overwrite old file! Are you sure? No! Yes! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7 Save.. Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress Maintenance & Procedures Highlight "USB backup.." and press enter. Note! Take care to have an USB device connected to the analyzer´s USB port! A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and press enter to see a new screen, showing the current status. 7-69 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets The backup files are stored within the USB device' file structure, in a subdirectory 'config'. For more information on the USB device file system structure, 6-104 7-70 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.8.4.2 USB Backup - Restore Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN, press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP and next SAVE-LOAD.. . Setup.. Save-Load.. If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Save-Load Local backup.. Factory defaults.. USB backup.. Maintenance & Procedures In this line press enter. USB backup Enter this submenu. 0 1000 Restore config from USB stick! This will restart device! Are you sure? No! Yes! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7 Save.. Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress Note! Take care to have an USB device connected to the analyzer´s USB port (icon to be visible in the first menu line)! A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and press enter to start the process. 7-71 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.8 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.8.5 Undo Restore Local backup Save.. UsrBack date Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress 7-72 3/16/10 14:26 0 0 Each backup menu has a function line called "Undo restore!" to undo the last restore backup operation, as shown exemplarily shown by the figures to the left (local backup menu). This works from any backup/restore menu, and undoes any last restore, regardless if this was started from the current or from another. During the undo process, a 'Function executing' message appears. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.9 Logfiles 7.9 Handling Log Files Log files are created by the internal data logger, event logger and calibration logger, whereat the latter are part of optional software upgrade packages. Working with log files is in the following exemplarily explained on the basis of the data logger: 7.9.1 Configuring Log Files 14 0 Data Selection Export data to USB! Data Selection Concentration: Temperature: Flow: Pressure: Yes No No No FieldSep: TAB Highlight the 7th line and open the associated submenu to see a list of data available for logging. Each entry in the log file contains the following fields • date • time, followed by • the fields as selected in the menu: For each parameter select, if it is to be included (Yes) or not (No) in the log file: "Concentration" includes the measured concentration (ppm) and current status of all installed channels. "Temperature", "Flow" and "Pressure" include the associated measured values. Data Selection Concentration: Temperature: Flow: Pressure: Yes No No No FieldSep: TAB Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG The separator for the fields within an entry is specified with the last menu line: Available options are TAB(ulator), Comma and SemiKol(on). Entries are separated by a carrige return and line feed. 7-73 Maintenance & Procedures Off 1s 7 Data logger Logging: Sample time: Data logger data delete! Cached entries Total entries Open SETUP - DATA LOGGER (this may require to enter the access code for level 3), to see the following menu: Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.9 Logfiles Press left to return to the previous menu, and • enter a sample time to specify the time interval between entries • turn "Logging" On, to start logging. Data logger Logging: Sample time: Data logger data delete! Cached entries Total entries On 1s 14 0 Data Selection.. Export data to USB! All the log file data is kept in an internal memory, and written into a file on the internal memory card every 30 minutes (or when "Logging" is turned Off. So, • "Cached entries" shows the number of entries in memory • "Total entries" gives the number of entries, already saved to the internal memory card. 7.9.2 Exporting Log Files There are two options to export log files to an USB device: Data logger Logging: Sample time: Data logger data delete! Cached entries Total entries Data Selection.. Export data to USB! 7-74 On 1s 14 0 1st option: From within SETUP - DATA LOGGER (this may require to enter the access code for level 3) The last line "Export data to USB!" enables to export the total entries to a connected USB device. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.9 Logfiles 2nd option: From within CONTROL - DATA LOGGER (this may require to enter the access code for level 1) Data logger Export data to USB! Cached entries Total entries 0 0 The line "Export data to USB!" enables to export the total entries to a connected USB device. Fig. 7-19: Subdirectory for Log Files Note! Data logger exports into data.log, event logger into events.log, and calibration logger into calibration.log. Several files of the same type are added by extending the file names with increasing numbers, e.g. data001.log, data002.log, ... Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Log files are exported to the subdirectory named 'logs' beneath a directory, named with the serial number of the current analyzer. Notes! If not already present, the file system structure is created automatically. One memory device may have multiple 'serial number' directories, each created automatically, when for the first time connected to a new analyzer, and containing only the files for that specific analyzer. 7-75 7 Take care to have a proper USB memory de7-65), before starting to vice connected ( export a log file, otherwise an error message shows up. Maintenance & Procedures Before starting to export, the analyzer automatically adds the cached entries to the total entries file, so all available data is exported to the log file. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.9 Logfiles 7.9.3 Log Files Content Example Imported into a text file, for a 3 channel instrument the above settings would give the following log file layout: The exported log file does not only show the discussed entries data, but also separate lines with • the type of log file • the analyzer tag, if such has been setup ( 6-98 ) • the analyzer serial number • column headings for the entries fields For further processing, import that file e.g. into a spreadsheet. Imported into a spreadsheet software, it looks like this: Note! Date format is dd/mm/yyyy Time format is hh:mm:ss (with 24 h format) Status codes are: G = Good, F = Failure, A = Alarm, M = Maintenance, C = Check function, O = Out of specification, S = Simulate, X = Absent Fig. 7-20: Example of Log File 7-76 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.10 Files on USB Stick 7.10 Files on USB Memory Device After connecting or formatting an USB device, or after a first log file export, a special file structure is present on the stick, figure below. Furthermore, two files are created within this structure: • autorun.inf • xe_win_tools.zip 7.10.1 autorun.inf # Emerson X-STREAM XE | USB-AUTORUN File # # -- Functions --------------------------------------# # Remove # from a line below to activate a function # # SAVE_CONFIG Save current configuration to USB # SAVE_FIRMWARE Save firmware (incl. config) to USB # SAVE_DATALOGS Save data logger files to USB # SAVE_EVENTLOGS Save event logger files to USB # SET_PASSWORDS Set all passwords to factory # defaults (LOI and webbrowser) # # .---------------------------------------------------- Another file, automatically created, is called 'xe_win_tools.zip'; 7.85 . The automatically created autorun.inf acts as a template, containing • help text, and • instruction lines: To enable, just remove the leading '#' and save the file as text file to the device again. The file is scanned line by line. Any line not starting with '#' is checked for a valid key word (CAPITAL terms in the template´s functions section), which is passed to a batch loop processor, to be executed as soon as possible. Fig. 7-22: Autorun.inf Template Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-77 7 Fig. 7-21: USB File System Structure Maintenance & Procedures 'Autorun.inf' can be used to automatically start actions, when the USB device, it is saved on, is connected to the analyzer. Each time, an USB mass memory device is connected, the analyzer checks for the precense of a plain text file, called 'autorun.inf'. If such a file does not exist, a template file is automatically created, as well as, if need be, the file structure. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.10 Files on USB Stick 7.10.2 xe_win_tools.zip This ZIP contains some files to be used with a Microsoft Windows based computer only. Chiptool for Ethernet connections, enables to remotely identify an analyzer by its IP address, without requiring front panel access. USB driver for MS Windows PC 7-78 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.11 Web Browser 7.11 Web Browser 7.11.1 Connection Via Network Field housings Table top analyzers To gain access to the instrument´s web browser interface, first ensure the instrument is powered and connected to your network via Ethernet1 connector (Fig. 7-22) Ethernet2 connector Fig. 7-23: Ethernet Connectors 7 By factory default settings the analyzer is configured to receive a valid network address by a DHCP server. Next enter INFO, to check if the instrument has been assigned a valid network IP address: Maintenance & Procedures Ethernet1 connector Info Firmware 1.0 DSP version 1.0 Serial no 1234567.10 Components.. Installed options.. Ethernet1 IP 123.456.78.9 Ethernet2 IP 192.168.1.2 10/01/10 14:00  Time IP address for Ethernet1 connector If no network IP address has been assigned, 6-79 ) check the network settings ( Connect your computer to the network, open a web browser and enter the instrument´s IP address. If everything is configured properly, the analyzer's logon screen shows up ( 7-81 ). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-79 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.11 Web Browser 7.11.2 Connection to Single Computer Setup.. Communcation.. Ethernet2.. Ethernet2 MAC 1234567.10 IP: 123.456.78.9 Subnet: 255.255.255.1 Gateway: 123.456.78.0 Use DHCP: No IP Status Ready Apply Configuration!  IP address for Ethernet2 connector • • • • • • • • • • To directly gain access to the instrument´s web browser interface, first ensure the instrument is powered. Next connect it to the computer's network adapter via Ethernet2 connector (see Fig. 7-22) by means of an Ethernet crossover cable. Standard Ethernet cables do NOT support direct connections! • For Ethernet2 connector set "Use DHCP" to No (see figure to the left). Depending on settings possibly carried out earlier, the analyzer may now show an IP (see figure to the left). If so, setup your computer's IP the same way, only differing in the last group (here e.g. to 123.456.78.10). Alternatively you may use the analyzer's fixed IP, that is not shown on any menu page and is accessible via Ethernet2 only: • The analyzer is now assigned the IP 192.168.1.88. • Configure your computer's IP to meet the same net (192.168.1.) and assign a new IP (e. g. 192.168.1.10). Do not use the same IP as is assigned to the analyzer. Configuring an IP Address for Computers Running Microsoft Windows To configure your computer you need an administrator account! Go to Start > Control Panel > Network Connections Right-click on your LAN connection and click "Properties" Under the heading "This connection uses the following items", click "Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)" Click "Properties" A new window should pop up, click "Alternate Configuration" Click "User Configured" radio button Setup the IP Address as 192.168.1.10, Subnet Mask as 255.255.255.0 and Default Gateway as 192.168.1.1. Click "OK" Click "Close" in "LAN connection properties". On your computer open a web browser and enter the instrument´s IP address. If everything is configured properly, the analyzer's logon next page ). screen shows up ( 7-80 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 7.11 Web Browser IP address in web browser´s address line Analyzer information Analyzer serial number Analyzer work order number MAC address of interface Enter your password here We recommend to set new passwords, to limit access to critical submenus (see online help). After logon, the measurements screen appears. Click on the left most icon (question mark) in the status bar, to receive comprehensive online help on the XSTREAM XE web browser interface. Fig. 7-25: Web Browser Measurements Screen Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-81 7 Fig. 7-24: Web Browser Logon Screen Maintenance & Procedures Default password is: password Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE 7-82 HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Chapter 8 Troubleshooting 8.1 Abstract 8.2 Problems indicated by status messages Analyzer related messages Channel related messages As the analyzer software is not capable to detect all problems and faults, section 8.3 describes such faults, their consequences, gives hints on potential causes and on how to solve the problem(s). Section 8.4 gives detailled instructions on how to replace or adjust components, addressed to personnel familiar with the aspects of working on such components. 8.3 Problems NOT indicated by status messages page 8-12 page 8-18 8 8.4 Extended troubleshooting on components page 8-3 page 8-8 Troubleshooting This chapter covers troubleshooting the analyzer: Section 8.2 describes messages possibly appearing in the measuring screen‘s status line gives hints on the potential causes and on how to solve the problem(s). Two tables differentiate between analyzer related messages and channel related messages. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.2 Solving Problems Indicated by Status Messages 8.2 Solving Problems Indicated by NAMUR Status Messages As mentioned before, status messages show up in the measuring display´s last line. Multiple status messages, active at a time, show up sequentially in this status line. To see all status messages at a glance, enter STATUS: If any status is set, the corresponding menu line appears, whereat only the first 4 lines are of interest here (NAMUR status). Failures.. Off-Specs.. Maintenance requests.. Function checks.. Measurement.. Calibration.. Alarms.. Operation Hours Meter.. Time 4/01/11 13:30 Supported NAMUR status levels: Failures: Require immediate actions. The analyzer is not any longer working properly, and the output signal is invalid due to malfunction. Off-spec: The analyzer is working outside its specification (e.g. measuring range), or internal diagnostics indicate deviations due to internal problems. To achieve proper outputs, corrective action is required. If solving a reported problem requires working inside an open instrument, take care of the safety instructions, given at the beginning of this manual! 8-2 Enter any status line to see detailled status messages. In the following table, all possible NAMUR status messages are listed in alphabetical order, together with hints on the possible causes, and tips on how to solve the problems. Depending on the NAMUR status level assigned, the instrument can also activate status relay outputs, according the NAMUR NE 107 specifications. Notes! Digital outputs assigned to status signals are automatically setup to be Failsafe: Failsafe means, relay output coils are powered during normal operation. Recommended actions preceded by a bullet are alternatives. If recommended actions do not solve a problem, call Emerson Service! Check request (or maintenance requests): The instrument is still working properly, within its specifications and the output signal is valid, but maintenance is required in for-seeable future, because a function will soon be restricted or a wear reserve is nearly exhausted. Function check: The analyzer is still working properly, but currently is in a status where the output signal is temporarily invalid (e.g. frozen) due to some ongoing procedures (e.g. during calibration). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages 8.2.1 Analyzer Related NAMUR Messages Message Explanation Status level Can´t open Data Logger file Maintenance Can´t write to Data Logger file Maintenance Checksum error Maintenance Cfg checksum error Maintenance Cfg file open error Maintenance Cfg file read error Maintenance Cfg file write error Maintenance Device not in Service Function check DISK Free space warning Division by 0 detected Accessing the data logger file is not possible • Check if internal disk is present / installed Accessing the data logger file • Call Emerson Service is not possible Creating the factory configuration file caused a checksum error. Creating the user configuration file caused a checksum error. Create a new user configuration file. Opening the user configuration file is not possible. Writing to the user configuratiCall Emerson service on file is not possible. Writing to the user configuration file is not possible Operator has set the analyzer Set analyzer into service to function check mode Maintenance Internal disk usage exceeded specified limit (default: 80 %) Maintenance Internal disk usage exceeded 95 % limit DISK full Store a new factory configuration file. Troubleshooting Maintenance • Check the calculator program for syntax errors, impossible commands or signal references • Check for divisions by 0 8 Calculator program error While running the calculator, an inconsistency was detected Recommended Actions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Free space by deleting files 8-3 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages Message Status level E-Mail: Not sent Maintenance E-Mail: Could not open LOG file Maintenance External Failure Failure External FctCheck Function check External MaintRequ Maintenance External OffSpec Off-spec Factory file open error Maintenance 8-4 Explanation Recommended Actions • Check Ethernet connection • Check SMTP configuration Failed to send e-mail Accessing log file not possib- • Check if internal disk is present / installed le • Call Emerson service No NAMUR! An external source (e.g. digital input or PLC program) meets a failure condition that is forwarded to the self-diagnostics system. An external source (e.g. digital input or PLC program) meets a function check condition that is forwarded to the self-diagnostics system. An external source (e.g. digital input or PLC program) meets a maintenance request condition that is forwarded to the self-diagnostics system. An external source (e.g. digital input or PLC program) meets a out-of-specification condition that is forwarded to the self-diagnostics system. • Check the assigned digital input for the condition. • Check PLC program for the condition. • Reassign digital inputs to not being forwarded to the diagnostic system. • Create a new factory configuration file Opening the factory configura• Check the file system for tion file is not possible. consistency using CHKDISK tool Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages Message Status level Factory file read error Maintenance Factory file write error Maintenance FATAL!! Configuration data destroyed Failure FATAL: FRAM read/write error Maintenance Flash write count over limit Maintenance Explanation Recommended Actions Reading the factory configuration file is not possible Writing the factory configuration file is not possible. This message does not appear during normal operation! The instrument is now unconfigured, because retrieving the configuration data from several sources failed. The instrument is now unconfigured, because retrieving the configuration data from several sources failed. Write cycles to internal CPU Flash Memory exceeded number of 90,000 • Check if internal disk is present / installed • Call Emerson service Call Emerson service Troubleshooting Limitation analog output 1 Off-spec Limitation analog output 3 Off-spec Limitation analog output 4 Concentration assigned to the indicated analog output is outside configured ranges: Analog output is limited to configured ranges • Use another measurement range. • Extend analog output range configuration if possible. • Run measurement inside its given ranges. While installing the PLC program, a program error was discovered Check the PLC program for syntax errors, wrong commands or references 8 Off-spec Limitation analog output 2 Off-spec Limitation analog output 5 Off-spec PLC program error Maintenance Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-5 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages Message Status level SCAL blowback Function check SCAL program sequence Function check SCAL spanning Function check SCAL zeroing Function check SCAL zeroing & spanning Function check Explanation Device runs system calibration’s blowback mode Device runs system calibration’s program sequence Currently a system calibration’s spanning is ongoing Currently a system calibration’s zeroing is ongoing Currently a system calibration (zeroing and spanning) is ongoing Recommended Actions • Wait until system calibration procedure is finished • Cancel system calibration procedure • Wait until system calibration procedure is finished • Cancel system calibration procedure Sensor CRC-check Failure Sensor command buffer overflow Failure Sensor failure Failure Sensor invalid message length XPSV - CPU communication failure Call Emerson service, if message shows up repeatedly Failure SENSOR RESET Maintenance 8-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages Message Explanation Status level USB free space warning Maintenance USB stick full The attached USB storage device has not sufficient free memory to store data • Replace USB device by another one with sufficient free memory • On the USB device, delete files not required. To do so, attach it to a computer. • Format USB device ( 6-104 ) 8 Troubleshooting Maintenance The attached USB storage devices´s free memory exceeded the setup limit ( 6-103 ) Recommended Actions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-7 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages (preceded by Channel Tag, e.g. CO2.1) Message Status level Concentration Is Higher Than Limit Off-spec Concentration Is Lower Than Limit Off-spec Device Not in Service Function check External Failure Description Recommended Actions Currently the actual concentration is outside the analyzer's range limits. The shown measuring value does not comply to the actual concenctration. Function check External MaintRequ Maintenance External OffSpec Increase concentration Operator has set the analyzer Set analyzer into service to function check mode Failure External FctCheck Reduce concentration An external source (e.g. digital input or PLC program) meets a failure condition that is forwarded to the self-diagnostics system. • Check the assigned digital input for the condition. • Check PLC program for the condition. • Reassign digital inputs to not being forwarded to the diagnostic system. Off-spec Flow High Maintenance Flow High-High Failure Flow Low Maintenance 8-8 The activated flow monitor de• Ensure proper flow tected a too high flow accor• Increase limit if appropriate ding its configured high level. • Check flow adjusting equipment, reduce flow to accepted value The detected flow is too high • If applicable check internal or external pump function, reduce flow to accepted value The activated flow monitor • Ensure proper flow detected a too low flow accor• Decrease limit if appropriate ding its configured low level. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages Message Description Status level Invalid Interference Value Off-spec Linearizer Overflow Off-spec Linearizer Underflow Off-spec Operation Hours Exceeded Maintenance No Sample Gas Function check Range Overflow Off-spec A measuring value used for Check status of interfering cross interference compensacomponents tion is found to be erroneous. The current concentration value is above the upper linearization range limit, so measuring results are not reliable. The current concentration value is below the lower linearization range limit, so measuring results are not reliable. Adjust gas concentration to be within range Adjust gas concentration to be within range • The instrument, or selected components require maintenance The operation hours excee• After maintenance, enter SEded the service interval time. TUP - OPERATION HOURS METER ( 6-97 ), to reset the counter. • Check, if a calibration is The concentration measureongoing ment does not represent the • If no calibration is ongoing, normal value. Possible reacheck if sample gas is apsons: Calibration procedure is plied (if need be, check for busy. open sample gas valves) Gas concentration is out of • Select higher range (polynomeasurement range and mial linearization mode only) therefore linearization curve • Adjust gas concentration to does not apply (�� measuring rebe within range sults are not reliable). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-9 Troubleshooting Failure • Check the external and internal gas path for leakage and plugging • If applicable check internal pump function 8 Flow Low-Low The detected flow is too low or missing due to a leak, not limited to the instrument‘s internal gas path Recommended Actions Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages Message Status level Range Underflow Off-spec Secondary Sensor Signal Simulation Function check Sensor ADC Failure Sensor Chopper Failure Sensor Communication Timeout Failure Sensor Detector Failure Sensor Flow Failure Sensor Pressure Off-spec Sensor Signal Simulation Function check 8-10 Description Recommended Actions Gas concentration is out of • Select lower range (polynomeasurement range and themial linearization mode only) refore linearization curve does • Adjust gas concentration to not apply (measuring results be within range are not reliable). • Restart device. Any secondary sensor’s signal is simulated for service • Ask service personnel to deactivate simulation. purposes Input voltage applied to an internal DC signal input (DC 1...5) too high Input voltage applied to an internal AC signal input (WS 1...4)too high Internal failure bit of electronics board XSP is set • Adjust sensors output voltage to be within 0 .. 5 V limit • Replace sensor • Adjust sensors output voltage to be within ± 6 V limit • Replace sensor • Switch analyzer off and on again • Check red LED on chopper board UCC • Replace chopper The serial communication between the main controller and Check both boards, and prothe sensor interface has timed per connections out. The reason is unknown. • Switch off / on the analyzer • Check if VVS signal is proper XSP's failure bit was set • Replace detector Check the sensors function, The flow sensor is not working and if need be, replace the properly sensor. The pressure measurement is Configure pressure to be not working properly for comwithin limits pensation purposes The primary sensor signal is • Restart device. • Ask service personnel to simulated for service purpodeactivate simulation. ses Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages Message Description Status level Failure The current through the IR or UV source is too high Failure The current through the IR or UV source is too low Sensor Temperature Off-spec Spanning Started Function check STANDBY Status Function check Startup Phase Function check Tolerance Check Failed Maintenance Unstable Measurement Maintenance Warming Up Function check Zeroing Started Function check The temperature measurement is not working properly Span calibration is ongoing All valves are closed - Physical components starting Wait until all components are up working properly Difference between setpoint and actuals is too high • Disable check or change tolerance • Check components for proper function Measurement too noisy while calibrating • Check for constant gas flow • Increase t90 time Some components need to be • Wait until warmup time has at a specific temperature to elapsed work properly. This message • Check function of heaters shows, until all components and temperature control reached their temperatures. • Wait for the procedure to finish. Zero calibration ongoing • Cancel the procedure Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-11 Troubleshooting Sensor Source - • Check for IR source internal resistance is > 6 Ohms • Replace source • Check for IR source internal resistance is < 8 Ohms • Check for broken cables • Replace source • Check the temperature sensor • Check function of heaters • Wait for the procedure to finish. • Cancel the procedure 8 Sensor Source + Recommended Actions Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages The following table lists possible faults not detectable by the instrument‘s software, gives hints on the potential causes, and tips on how to solve the problems. If solving a problem requires working inside the instrument take care of the safety instructions given at the beginning of this manual! Note on X-STREAM field housings! To see the current analyzer status, or operate the instrument even if the front door is open, just loosen the screw, fixing the front panel, and swivel the front panel to the side or to the top (flameproof XEFD), as shown in figure 8-1. Notes! Recommended actions preceded by a bullet are alternatives. If recommended actions do not solve a problem, call Emerson Service! swivel to the right swivel to the top Screws to loosen Fig. 8-1: X-STREAM XEF, XDF and XEFD, Opened With Visible Front Panel 8-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Power supply missing • Check power connection • Check power supply • Check instrument‘s power fuses • Check power supply unit: green LED (OK) Front panel connection faulty Check front panel connections Display Dark Instrument Does Not Work nor Respond on Inputs CPU hang up External failure No Analog Output Signal Recommended Actions Internal connection failure Analog outputs 2 - 4 affected External failure Configuration failure Digital Outputs Not Working Properly Outputs 1 - 4 affected Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Disconnect power to reset CPU Check external circuitry for failures • Check signal connection at P22 of board XPSA • XPSA: If red LED "No PWM" glows - check connection to P19 • XPSA: LED "No PWM" dark - check power connection to XPSA (2-pole cable br/wht) Check installation of module XSIA on XPSA board Check external circuitry for failures Check digital outputs menu settings • XPSA: If red LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check connection to P33 • XPSA: LED "TIMEOUT" dark - check power connection to XPSA (2-pole cable br/wht) 8-13 Troubleshooting Description 8 Situation Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Situation Description Recommended Actions • XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check jumpers on XDIO. XDIO #1: jumper on ADR2 XDIO #2: jumpers on ADR2 Digital Outputs Not Working Outputs on extension board(s) & ADR0 Properly (cont.) (XDIO) affected • XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check connection to P33 • XDIO: If LED "NO SPI" glows - check internal SPI communication cable (10 pole cable) Check external circuitry for External failure failures Check digital inputs menu Configuration failure settings • XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check jumpers on XDIO. Digital Inputs Not Working XDIO #1: jumper on ADR2 Properly XDIO #2: jumpers on ADR2 Outputs on extension board(s) & ADR0 • XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" (XDIO) affected glows - check connection to P33 • XDIO: If LED "NO SPI" glows - check internal SPI communication cable (10 pole cable) • Check electrical connection of valves • XPSA: If red LED "TIInternal Valves Not Working MEOUT" glows - check conConnection failure Properly nection to P33 • XPSA: LED "TIMEOUT" dark - check power connection to XPSA (2-pole cable br/wht) 8-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Recommended Actions Valves connected to digital outputs Valves not connected to digital outputs See "Digital outputs not working properly" Check external valve controller Check external circuitry for failures • XPSA: If red LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check connection to P33 • Check installation of interface module (SIF 232 or 485) External failure Serial Communication Not Working Properly Connection failure Leak in gas path Ambient air contains high concentration of measured gas component Fluctuating gas pressure Fluctuating or Invalid Readout Perform a leak test • Check absorber (at chopper/ measuring cell) and replace if need be. • Purge instrument with inert (neither absorbing, nor interfering) gas • Check gas path before and behind cell and sensor • Remove restriction behind gas outlet • Reduce gas flow or pump rate Sensor or detector not conCheck detectors connections nected Electrochemical Oxygen sen- Check sensor and replace if sor worn-out need be • Check connections: X3 (1/2) / source channel 1 X3 (4/5) / source channel 2 IR channel: • If source housing is cold: Source not connected or deExchange all sources in fective case of multi-channel analyzer / replace source if need be (see service manual) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-15 Troubleshooting External Valves Not Working Properly Description 8 Situation Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Situation Description Recommended Actions Analog preamplifier of affected channel defective Fluctuating or Invalid Readout (continued) Readout Damping Time Too Long 8-16 Check measuring point ( page 8-19) • Check analysis cells and windows for pollution • Clean polluted parts (see Gas path(s) polluted service manual) • Check gas paths for pollution and clean gas paths if need be • Set ambient pressure to proper value ( page 6-60) Wrong pressure value used • Sensor failure ( status for compensation message "PressSensor“, page 8-10) • Check temperature of gas path(s) • Remove all sources of conCondensation inside gas path densation • Keep all temperatures at least 10 °C above dew point Check signal damping Wrong signal damping settings page 6-48) ( • Distance between sampling point and analyzer too long • Replace pump by external Pump rate too low model with higher pump rate (operate in bypass mode, page 4-5) • Check gas path and sample Gas path(s) polluted handling system for pollution • Clean gas path Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Situation Description Recommended Actions Sample gas pump (option) switched off Membrane of sample gas pump defective Switch on sample gas pump ( page 6-5) Replace sample pump membrane Sample gas pump defective Replace sample gas pump No Gas Flow Solenoid valves (option) not opened / defective 8 Troubleshooting Gas path(s) polluted External valves: • Check connection between valves and digital outputs All valves: • Check valve seat and replace if need be • Replace solenoid valves • For valve control via serial interface or digital inputs: • Any valve activated? • Check gas path and sample handling system for pollution • Clean gas path Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-17 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components This section gives information on how to check and replace internal components. Some work described on the next pages need to be carried out by qualified personnel only, and may require special tools, to ensure the instrument or component is not damaged or disadjusted! Opening X-STREAM analyzers page 8-20 Signal connectors page 8-23 Sample Pump: Replacement of Diaphragm page 8-24 Paramagnetic Oxygen Cell: Adjustment of physical zero page 8-35 Thermal Conductivity Cell: Adjustment of output signal page 8-38 ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Working at opened and powered instruments means working near live parts and is subject to instructed and trained personnel only! ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Live parts are accessible when working at open instruments! Take care to observe all applicable safety instructions! 8-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components HAZARD FROM EXPLOSIVE, FLAMMABLE AND HARMFUL GASES Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health sample gas components! HIGH TEMPERATURES ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE HAZARD Working at internal components of electronical and electrical instruments may cause electrostatic discharge (ESD), destroying components! We recommend special antistatic workplaces for working at open instruments! If no such workplace is available, at minimum perform the following procedures to not destroy electronic components: Discharge the electric charge from your body. Do this by touching a device that is grounded electrically (e.g. instruments with earth connectors, heating installations). This should be done periodically when working at open instruments (especially after leaving the service site, because e.g. walking on low conducting floors might cause additional ESD). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-19 8 Troubleshooting While working at internal components hot surfaces may be accessible, even after the instrument has been disconnected from power! Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.1 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Live parts are accessible when working at open instruments! Take care to observe all applicable safety instructions! 8.4.1.1 How to Open X-STREAM XEGP Remove the top cover after loosening the 12 screws. If your instrument features an internal heated box, fig. 8-4 on next page for information on how to open. 12 screws on top of the instrument Fig. 8-2: X-STREAM XEGP 8-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.1.2 How to Open X-STREAM XEGK If your instrument is equipped with a handle • loosen the 6 screws at the front panel, • to only get access to the cover screws, push frame and handle about 2 cm / 1" towards the rear. Note! To completely remove frame and handle, you need to disconnect all gas and electrical connections and push frame and handle over the rear panel. • remove the 4 screws for the cover,  8  • push the cover towards the rear and remove it. Troubleshooting 2 screws on each side of the instrument Fig. 8-3: X-STREAM XEGK Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-21 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.1.3 How to Open X-STREAM Fieldhousings Depending on the individual analyzer configuration, either open the upper or lower front door to the left, utilizing the two sash fasteners. 8.4.1.4 How to Open X-STREAM XEFD To open a X-STREAM XEFD loosen the 20 screws located at the instrument´s flange. Then carefully flip down the front door to not damage the instrument, hinges or equipment installed below the analyzer. Sash fasteners Screws at the flange Fig. 8-4: X-STREAM XEXF Field Housings and XEFD - How to Open EXPLOSION HAZARD X-STREAM XEFD as well as special variations of X-STREAM XEF and XDF Fieldhousings are intended to be installed in hazardous areas. Maintaining such instruments is permitted only considering special conditions, given in the associated separate manuals. Do not open nor maintain instruments in hazardous areas without having read and understood all associated instruction manuals! GASKETS AT LOW TEMPERATURES Consider that enclosure gaskets may be frozen when the instrument is installed outdoors. Carefully open the enclosure at temperatures below -10 °C to not damage the gaskets. Damaged gaskets void the ingress protection, possibly causing property damage, personal injury or death. 8-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8 Troubleshooting 8.4.2 Signal Connectors on XSP Board Fig. 8-5: XSP - Allocation of Signal Connectors Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-23 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.3 Sample Pump: Replacement of Diaphragm This instruction explains the procedure to replace the diaphragms of sample gas pumps (PN 42716569) used in the X-STREAM series gas analyzers. To do so you need to dismantle the pump from your analyzer. 8-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Troubleshooting Required parts for the spare parts kit for the pump (PN 0375946). 8 Step 1: If applicable: Remove the screws S1 on both sides of the pump. Take off the cover. S1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-25 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components S3 S2 Step 2: Remove the screws S2 and screw S3. Step 3: Take out the pump assembly. 8-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 4: Troubleshooting Mark the pump assy. before disassembly. 8 Step 5: Remove the white block. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-27 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 6: Remove the teflon gasket. Step 7: Remove the remaining two pump parts. Clean the white plate for the gas inand outlet. 8-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Clamp S4 Step 8: Troubleshooting Disassemble the lower block and the clamp. Loosen the screw S4 and the nut N1. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8 N1 8-29 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 9: Remove the two washers on the diaphragm. Step 10: Replace the old with the new diaphragm and assemble the washers and the clamp in reverse order (step 9 and 8). 8-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 11: 8 Troubleshooting Remove the locking springs on both sides of the white block and take out the old diaphragms on both sides. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-31 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 12: Clean the white block. Afterwards put in the new dia-phragms and fix them with the new locking springs. Step 13: 1 Assemble the pump assy. Take care of your marker ( step 4) 1. Put the two upper plates under the clamp ( steps 6 & 7 for reference). 2. Put the white block and the new teflon gasket between the lower block and the in-outlet plate. 2 8-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 14: Assemble the pump assy in reverse order. Troubleshooting 8 S3 Put it in the pump housing and fix it with the screws S2. Fix the clamp with screw S3 and the black buffer. S2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-33 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 15: S1 If applicable: Install the cover and fix it with screws S1 at both sides. Finally re-install the pump into your analyzer, to complete the replacement of pump diaphragm. 8-34 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.4 Paramagnetic Oxygen Cell for Standard Applications: Adjustment of Physical Zero GND +6 V -6 V Signal connectors Signal pins To adjust the physical zero you need to measure some voltages on the XSP board: Depending on which channel the cell is assigned to, the measuring signal (+) can be measured at pin 3 of the related connector. GND (-) is available at a separate pin (see figure). The measured voltage should be 0 V ± 50 mV. The cell contains strong magnets! Use only non-magnetic tools to adjust the zero point! S1 Note! Depending on your specific instrument alternatively an unheated cell may be installed. In this case skip step 2 and continue with step 3. Step 2: Open the cell cover by loosening the screw S1 at the top. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-35 8 The figure to the left shows a heated paramagnetic oxygen cell. Troubleshooting Step 1: Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 3: Apply N2 to the analyzer. Step 4: Carefully loosen the screw S2. Now you can adjust the physical zero point with screw S3. Turn the screw carefully. S3 S2 The cell´s electronic is light sensitive: When exposed to light while adjusting the zero point utilizing screw S3, a zero point shift may arise after the cover is closed. Tip: Shade the cell with a cloth when adjusting screw S3. A Step 5: Tighten the screw S2 with care, close the cover and check the zero point again. Note! If the cell itself does not provide a cover, close the instrument while checking the cell! You might have to re-adjust the zero point several times until it remains at the expected value. 8-36 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 6: Fix the closed cell´s cover with screw S1. S1 8 Troubleshooting This completes the zero point adjustment procedure. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-37 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.5 Thermal Conductivity Cell: Adjustment of Output Signal To adjust the zero signal of this measuring cell you need to have access to both sides of the related electronics board WAP 100. 8-38 A digital voltmeter (DVM) is required to measure and adjust several voltages! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 1: Check the solder bridges, located at the solder side of the board, for proper configuration: LB20 LB10 LB21 LB4 open closed closed open Troubleshooting LB10 LB4 2-5 LB21 1-4 LB20 Step 2: 8 Switch on the analyzer. The onboard LED will light up red and green. LED LED When the warmup time has elapsed, the LED flashes green. LED Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-39 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 3: Locate test connector P4 to measure the bridge voltage: P4.16 P4.15 R60 Bridge voltage (+) Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! P4.16 + Test connector P4 P4.15 _ Alternatively the GND signal (-) is accessible on the main board BKS, too: fig. 8-3, page 8-16) . Locate X11 ( The bridge voltage depends on range and sample gas and should be between 3V and 5V. Only if the WAP 100 board has been replaced, it is necessary to adjust the voltage with potentio-meter R60. 8-40 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 4: To adjust the physical zero point: Apply zero gas to the analyzer. P11/ P17 Connect the DVM to the following pins: P4.5 Raw signal (+) P4.15 Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! P4 P4.15 P4.5 Raw 8 Troubleshooting To adjust the physical zero point, it is necessary to install a resistor between P11/ P17 at position 1, 2, 3 or 4 (the following figure shows it at position 4). The position and value depends on the individual cell parameters. Proper configuration is a result of "try and error"! Change resistor and/or position until the voltage is 0 V ± 500 mV. P17 Finally solder in the resistor between P11/ P17. P11 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-41 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 5: To adjust the physical span: LB3 R119 P4 Apply span gas to the analyzer. Do not disconnect the DVM: P4.5 Raw signal (+) P4.15 Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! P4.15 P4.5 Raw Adjust the voltage to 10V utilizing R119. If 10V is not within the adjustable range, it is necessary to change the signal amplification with solder bridge LB3: For an amplification factor of 20 150 300 500 close 1-5 3-5 4-5 2-3-4-5 Step 6: Now once more check the zero point: Apply zero gas to the analyzer. Do not disconnect the DVM: The voltage should be 0 V ± 500 mV. If it does not, repeat from step 3! 8-42 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 7: To finetune the physical zero point: LB10 Close solder bridge LB10. Apply zero gas to the analyzer. Do not disconnect the DVM: P4.5 Raw signal (+) P4.15 Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! Now you can finetune the zero point to a minimum value, using R103. R103 P4.15 Troubleshooting P4.5 Raw P4 8 Check the zero point with zero gas again and perform a zero calibration. Check the full scale signal (10V at P4.5) with span gas and perform a span calibration. This step completes the adjustment of output procedure. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-43 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE 8-44 HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Chapter 9 Modbus Functions 9.1 Abstract MODBUS Protocol Specification: odbus_Application_Protocol_V1_1a. M pdf • MODBUS Serial Line Implementation Guide: Modbus_over_serial_line_V1.pdf. For a list of supported functions page 9-2 supported parameters and registers, ordered by parameter tag name ordered by register number page 9-22 page 9-20 9.1.1 Modbus TCP/IP Before using Modbus TCP/IP take care to configure the communication properly: 6-79. For Modbus TCP/IP the analyzer is factory configured to support DHCP servers: The moment, the powered instrument is connected Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG to a DHCP server via ethernet, it will receive a valid IP address and become visible in the network. If no DHCP server is available, configure the 6-79. IP address manually 9-1 9 • Modbus Commands This chapter lists all Modbus functions and registers supported by X-STREAM gas analyzers. Refer to the www.Modbus-IDA.org website for detailled documentation about programming the interface. At date of creation of this instruction manual the following documents were used: Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.2 Modbus - Supported Functions 9.2 Supported Functions Function Code decimal (hex) Modbus Function ReadCoils ReadDiscreteInputs ReadHoldingRegisters ReadInputRegisters WriteSingleCoil WriteSingleRegister Diagnostic WriteMultipleCoils WriteMultipleRegisters 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 15 16 (0x01) (0x02) (0x03) (0x04) (0x05) (0x06) (0x08) (0x0F) (0x10) Note 1) for registers of 2000 for registers of 1000 for registers of 3000, 8000, 9000 for registers of 4000, 8000, 9000 for registers of 2000 for registers of 3000 sub function "00 = Return Query Data" only for registers of 2000 for registers of 3000, 8000, 9000 Registers ranges 8000 and 9000 are Daniel long word or floating point registers. To calculate the related Modicon registers use the following table: 1) Daniel 8001 - 8499 9001 - 9999 equals equals Modicon 5001 - 5999 6001 - 7999 Data type long word floating point 9-2 or the following pages for comparisons of all Daniel and Modicon registers. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Note! The client access column in this list provides information about the read only (RO) or read/write (R/W) access restrictions for each parameter. Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description 2091 2091 Boolean R/W Control.Acknowledge.Failure 2092 2092 Boolean R/W Control.Acknowledge.FctChecks 2095 2095 Boolean R/W Control.Acknowledge.LevelAlarms 2096 2096 Boolean R/W Control.Acknowledge.MaintRequests 2094 2094 Boolean R/W Control.Acknowledge.OffSpecs 2093 2093 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.PumpState1 Control.ApplyGas.PumpState2 2081 2082 2081 2082 Boolean R/W Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve1 2051 2051 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve2 2052 2052 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve3 2053 2053 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve4 2054 2054 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve5 2055 2055 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve1 2061 2061 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve2 2065 2065 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve3 2069 2069 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve4 2073 2073 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve5 2077 2077 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve1 2062 2062 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve2 2066 2066 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve3 2070 2070 Boolean R/W Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1=Acknowledge device's states; 0=no effect 1=Acknowledge device's Namur Failure alarms; 0=no effect 1=Acknowledge device's Namur FctCheck alarms; 0=no effect 1=Acknowledge device's level alarms; 0=no effect 1=Acknowledge device's Namur MaintRequ alarms; 0=no effect 1=Acknowledge device's Namur Offspec alarms; 0=no effect Pump1 state (0=Off 1=On) Pump1 state (0=Off 1=On) 0=close all valves; 1=open sample valve comp1 0=close all valves; 1=open sample valve comp2 0=close all valves; 1=open sample valve comp3 0=close all valves; 1=open sample valve comp4 0=close all valves; 1=open sample valve comp5 0=open sample valve; 1=open span1 valve comp1 0=open sample valve; 1=open span1 valve comp2 0=open sample valve; 1=open span1 valve comp3 0=open sample valve; 1=open span1 valve comp4 0=open sample valve; 1=open span1 valve comp5 0=open sample valve; 1=open span2 valve comp1 0=open sample valve; 1=open span2 valve comp2 0=open sample valve; 1=open span2 valve comp3 9-3 9 Control.Acknowledge.AllStates Modbus Commands Modicon Daniel Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description Modicon Daniel Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve4 2074 2074 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve5 2078 2078 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve1 2063 2063 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve2 2067 2067 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve3 2071 2071 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve4 2075 2075 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve5 2079 2079 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve1 2064 2064 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve2 2068 2068 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve3 2072 2072 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve4 2076 2076 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve5 2080 2080 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve1 2056 2056 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve2 2057 2057 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve3 2058 2058 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve4 2059 2059 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve5 2060 2060 Boolean R/W Control.Calibration.Blowback_1 Control.Calibration.Blowback_2 Control.Calibration.Blowback_3 Control.Calibration.Blowback_4 Control.Calibration.Blowback_5 Control.Calibration.Blowback_All Control.Calibration.Calib_Cancel Control.Calibration.ProgSequence Control.Calibration.Span_1 Control.Calibration.Span_2 Control.Calibration.Span_3 Control.Calibration.Span_4 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2025 2026 2024 2006 2007 2008 2009 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2025 2026 2024 2006 2007 2008 2009 Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean 9-4 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 0=open sample valve; 1=open span2 valve comp4 0=open sample valve; 1=open span2 valve comp5 0=open sample valve; 1=open span3 valve comp1 0=open sample valve; 1=open span3 valve comp2 0=open sample valve; 1=open span3 valve comp3 0=open sample valve; 1=open span3 valve comp4 0=open sample valve; 1=open span3 valve comp5 0=open sample valve; 1=open span4 valve comp1 0=open sample valve; 1=open span4 valve comp2 0=open sample valve; 1=open span4 valve comp3 0=open sample valve; 1=open span4 valve comp4 0=open sample valve; 1=open span4 valve comp5 0=open sample valve; 1=open zero valve comp1 0=open sample valve; 1=open zero valve comp2 0=open sample valve; 1=open zero valve comp3 0=open sample valve; 1=open zero valve comp4 0=open sample valve; 1=open zero valve comp4 Blowback procedure comp1 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp2 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp3 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp4 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp5 (1=start) Blowback procedure all (1=start) Cancel any calibration (1=cancel) Zero+span calibration all (1=start) Span calibration comp1 (1=start) Span calibration comp2 (1=start) Span calibration comp3 (1=start) Span calibration comp4 (1=start) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Data Type Client Access Modicon Daniel 2010 2010 Boolean R/W 2022 2022 Boolean R/W 2001 2001 Boolean R/W 2002 2002 Boolean R/W 2003 2003 Boolean R/W 2004 2004 Boolean R/W 2005 2005 Boolean R/W 2021 2021 Boolean R/W 2011 2011 Boolean R/W 2012 2012 Boolean R/W 2013 2013 Boolean R/W 2014 2014 Boolean R/W 2015 2015 Boolean R/W 2023 2023 Boolean R/W Description Control.Range.CurrentRange1 3451 3451 Word R/W Control.Range.CurrentRange2 3452 3452 Word R/W Control.Range.CurrentRange3 3453 3453 Word R/W Control.Range.CurrentRange4 3454 3454 Word R/W Control.Range.CurrentRange5 3455 3455 Word R/W Info.InterfaceID 4033 4033 Word RO Span calibration comp5 (1=start) Span calibration all (1=start) Zero calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero calibration comp2 (1=start) Zero calibration comp3 (1=start) Zero calibration comp4 (1=start) Zero calibration comp5 (1=start) Zero calibration all (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration all (1=start) current range comp1 (0=R1, 1=R2, 2=R3, 3=R4) current range comp2 (0=R1, 1=R2, 2=R3, 3=R4) current range comp3 (0=R1, 1=R2, 2=R3, 3=R4) current range comp4 (0=R1, 1=R2, 2=R3, 3=R4) current range comp5 (0=R1, 1=R2, 2=R3, 3=R4) ID of used Interface(1=SerProc 2=SerSvc 17=ETH1 18=ETH2) RO software release version RO Version number of sensor firmware RO serial number of the device Info.ProgramVersion Info.SensorVersion Info.SerialNumber PV1 PV2 PV3 PV4 PV5 4011… 4016 4026 3141… 3147 6001… 6002 6003… 6004 6005… 6006 6007… 6008 6009… 6010 4011… String 4016 4026 Word 3141… String 3147 9001 Float RO Primary Variable 1 9002 Float RO Primary Variable 2 9003 Float RO Primary Variable 3 9004 Float RO Primary Variable 4 9005 Float RO Primary Variable 5 Service.Calibration.ChanProcMode1 3311 3311 Word R/W Service.Calibration.ChanProcMode2 3312 3312 Word R/W Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9 Control.Calibration.Span_5 Control.Calibration.Span_All Control.Calibration.Zero_1 Control.Calibration.Zero_2 Control.Calibration.Zero_3 Control.Calibration.Zero_4 Control.Calibration.Zero_5 Control.Calibration.Zero_All Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_1 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_2 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_3 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_4 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_5 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_All Address Modbus Commands Tag Name cal proc mode comp1 (0=Disabled 1=Manual 2=SingleAuto 3=AdvCal) cal proc mode comp2 (0=Disabled 1=Manual 2=SingleAuto 3=AdvCal) 9-5 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description Modicon Daniel Service.Calibration.ChanProcMode3 3313 3313 Word R/W Service.Calibration.ChanProcMode4 3314 3314 Word R/W Service.Calibration.ChanProcMode5 3315 3315 Word R/W 3316 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 4028 3251… 3266 4017… 4022 4027… 0000 3141… 3147 Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO String RO cal proc mode comp3 (0=Disabled 1=Manual 2=SingleAuto 3=AdvCal) cal proc mode comp4 (0=Disabled 1=Manual 2=SingleAuto 3=AdvCal) cal proc mode comp5 (0=Disabled 1=Manual 2=SingleAuto 3=AdvCal) Tubing (0=Parallel 1=Serial) built-in component1 built-in component2 built-in component3 built-in component4 built-in component5 Version number of CPLD firmware Infos stored for manufacturing purposes String RO software release date Word RO Build number of sensor firmware String R/W serial number of the device Service.Calibration.Tubing 3316 Service.General.ChannelActive1 3001 Service.General.ChannelActive2 3002 Service.General.ChannelActive3 3003 Service.General.ChannelActive4 3004 Service.General.ChannelActive5 3005 Service.General.Identification.CPLDVersion 4028 Service.General.Identification.Manufacturing- 3251… Info 3266 Service.General.Identification.ProgramVer4017… sionDate 4022 4027… Service.General.Identification.SensorBuild 0000 3141… Service.General.Identification.SerialNumber 3147 Enable Inputs Simulation of XDIO Card #1 Enable Inputs Simulation of XDIO Card #2 Simulation Input state of a XDIO Card #1 Simulation Input state of a XDIO Card #2 Service.IO.InputSimEnable1 3180 3180 Word R/W Service.IO.InputSimEnable2 3200 3200 Word R/W Service.IO.InputSimVal1 3235 3235 Word R/W Service.IO.InputSimVal2 3250 3250 Word R/W 9162 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp1 9164 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp2 9166 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp3 9168 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp4 9170 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp5 9161 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp1 9163 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp2 9165 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp3 9167 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp4 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange1 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange2 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange3 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange4 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange5 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange1 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange2 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange3 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange4 9-6 6323… 6324 6327… 6328 6331… 6332 6335… 6336 6339… 6340 6321… 6322 6325… 6326 6329… 6330 6333… 6334 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs5 Service.Measurement.Compensation. TfactConcCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation. TfactConcCoeffs2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modicon 6337… 6338 6541… 6548 6549… 6556 6557… 6564 6565… 6572 6573… 6580 9271… 9274 9275… 9278 9279… 9282 9283… 9286 9287… 9290 3421 Data Type Client Access Description Daniel 9169 Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W 3421 Word R/W 3422 3422 Word R/W 3423 3423 Word R/W 3424 3424 Word R/W 3425 3425 Word R/W 3426 3426 Word R/W 3427 3427 Word R/W 3428 3428 Word R/W 3429 3429 Word R/W 3430 3430 Word R/W 6441… 6448 6449… 6456 6457… 6464 6465… 6472 6473… 6480 6481… 6488 6489… 6496 9221… 9224 9225… 9228 9229… 9232 9233… 9236 9237… 9240 9241… 9244 9245… 9248 Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp5 polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp1 polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp2 polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp3 polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp4 polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp5 enable pressure span compensation of comp1 enable pressure span compensation of comp2 enable pressure span compensation of comp3 enable pressure span compensation of comp4 enable pressure span compensation of comp5 assign press-sensor of span comp1 (0=Man 1=DSP_P1 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp2 (0=Man 1=DSP_P1 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp3 (0=Man 1=DSP_P1 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp4 (0=Man 1=DSP_P1 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp5 (0=Man 1=DSP_P1 2=DSP_P2 etc.) polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp1 polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp2 polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp3 polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp4 polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp5 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp1 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp2 9-7 Modbus Commands Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange5 Address 9 Tag Name Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Service.Measurement.Compensation. TfactConcCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation. TfactConcCoeffs4 Service.Measurement.Compensation. TfactConcCoeffs5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs5 9-8 Address Modicon 6497… 6504 6505… 6512 6513… 6520 Data Type Daniel 9249… Float 9252 9253… Float 9256 9257… Float 9260 Client Access R/W R/W R/W 3411 3411 Word R/W 3412 3412 Word R/W 3413 3413 Word R/W 3414 3414 Word R/W 3415 3415 Word R/W 3416 3416 Word R/W 3417 3417 Word R/W 3418 3418 Word R/W 3419 3419 Word R/W 3420 3420 Word R/W 9266 Float RO 9267 Float RO 9268 Float RO 9269 Float RO 9270 Float RO Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W 6531… 6532 6533… 6534 6535… 6536 6537… 6538 6539… 6540 6401… 6408 6409… 6416 6417… 6424 6425… 6432 6433… 6440 9201… 9204 9205… 9208 9209… 9212 9213… 9216 9217… 9220 Description polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp3 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp4 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp5 enable temperature span compensation of comp1 enable temperature span compensation of comp2 enable temperature span compensation of comp3 enable temperature span compensation of comp4 enable temperature span compensation of comp5 assign temp-sensor of span comp1 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of span comp2 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of span comp3 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of span comp4 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of span comp5 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. temperature for span compensation of comp1 temperature for span compensation of comp2 temperature for span compensation of comp3 temperature for span compensation of comp4 temperature for span compensation of comp5 polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp1 polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp2 polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp3 polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp4 polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description 3401 Word R/W 3402 3402 Word R/W 3403 3403 Word R/W 3404 3404 Word R/W 3405 3405 Word R/W 3406 3406 Word R/W 3407 3407 Word R/W 3408 3408 Word R/W 3409 3409 Word R/W 3410 3410 Word R/W 9261 Float RO 9262 Float RO 9263 Float RO 9264 Float RO 9265 Float RO Word RO Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W 6521… 6522 6523… 6524 6525… 6526 6527… 6528 6529… 6530 3571… 3574 3575… 3578 3579… 3582 3583… 3586 3587… 3590 3571… 3574 3575… 3578 3579… 3582 3583… 3586 3587… 3590 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcSets1 3526 3526 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcSets2 3527 3527 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcSets3 3528 3528 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcResults1 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcResults2 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcResults3 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcResults4 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcResults5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG enable temperature zero compensation of comp1 enable temperature zero compensation of comp2 enable temperature zero compensation of comp3 enable temperature zero compensation of comp4 enable temperature zero compensation of comp5 assign temp-sensor of zero comp1 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of zero comp2 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of zero comp3 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of zero comp4 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of zero comp5 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. temperature for zero compensation of comp1 temperature for zero compensation of comp2 temperature for zero compensation of comp3 temperature for zero compensation of comp4 temperature for zero compensation of comp5 LinCalc results (P1..P4) comp1 (0=NoCoeff 1=Good 2=Busy ..) LinCalc results (P1..P4) comp2 (0=NoCoeff 1=Good 2=Busy ..) LinCalc results (P1..P4) comp3 (0=NoCoeff 1=Good 2=Busy ..) LinCalc results (P1..P4) comp4 (0=NoCoeff 1=Good 2=Busy ..) LinCalc results (P1..P4) comp5 (0=NoCoeff 1=Good 2=Busy ..) LinFct PolySets (0=All 1=P1 2=P2 3=P3 4=P4) comp1 LinFct PolySets (0=All 1=P1 2=P2 3=P3 4=P4) comp2 LinFct PolySets (0=All 1=P1 2=P2 3=P3 4=P4) comp3 9-9 9 3401 Modbus Commands Modicon Daniel Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature5 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description Modicon Daniel LinFct PolySets (0=All 1=P1 2=P2 3=P3 4=P4) comp4 LinFct PolySets (0=All 1=P1 2=P2 3=P3 4=P4) comp5 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcSets4 3529 3529 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcSets5 3530 3530 Word R/W 9593 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 9693 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 9793 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 9893 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 7185… 7186 7385… 7386 7585… 7586 7785… 7786 7985… 7986 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3551… 3554 3555… 3558 3559… 3562 3563… 3566 3567… 3570 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 9993 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3551… 3554 3555… 3558 3559… 3562 3563… 3566 3567… 3570 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus1 3516 3516 Word RO Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus2 3517 3517 Word RO Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus3 3518 3518 Word RO Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus4 3519 3519 Word RO Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus5 3520 3520 Word RO Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable polyn. linearizers (R1..R4) of comp1 Enable polyn. linearizers (R1..R4) of comp2 Enable polyn. linearizers (R1..R4) of comp3 Enable polyn. linearizers (R1..R4) of comp4 Enable polyn. linearizers (R1..R4) of comp5 Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1) Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1) Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1) Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1) Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1) Lin. status comp1 (0=Normal 1=Underflow 2=Overflow 3=Undefined) Lin. status comp2 (0=Normal 1=Underflow 2=Overflow 3=Undefined) Lin. status comp3 (0=Normal 1=Underflow 2=Overflow 3=Undefined) Lin. status comp4 (0=Normal 1=Underflow 2=Overflow 3=Undefined) Lin. status comp5 (0=Normal 1=Underflow 2=Overflow 3=Undefined) 7183… 7184 9592 Float RO Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff1 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff2 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff3 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff4 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable5 Service.Measurement.Lin.EnablePolyn1 Service.Measurement.Lin.EnablePolyn2 Service.Measurement.Lin.EnablePolyn3 Service.Measurement.Lin.EnablePolyn4 Service.Measurement.Lin.EnablePolyn5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations5 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue1 9-10 Linearizer Maximum Value of comp1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue3 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue4 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue5 Data Type Modicon Daniel 7383… 9692 Float 7384 7583… 9792 Float 7584 7783… 9892 Float 7784 7983… 9992 Float 7984 Client Access Description RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp2 RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp3 RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp4 RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp5 Linearization method of comp1 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp2 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp3 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp4 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp5 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Service.Measurement.Lin.Method1 3506 3506 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.Method2 3507 3507 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.Method3 3508 3508 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.Method4 3509 3509 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.Method5 3510 3510 Word R/W 9591 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp1 9691 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp2 9791 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp3 9891 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp4 9991 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp5 Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue1 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue2 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue3 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue4 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue5 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc1 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc2 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc3 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc4 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc5 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet1 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet2 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet3 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7181… 7182 7381… 7382 7581… 7582 7781… 7782 7981… 7982 7161… 7168 7361… 7368 7561… 7568 7761… 7768 7961… 7968 3531… 3534 3535… 3538 3539… 3542 3543… 3546 9581… 9584 9681… 9684 9781… 9784 9881… 9884 9981… 9984 3531… 3534 3535… 3538 3539… 3542 3543… 3546 Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp1 Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp2 Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp3 Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp4 Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp5 polyn. set of range1..4 comp1 (0=Poly1 1=Poly2 2=Poly3 3=Poly4) polyn. set of range1..4 comp2 (0=Poly1 1=Poly2 2=Poly3 3=Poly4) polyn. set of range1..4 comp3 (0=Poly1 1=Poly2 2=Poly3 3=Poly4) polyn. set of range1..4 comp4 (0=Poly1 1=Poly2 2=Poly3 3=Poly4) 9-11 Modbus Commands Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue2 Address 9 Tag Name Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet5 Service.Measurement.Lin.RefValPolySets1 Service.Measurement.Lin.RefValPolySets2 Service.Measurement.Lin.RefValPolySets3 Service.Measurement.Lin.RefValPolySets4 Service.Measurement.Lin.RefValPolySets5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs2 9-12 Address Modicon 3547… 3550 7193… 7200 7393… 7400 7593… 7600 7793… 7800 7993… 8000 7121… 7130 7321… 7330 7521… 7530 7721… 7730 7921… 7930 7131… 7140 7331… 7340 7531… 7540 7731… 7740 7931… 7940 7141… 7150 7341… 7350 7541… 7550 7741… 7750 7941… 7950 7151… 7160 7351… 7360 Daniel 3547… 3550 9597… 9600 9697… 9700 9797… 9800 9897… 9900 9997… 10000 9561… 9565 9661… 9665 9761… 9765 9861… 9865 9961… 9965 9566… 9570 9666… 9670 9766… 9770 9866… 9870 9966… 9970 9571… 9575 9671… 9675 9771… 9775 9871… 9875 9971… 9975 9576… 9580 9676… 9680 Data Type Client Access Word R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Description polyn. set of range1..4 comp5 (0=Poly1 1=Poly2 2=Poly3 3=Poly4), Reference value for PolynSets (P1..P4) of comp1 Reference value for PolynSets (P1..P4) of comp2 Reference value for PolynSets (P1..P4) of comp3 Reference value for PolynSets (P1..P4) of comp4 Reference value for PolynSets (P1..P4) of comp5 Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs5 Address Modicon 7551… 7560 7751… 7760 7951… 7960 Data Type Daniel 9776… Float 9780 9876… Float 9880 9976… Float 9980 Client Access R/W R/W R/W Description Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 LinFct c1: 1=On/Off 2=Calc 3=ToUSB 4=FromUSB 5=Install 6=ToFile LinFct c2: 1=On/Off 2=Calc 3=ToUSB 4=FromUSB 5=Install 6=ToFile LinFct c3: 1=On/Off 2=Calc 3=ToUSB 4=FromUSB 5=Install 6=ToFile LinFct c4: 1=On/Off 2=Calc 3=ToUSB 4=FromUSB 5=Install 6=ToFile LinFct c5: 1=On/Off 2=Calc 3=ToUSB 4=FromUSB 5=Install 6=ToFile Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction1 3511 3511 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction2 3512 3512 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction3 3513 3513 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction4 3514 3514 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction5 3515 3515 Word R/W 7001… 7006 7201… 7206 7401… 7406 7601… 7606 7801… 7806 7061… 7066 7261… 7266 7461… 7466 7661… 7666 7861… 7866 7169… 7176 7369… 7376 7569… 7576 7769… 7776 7969… 7976 9501… 9503 9601… 9603 9701… 9703 9801… 9803 9901… 9903 9531… 9533 9631… 9633 9731… 9733 9831… 9833 9931… 9933 9585… 9588 9685… 9688 9785… 9788 9885… 9888 9985… 9988 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp1 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp2 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp3 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp4 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp5 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp1 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp2 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp3 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp4 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp5 Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues2 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues3 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues4 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues5 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues1 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues2 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues3 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues4 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues5 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc1 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc2 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc3 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc4 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp1 Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp2 Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp3 Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp4 Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp5 9 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues1 Modbus Commands Tag Name 9-13 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue1 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue2 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue3 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue4 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue5 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawEnable1 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawEnable2 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawEnable3 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawEnable4 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawEnable5 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue1 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue2 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue3 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue4 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue5 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimXSPMuxEnable1 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimXSPMuxValue1 Service.Measurement.Simulation.XSPMuxValue1 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce1 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce2 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce3 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce4 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce5 9-14 Address Data Type Modicon Daniel 6011… 9006 Float 6012 6013… 9007 Float 6014 6015… 9008 Float 6016 6017… 9009 Float 6018 6019… 9010 Float 6020 Client Access Description RO value for rawPVA of comp1 RO value for rawPVA of comp2 RO value for rawPVA of comp3 RO value for rawPVA of comp4 RO value for rawPVA of comp5 3456 3456 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp1 3457 3457 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp2 3458 3458 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp3 3459 3459 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp4 3460 3460 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp5 9486 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp1 9487 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp2 9488 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp3 9489 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp4 9490 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp5 Word R/W Float R/W Float RO DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W 6971… 6972 6973… 6974 6975… 6976 6977… 6978 6979… 6980 3461… 3468 6981… 6996 6341… 6356 5311… 5318 5321… 5328 5331… 5338 5341… 5348 5351… 5358 3461… 3468 9491… 9498 9171… 9178 8156… 8159 8161… 8164 8166… 8169 8171… 8174 8176… 8179 enable simulation for XSP's multiplexer value1..8 simulation value for XSP's multiplexer value1..8 values for XSP's multiplexer value1..8 Forcing for comp1's state bitfield (b0:......) Forcing for comp2's state bitfield (b0:......) Forcing for comp3's state bitfield (b0:......) Forcing for comp4's state bitfield (b0:......) Forcing for comp5's state bitfield (b0:......) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit2 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit3 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit4 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit5 Service.Status.DeviceStates.DvcStateForce Service.Status.DeviceStates.DvcStateInhibit Service.Status.NAMUR.FailureMap Service.Status.NAMUR.FailureMask Service.Status.NAMUR.FctCheckMap Service.Status.NAMUR.FctCheckMask Service.Status.NAMUR.MaintMap Service.Status.NAMUR.MaintMask Service.Status.NAMUR.OffSpecMap Service.Status.NAMUR.OffSpecMask Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas1 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas2 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas3 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas4 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas5 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas1 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas2 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modicon 5251… 5258 5261… 5268 5271… 5278 5281… 5288 5291… 5298 5301… 5308 5241… 5248 5029… 5030 5021… 5022 5035… 5036 5027… 5028 5033… 5034 5025… 5026 5031… 5032 5023… 5024 6111… 6112 6113… 6114 6115… 6116 6117… 6118 6119… 6120 6101… 6102 6103… 6104 6105… 6106 Daniel 8126… 8129 8131… 8134 8136… 8139 8141… 8144 8146… 8149 8151… 8154 8121… 8124 Data Type Client Access Description Inhibit for comp1's state bitfield (b0:......) Inhibit for comp2's state bitfield (b0:......) Inhibit for comp3's state bitfield (b0:......) Inhibit for comp4's state bitfield (b0:......) Inhibit for comp5's state bitfield (b0:......) Forcing for device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) Inhibit for device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) Bitmask that maps cond. for failure source DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W 8015 DWord R/W 8011 DWord R/W 8018 DWord R/W 8014 DWord R/W 8017 DWord R/W 8013 DWord R/W 8016 DWord R/W 8012 DWord R/W 9056 Float R/W current zero gas of comp1 9057 Float R/W current zero gas of comp2 9058 Float R/W current zero gas of comp3 9059 Float R/W current zero gas of comp4 9060 Float R/W current zero gas of comp5 9051 Float R/W current zero gas of comp1 9052 Float R/W current zero gas of comp2 9053 Float R/W current zero gas of comp3 Bitmask that disables failure sources Bitmask that maps cond. for FctCheck source Bitmask that disables NAMUR FctCheck sources Bitmask that maps cond. for maintenance request source Bitmask that disables NAMUR maintenance request sources Bitmask that maps cond. to OffSpec source Bitmask that disables NAMUR OffSpec sources Modbus Commands Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit1 Address 9 Tag Name 9-15 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas4 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas5 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas1 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas2 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas3 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas4 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas5 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas1 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas2 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas3 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas4 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas5 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas1 9-16 Address Data Type Modicon Daniel 6107… 9054 Float 6108 6109… 9055 Float 6110 6261… 9131 Float 6262 6269… 9135 Float 6270 6277… 9139 Float 6278 6285… 9143 Float 6286 6293… 9147 Float 6294 6221… 9111 Float 6222 6229… 9115 Float 6230 6237… 9119 Float 6238 6245… 9123 Float 6246 6253… 9127 Float 6254 6263… 9132 Float 6264 6271… 9136 Float 6272 6279… 9140 Float 6280 6287… 9144 Float 6288 6295… 9148 Float 6296 6223… 9112 Float 6224 6231… 9116 Float 6232 6239… 9120 Float 6240 6247… 9124 Float 6248 6255… 9128 Float 6256 6265… 9133 Float 6266 Client Access Description R/W current zero gas of comp4 R/W current zero gas of comp5 R/W span gas of range1 of comp1 R/W span gas of range1 of comp2 R/W span gas of range1 of comp3 R/W span gas of range1 of comp4 R/W span gas of range1 of comp5 R/W zero gas of range1 of comp1 R/W zero gas of range1 of comp2 R/W zero gas of range1 of comp3 R/W zero gas of range1 of comp4 R/W zero gas of range1 of comp5 R/W span gas of range2 of comp1 R/W span gas of range2 of comp2 R/W span gas of range2 of comp3 R/W span gas of range2 of comp4 R/W span gas of range2 of comp5 R/W zero gas of range2 of comp1 R/W zero gas of range2 of comp2 R/W zero gas of range2 of comp3 R/W zero gas of range2 of comp4 R/W zero gas of range2 of comp5 R/W span gas of range3 of comp1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas1 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas2 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas3 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas4 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas5 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas1 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas2 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas3 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas4 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas5 Data Type Modicon Daniel 6273… 9137 Float 6274 6281… 9141 Float 6282 6289… 9145 Float 6290 6297… 9149 Float 6298 6225… 9113 Float 6226 6233… 9117 Float 6234 6241… 9121 Float 6242 6249… 9125 Float 6250 6257… 9129 Float 6258 6267… 9134 Float 6268 6275… 9138 Float 6276 6283… 9142 Float 6284 6291… 9146 Float 6292 6299… 9150 Float 6300 6227… 9114 Float 6228 6235… 9118 Float 6236 6243… 9122 Float 6244 6251… 9126 Float 6252 6259… 9130 Float 6260 Client Access R/W span gas of range3 of comp2 R/W span gas of range3 of comp3 R/W span gas of range3 of comp4 R/W span gas of range3 of comp5 R/W zero gas of range3 of comp1 R/W zero gas of range3 of comp2 R/W zero gas of range3 of comp3 R/W zero gas of range3 of comp4 R/W zero gas of range3 of comp5 R/W span gas of range4 of comp1 R/W span gas of range4 of comp2 R/W span gas of range4 of comp3 R/W span gas of range4 of comp4 R/W span gas of range4 of comp5 R/W zero gas of range4 of comp1 R/W zero gas of range4 of comp2 R/W zero gas of range4 of comp3 R/W zero gas of range4 of comp4 R/W zero gas of range4 of comp5 Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod1 3306 3306 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod2 3307 3307 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod3 3308 3308 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod4 3309 3309 Word R/W Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Description Modbus Commands Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas2 Address 9 Tag Name span cal method comp1 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) span cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) span cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) span cal method comp4 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) 9-17 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description Modicon Daniel span cal method comp5 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp1 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp3 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp4 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp5 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) Modbus 32Bit mode of Ethernet1 Modbus 32Bit mode of Ethernet2 Modbus 32Bit mode of serial COM Modbus 32Bit mode of serial service COM Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod5 3310 3310 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod1 3301 3301 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod2 3302 3302 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod3 3303 3303 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod4 3304 3304 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod5 3305 3305 Word R/W Setup.Communication.Eth1ModbusFt32 Setup.Communication.Eth2ModbusFt32 Setup.Communication.SIntModbusFt32 3400 3399 3397 3400 3399 3397 Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W Setup.Communication.SSvcModbusFt32 3398 3398 Word R/W 3071… 3074 3075… 3078 3079… 3082 3083… 3086 3087… 3090 3071… 3074 3075… 3078 3079… 3082 3083… 3086 3087… 3090 String R/W gas name of component1 String R/W gas name of component2 String R/W gas name of component3 String R/W gas name of component4 String R/W gas name of component5 Setup.Display.Component.Precision1 3036 3036 Word R/W Setup.Display.Component.Precision2 3037 3037 Word R/W Setup.Display.Component.Precision3 3038 3038 Word R/W Setup.Display.Component.Precision4 3039 3039 Word R/W Setup.Display.Component.Precision5 3040 3040 Word R/W Setup.Display.Component.PV_Unit1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_Unit2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_Unit3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_Unit4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_Unit5 3011 3016 3021 3026 3031 6301… 6302 6305… 6306 3011 3016 3021 3026 3031 Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 9151 Float R/W 9153 Float R/W Setup.Display.Component.Gasname1 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname2 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname3 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname4 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor2 9-18 decimal points displayed for component1 decimal points displayed for component2 decimal points displayed for component3 decimal points displayed for component4 decimal points displayed for component4 PV1 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% PV2 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% PV3 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% PV4 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% PV5 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit1 factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString5 Setup.Display.Component.Tag1 Setup.Display.Component.Tag2 Setup.Display.Component.Tag3 Setup.Display.Component.Tag4 Setup.Display.Component.Tag5 Setup.Display.Language Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label4 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modicon 6309… 6310 6313… 6314 6317… 6318 6303… 6304 6307… 6308 6311… 6312 6315… 6316 6319… 6320 3012… 3015 3017… 3020 3022… 3025 3027… 3030 3032… 3035 3041… 3045 3046… 3050 3051… 3055 3056… 3060 3061… 3065 3010 3101… 3104 3105… 3108 3109… 3112 3113… 3116 3117… 3120 Data Type Client Access Description Daniel factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit3 factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit4 factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit5 offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit1 offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit2 offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit3 offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit4 offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit5 9155 Float R/W 9157 Float R/W 9159 Float R/W 9152 Float R/W 9154 Float R/W 9156 Float R/W 9158 Float R/W 9160 Float R/W String R/W unit displayed for comp1 String R/W unit displayed for comp2 String R/W unit displayed for comp3 String R/W unit displayed for comp4 String R/W unit displayed for comp5 String R/W displayed tag for component1 String R/W displayed tag for component2 String R/W displayed tag for component3 String R/W displayed tag for component4 String R/W displayed tag for component5 Word R/W String R/W String R/W String R/W String R/W String R/W Language (0=EN 1=DE 2=FR ...) displayed label of measure display 1, Line 1 displayed label of measure display 1, Line 2 displayed label of measure display 1, Line 3 displayed label of measure display 1, Line 4 displayed label of measure display 1, Line 5 3012… 3015 3017… 3020 3022… 3025 3027… 3030 3032… 3035 3041… 3045 3046… 3050 3051… 3055 3056… 3060 3061… 3065 3010 3101… 3104 3105… 3108 3109… 3112 3113… 3116 3117… 3120 Modbus Commands Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor3 Address 9-19 9 Tag Name Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description Modicon Daniel Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line1 3091 3091 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line2 3092 3092 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line3 3093 3093 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line4 3094 3094 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line5 3095 3095 Word R/W 3121… 3124 3125… 3128 3129… 3132 3133… 3136 3137… 3140 String R/W String R/W String R/W String R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label5 3121… 3124 3125… 3128 3129… 3132 3133… 3136 3137… 3140 String R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line1 3096 3096 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line2 3097 3097 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line3 3098 3098 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line4 3099 3099 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line5 3100 3100 Word R/W 9184 Float R/W 9188 Float R/W 9192 Float R/W 9196 Float R/W 9200 Float R/W 9183 Float R/W 9187 Float R/W 9191 Float R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart3 9-20 6367… 6368 6375… 6376 6383… 6384 6391… 6392 6399… 6400 6365… 6366 6373… 6374 6381… 6382 assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 1 assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 2 assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 3 assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 4 assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 5 displayed label of measure display 2, Line 1 displayed label of measure display 2, Line 2 displayed label of measure display 2, Line 3 displayed label of measure display 2, Line 4 displayed label of measure display 2, Line 5 assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 1 assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 2 assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 3 assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 4 assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 5 fine adjustment for end range of output1 fine adjustment for end range of output2 fine adjustment for end range of output3 fine adjustment for end range of output4 fine adjustment for end range of output5 fine adjustment for start range of output1 fine adjustment for start range of output2 fine adjustment for start range of output3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart5 Data Type Modicon Daniel 6389… 9195 Float 6390 6397… 9199 Float 6398 Client Access R/W R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale1 3273 3273 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale2 3278 3278 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale3 3283 3283 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale4 3288 3288 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale5 3293 3293 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.CutMode1 3296 3296 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.CutMode2 3297 3297 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.CutMode3 3298 3298 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.CutMode4 3299 3299 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.CutMode5 3300 3300 Word R/W 9182 Float R/W 9186 Float R/W 9190 Float R/W 9194 Float R/W 9198 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange5 6363… 6364 6371… 6372 6379… 6380 6387… 6388 6395… 6396 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode1 3274 3274 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode2 3279 3279 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode3 3284 3284 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode4 3289 3289 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode5 3294 3294 Word R/W 6583… 6584 9292 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.HighCutOff1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Description fine adjustment for start range of output4 fine adjustment for start range of output5 Auto scale for ranged signals on output1 (0=N0 1=Yes) Auto scale for ranged signals on output2 (0=N0 1=Yes) Auto scale for ranged signals on output3 (0=N0 1=Yes) Auto scale for ranged signals on output4 (0=N0 1=Yes) Auto scale for ranged signals on output5 (0=N0 1=Yes) Cut mode on output1 (0=Standard 1=Config) Cut mode on output2 (0=Standard 1=Config) Cut mode on output3 (0=Standard 1=Config) Cut mode on output4 (0=Standard 1=Config) Cut mode on output5 (0=Standard 1=Config) level where analoge output scaling ends on output1 level where analoge output scaling ends on output2 level where analoge output scaling ends on output3 level where analoge output scaling ends on output4 level where analoge output scaling ends on output5 Behavior on errors output1 (0=Track 1=-10%Start 2=+10%End) Behavior on errors output2 (0=Track 1=-10%Start 2=+10%End) Behavior on errors output3 (0=Track 1=-10%Start 2=+10%End) Behavior on errors output4 (0=Track 1=-10%Start 2=+10%End) Behavior on errors output5 (0=Track 1=-10%Start 2=+10%End) higher cut off (mA) for analog output1 9-21 Modbus Commands Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart4 Address 9 Tag Name Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Setup.In/Outputs.AO.HighCutOff2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.HighCutOff3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.HighCutOff4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.HighCutOff5 Address Data Type Modicon Daniel 6587… 9294 Float 6588 6591… 9296 Float 6592 6595… 9298 Float 6596 6599… 9300 Float 6600 Client Access Description R/W higher cut off (mA) for analog output2 R/W higher cut off (mA) for analog output2 R/W higher cut off (mA) for analog output4 R/W higher cut off (mA) for analog output5 Hold output1 on calibrations (0=Track 1=Hold) Hold output2 on calibrations (0=Track 1=Hold) Hold output3 on calibrations (0=Track 1=Hold) Hold output4 on calibrations (0=Track 1=Hold) Hold output5 on calibrations (0=Track 1=Hold) Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold1 3275 3275 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold2 3280 3280 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold3 3285 3285 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold4 3290 3290 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold5 3295 3295 Word R/W 9291 Float R/W lower cut off (mA) for analog output1 9293 Float R/W lower cut off (mA) for analog output2 9295 Float R/W lower cut off (mA) for analog output3 9297 Float R/W lower cut off (mA) for analog output4 9299 Float R/W lower cut off (mA) for analog output5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.NumberOuts 6581… 6582 6585… 6586 6589… 6590 6593… 6594 6597… 6598 3270 3270 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange1 3272 3272 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange2 3277 3277 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange3 3282 3282 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange4 3287 3287 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange5 3292 3292 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn5 3271 3276 3281 3286 3291 6361… 6362 3271 3276 3281 3286 3291 Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 9181 Float R/W number of analog outputs range of output1 (0=0..20mA 1=420mA) range of output2 (0=0..20mA 1=420mA) range of output3 (0=0..20mA 1=420mA) range of output4 (0=0..20mA 1=420mA) range of output5 (0=0..20mA 1=420mA) assigned signal output1 assigned signal output2 assigned signal output3 assigned signal output4 assigned signal output5 level where analoge output scaling starts on output1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.LowCutOff1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.LowCutOff2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.LowCutOff3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.LowCutOff4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.LowCutOff5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange1 9-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange5 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI1 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI10 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI11 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI12 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI13 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI14 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI2 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI3 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI4 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI5 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI6 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI7 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI8 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI9 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI1 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI10 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI11 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI12 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI13 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI14 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI2 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI3 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI4 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI5 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI6 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI7 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI8 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI9 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO1 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO10 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO11 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO12 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO13 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO14 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO15 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Modicon Daniel 6369… 9185 Float 6370 6377… 9189 Float 6378 6385… 9193 Float 6386 6393… 9197 Float 6394 3221 3221 Word 3238 3238 Word 3239 3239 Word 3240 3240 Word 3241 3241 Word 3242 3242 Word 3222 3222 Word 3223 3223 Word 3224 3224 Word 3225 3225 Word 3226 3226 Word 3227 3227 Word 3236 3236 Word 3237 3237 Word 3228 3228 Word 3245 3245 Word 3246 3246 Word 3247 3247 Word 3248 3248 Word 3249 3249 Word 3229 3229 Word 3230 3230 Word 3231 3231 Word 3232 3232 Word 3233 3233 Word 3234 3234 Word 3243 3243 Word 3244 3244 Word 3151 3151 Word 3166 3166 Word 3167 3167 Word 3168 3168 Word 3169 3169 Word 3181 3181 Word 3182 3182 Word 3183 3183 Word Client Access R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Description level where analoge output scaling starts on output2 level where analoge output scaling starts on output3 level where analoge output scaling starts on output4 level where analoge output scaling starts on output5 node of DigInp1 / XDIO1 Inp1 node of DigInp10 / XDIO2 Inp3 node of DigInp11 / XDIO2 Inp4 node of DigInp12 / XDIO2 Inp5 node of DigInp13 / XDIO2 Inp6 node of DigInp14 / XDIO2 Inp7 node of DigInp2 / XDIO1 Inp2 node of DigInp3 / XDIO1 Inp3 node of DigInp4 / XDIO1 Inp4 node of DigInp5 / XDIO1 Inp5 node of DigInp6 / XDIO1 Inp6 node of DigInp7 / XDIO1 Inp7 node of DigInp8 / XDIO2 Inp1 node of DigInp9 / XDIO2 Inp2 signal of DigInp1 / XDIO1 Inp1 signal of DigInp10 / XDIO2 Inp3 signal of DigInp11 / XDIO2 Inp4 signal of DigInp12 / XDIO2 Inp5 signal of DigInp13 / XDIO2 Inp6 signal of DigInp14 / XDIO2 Inp7 signal of DigInp2 / XDIO1 Inp2 signal of DigInp3 / XDIO1 Inp3 signal of DigInp4 / XDIO1 Inp4 signal of DigInp5 / XDIO1 Inp5 signal of DigInp6 / XDIO1 Inp6 signal of DigInp7 / XDIO1 Inp7 signal of DigInp8 / XDIO2 Inp1 signal of DigInp9 / XDIO2 Inp2 node of DigOut1 / XPSA node of DigOut10 / XDIO1 Out6 node of DigOut11 / XDIO1 Out7 node of DigOut12 / XDIO1 Out8 node of DigOut13 / XDIO1 Out9 node of DigOut14 / XDIO2 Out1 node of DigOut15 / XDIO2 Out2 node of DigOut16 / XDIO2 Out3 Modbus Commands Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange2 Address 9 Tag Name 9-23 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO17 Address Data Type Modicon Daniel 3184 3184 Word Client Access Description R/W node of DigOut17 / XDIO2 Out4 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO18 3185 3185 Word R/W node of DigOut18 / XDIO2 Out5 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO19 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO2 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO20 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO21 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO22 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO3 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO4 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO5 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO6 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO7 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO8 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO9 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO1 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO10 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO11 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO12 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO13 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO14 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO15 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO16 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO17 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO18 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO19 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO2 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO20 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO21 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO22 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO3 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO4 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO5 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO6 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO7 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO8 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO9 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas3 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas4 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas5 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas6 3186 3152 3187 3188 3189 3153 3154 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3156 3176 3177 3178 3179 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3157 3197 3198 3199 3158 3159 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3186 3152 3187 3188 3189 3153 3154 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3156 3176 3177 3178 3179 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3157 3197 3198 3199 3158 3159 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W node of DigOut19 / XDIO2 Out6 node of DigOut2 / XPSA node of DigOut20 / XDIO2 Out7 node of DigOut21 / XDIO2 Out8 node of DigOut22 / XDIO2 Out9 node of DigOut3 / XPSA node of DigOut4 / XPSA node of DigOut5 / XDIO1 Out1 node of DigOut6 / XDIO1 Out2 node of DigOut7 / XDIO1 Out3 node of DigOut8 / XDIO1 Out4 node of DigOut9 / XDIO1 Out5 signal of DigOut1 / XPSA signal of DigOut10 / XDIO1 Out6 signal of DigOut11 / XDIO1 Out7 signal of DigOut12 / XDIO1 Out8 signal of DigOut13 / XDIO1 Out9 signal of DigOut14 / XDIO2 Out1 signal of DigOut15 / XDIO2 Out2 signal of DigOut16 / XDIO2 Out3 signal of DigOut17 / XDIO2 Out4 signal of DigOut18 / XDIO2 Out5 signal of DigOut19 / XDIO2 Out6 signal of DigOut2 / XPSA signal of DigOut20 / XDIO2 Out7 signal of DigOut21 / XDIO2 Out8 signal of DigOut22 / XDIO2 Out9 signal of DigOut3 / XPSA signal of DigOut4 / XPSA signal of DigOut5 / XDIO1 Out1 signal of DigOut6 / XDIO1 Out2 signal of DigOut7 / XDIO1 Out3 signal of DigOut8 / XDIO1 Out4 signal of DigOut9 / XDIO1 Out5 node of SHS GasOut1 node of SHS GasOut2 node of SHS GasOut3 node of SHS GasOut4 node of SHS GasOut5 node of SHS GasOut6 9-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_3 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_4 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_5 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_3 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_4 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_5 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_3 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_4 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_5 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Modicon Daniel 3207 3207 Word 3208 3208 Word 3209 3209 Word 3210 3210 Word 3211 3211 Word 3212 3212 Word 3213 3213 Word 3214 3214 Word 3215 3215 Word 3216 3216 Word 3217 3217 Word 3218 3218 Word 3219 3219 Word 3220 3220 Word 6043… 9022 Float 6044 6047… 9024 Float 6048 6051… 9026 Float 6052 6055… 9028 Float 6056 6059… 9030 Float 6060 6143… 9072 Float 6144 6159… 9080 Float 6160 6175… 9088 Float 6176 6191… 9096 Float 6192 6207… 9104 Float 6208 6147… 9074 Float 6148 6163… 9082 Float 6164 6179… 9090 Float 6180 6195… 9098 Float 6196 6211… 9106 Float 6212 6151… 9076 Float 6152 Client Access Description R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W node of SHS GasOut7 node of SHS GasOut8 node of SHS Pump1 node of SHS Pump1 signal of SHS GasOut1 signal of SHS GasOut2 signal of SHS GasOut3 signal of SHS GasOut4 signal of SHS GasOut5 signal of SHS GasOut6 signal of SHS GasOut7 signal of SHS GasOut8 signal of SHS Pump1 signal of SHS Pump1 R/W end of current range of comp1 R/W end of current range of comp2 R/W end of current range of comp3 R/W end of current range of comp4 R/W end of current range of comp5 R/W end of range1 of comp1 R/W end of range1 of comp2 R/W end of range1 of comp3 R/W end of range1 of comp4 R/W end of range1 of comp5 R/W end of range2 of comp1 R/W end of range2 of comp2 R/W end of range2 of comp3 R/W end of range2 of comp4 R/W end of range2 of comp5 R/W end of range3 of comp1 Modbus Commands Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas7 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas8 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Pump1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Pump2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas3 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas4 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas5 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas6 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas7 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas8 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Pump1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Pump2 Address 9 Tag Name 9-25 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_3 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_4 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_5 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_3 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_4 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_5 Address Data Type Modicon Daniel 6167… 9084 Float 6168 6183… 9092 Float 6184 6199… 9100 Float 6200 6215… 9108 Float 6216 6155… 9078 Float 6156 6171… 9086 Float 6172 6187… 9094 Float 6188 6203… 9102 Float 6204 6219… 9110 Float 6220 Client Access Description R/W end of range3 of comp2 R/W end of range3 of comp3 R/W end of range3 of comp4 R/W end of range3 of comp5 R/W end of range4 of comp1 R/W end of range4 of comp2 R/W end of range4 of comp3 R/W end of range4 of comp4 R/W end of range4 of comp5 Method for range switching Comp1 (0=Manual,1=Auto,2=DigInput) Method for range switching Comp2 (0=Manual,1=Auto,2=DigInput) Method for range switching Comp3 (0=Manual,1=Auto,2=DigInput) Method for range switching Comp4 (0=Manual,1=Auto,2=DigInput) Method for range switching Comp5 (0=Manual,1=Auto,2=DigInput) Setup.Measurement.RangeControlMode1 3446 3446 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.RangeControlMode2 3447 3447 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.RangeControlMode3 3448 3448 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.RangeControlMode4 3449 3449 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.RangeControlMode5 3450 3450 Word R/W 9021 Float R/W start of current range of comp1 9023 Float R/W start of current range of comp2 9025 Float R/W start of current range of comp3 9027 Float R/W start of current range of comp4 9029 Float R/W start of current range of comp5 9071 Float R/W start of range1 of comp1 9079 Float R/W start of range1 of comp2 9087 Float R/W start of range1 of comp3 9095 Float R/W start of range1 of comp4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_5 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_4 9-26 6041… 6042 6045… 6046 6049… 6050 6053… 6054 6057… 6058 6141… 6142 6157… 6158 6173… 6174 6189… 6190 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_5 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_5 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_5 Data Type Modicon Daniel 6205… 9103 Float 6206 6145… 9073 Float 6146 6161… 9081 Float 6162 6177… 9089 Float 6178 6193… 9097 Float 6194 6209… 9105 Float 6210 6149… 9075 Float 6150 6165… 9083 Float 6166 6181… 9091 Float 6182 6197… 9099 Float 6198 6213… 9107 Float 6214 6153… 9077 Float 6154 6169… 9085 Float 6170 6185… 9093 Float 6186 6201… 9101 Float 6202 6217… 9109 Float 6218 Client Access R/W start of range1 of comp5 R/W start of range2 of comp1 R/W start of range2 of comp2 R/W start of range2 of comp3 R/W start of range2 of comp4 R/W start of range2 of comp5 R/W start of range3 of comp1 R/W start of range3 of comp2 R/W start of range3 of comp3 R/W start of range3 of comp4 R/W start of range3 of comp5 R/W start of range4 of comp1 R/W start of range4 of comp2 R/W start of range4 of comp3 R/W start of range4 of comp4 R/W start of range4 of comp5 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor1 3476 3476 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor2 3477 3477 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor3 3478 3478 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor4 3479 3479 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor5 3480 3480 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable1 3471 3471 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable2 3472 3472 Word R/W Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Description Compute cross interference factor comp1 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp2 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp3 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp4 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp5 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Enable cross interference compensation for comp1 Enable cross interference compensation for comp2 9-27 Modbus Commands Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_5 Address 9 Tag Name Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description Modicon Daniel Enable cross interference compensation for comp3 Enable cross interference compensation for comp4 Enable cross interference compensation for comp5 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable3 3473 3473 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable4 3474 3474 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable5 3475 3475 Word R/W 6609… 6616 6669… 6676 6729… 6736 6789… 6796 6849… 6856 6625… 6632 6685… 6692 6745… 6752 6805… 6812 6865… 6872 6617… 6624 6677… 6684 6737… 6744 6797… 6804 6857… 6864 4051… 4054 4055… 4058 4059… 4062 4063… 4066 4067… 4070 9305… 9308 9335… 9338 9365… 9368 9395… 9398 9425… 9428 9313… 9316 9343… 9346 9373… 9376 9403… 9406 9433… 9436 9309… 9312 9339… 9342 9369… 9372 9399… 9402 9429… 9432 4051… 4054 4055… 4058 4059… 4062 4063… 4066 4067… 4070 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp1 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp2 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp3 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp4 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp5 Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Word RO Word RO Word RO Word RO Word RO Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors5 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs5 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences5 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates5 9-28 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp1 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp2 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp3 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp4 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp5 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp1 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp2 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp3 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp4 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp5 Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp1 Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp2 Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp3 Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp4 Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues5 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources5 Status.CalcResultA Status.CalcResultB Status.CalcResultC Status.CalcResultD Status.DeviceStates.AnyCalib Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState1 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState2 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState3 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState4 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState5 Status.DeviceStates.DeviceState Status.Diagnostics.AfterLinConce1 Status.Diagnostics.AfterLinConce2 Status.Diagnostics.AfterLinConce3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modicon 6601… 6608 6661… 6668 6721… 6728 6781… 6788 6841… 6848 3481… 3484 3485… 3488 3489… 3492 3493… 3496 3497… 3500 6091… 6092 6093… 6094 6095… 6096 6097… 6098 1001 5191… 5198 5201… 5208 5211… 5218 5221… 5228 5231… 5238 5181… 5188 6909… 6910 6923… 6924 6937… 6938 Daniel 9301… 9304 9331… 9334 9361… 9364 9391… 9394 9421… 9424 3481… 3484 3485… 3488 3489… 3492 3493… 3496 3497… 3500 Data Type Client Access Description Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp1 Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp2 Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp3 Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp4 Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp5 Interf. sources 1..4 comp1 (0=None 1=Conc1 2=Conc2 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp2 (0=None 1=Conc1 2=Conc2 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp3 (0=None 1=Conc1 2=Conc2 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp4 (0=None 1=Conc1 2=Conc2 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp5 (0=None 1=Conc1 2=Conc2 6=AIN1 etc.) Float RO Float RO Float RO Float RO Float RO Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W 9046 Float RO Result of calculator A 9047 Float RO Result of calculator B 9048 Float RO Result of calculator C 9049 Float RO Result of calculator D 1001 8096… 8099 8101… 8104 8106… 8109 8111… 8114 8116… 8119 8091… 8094 Boolean RO Modbus Commands Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues1 Address Any calibration in progress DWord RO component1's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component2's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component3's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component4's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component5's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) 9455 Float RO after linear. conc component1 9462 Float RO after linear. conc component2 9469 Float RO after linear. conc component3 9 Tag Name 9-29 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Status.Diagnostics.AfterLinConce4 Status.Diagnostics.AfterLinConce5 Status.Diagnostics.BeforeLinConce1 Status.Diagnostics.BeforeLinConce2 Status.Diagnostics.BeforeLinConce3 Status.Diagnostics.BeforeLinConce4 Address Data Type Modicon Daniel 6951… 9476 Float 6952 6965… 9483 Float 6966 6907… 9454 Float 6908 6921… 9461 Float 6922 6935… 9468 Float 6936 6949… 9475 Float 6950 Client Access Description RO after linear. conc component4 RO after linear. conc component5 RO before linear. conc comp1 RO before linear. conc comp2 RO before linear. conc comp3 RO before linear. conc comp4 Status.Diagnostics.BeforeLinConce5 6963… 6964 9482 Float RO before linear. conc comp5 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue1 6341… 6342 9171 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 1 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue2 6343… 6344 9172 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 2 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue3 6345… 6346 9173 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 3 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue4 6347… 6348 9174 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 4 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue5 6349… 6350 9175 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 5 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue6 6351… 6352 9176 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 6 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue7 6353… 6354 9177 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 7 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue8 6355… 6356 9178 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 8 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce1 6021… 6022 9011 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component1 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce2 6025… 6026 9013 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component2 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce3 6029… 6030 9015 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component3 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce4 6033… 6034 9017 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component4 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce5 6037… 6038 9019 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component5 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce1 6011… 6012 9006 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component1 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce2 6013… 6014 9007 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component2 9-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce3 Address Data Type Modicon Daniel 6015… 9008 Float 6016 Client Access Description RO raw ADC quotient of component3 6017… 6018 9009 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component4 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce5 6019… 6020 9010 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component4 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce1 6023… 6024 9012 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component1 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce2 6027… 6028 9014 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component2 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce3 6031… 6032 9016 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component3 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce4 6035… 6036 9018 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component4 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce5 6039… 6040 9020 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component5 Status.Flow1 6071… 6072 9036 Float RO flow of comp1 Status.Flow2 6073… 6074 9037 Float RO flow of comp2 Status.Flow3 6075… 6076 9038 Float RO flow of comp3 Status.Flow4 6077… 6078 9039 Float RO flow of comp4 Status.Flow5 6079… 6080 9040 Float RO flow of comp5 Status.IO.InputState1 4037 4037 Word RO Input state of a Digital Input Card #1 Status.IO.InputState2 4039 4039 Word RO Input state of a Digital Input Card #2 Status.IO.OutputState1 4036 4036 Word RO Output state of a XDIO Card #1 Status.IO.OutputState2 4038 4038 Word RO Output state of a XDIO Card #2 Status.IO.PSAOutputState 4035 4035 Word RO DOut state of a PSA Card 4040 4040 Word RO state of a PSA Card's SHS Status.IO.PSASHSState Modbus Commands Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce4 Status.IO.ValveState 5361… 5362 8181 DWord RO Valve state bitfield (b0=V1, b1=V2, .... b19=V20) Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp1 5049… 5050 8025 DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are component1 related Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp2 5057… 5058 8029 DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are component2 related Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp3 5065… 5066 8033 DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are component3 related Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp4 5073… 5074 8037 DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are component4 related Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-31 9 Tag Name Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp5 Address Data Type Modicon Daniel 5081… 8041 DWord 5082 Client Access Description RO NamurFailure alarms that are component5 related Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmDev 5041… 5042 8021 DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are device related Status.NamurStates.FailureActive 5009… 5010 8005 DWord RO Namur Failure active bitfield Status.NamurStates.FailureAlarm 5001… 5002 8001 DWord RO Namur Failure alarm bitfield Status.NamurStates.FctCheckActive 5015… 5016 8008 DWord RO Namur Function Check active bitfield Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarm 5007… 5008 8004 DWord RO Namur Function Check alarm bitfield Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp1 5055… 5056 8028 DWord RO Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp2 5063… 5064 8032 DWord RO Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp3 5071… 5072 8036 DWord RO Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp4 5079… 5080 8040 DWord RO Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp5 5087… 5088 8044 DWord RO Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmDev 5047… 5048 8024 DWord RO Namur FctCheck alarms that are device related Status.NamurStates.MaintRequActive 5013… 5014 8007 DWord RO Namur Maintenance Request active bitfield Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarm 5005… 5006 8003 DWord RO Namur Maintenance Request alarm bitfield Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp1 5053… 5054 8027 DWord RO Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component1 related Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp2 5061… 5062 8031 DWord RO Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component2 related Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp3 5069… 5070 8035 DWord RO Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component3 related Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp4 5077… 5078 8039 DWord RO Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component4 related Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp5 5085… 5086 8043 DWord RO Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component5 related Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmDev 5045… 5046 8023 DWord RO NamurMaintRequ alarms that are device related 4001 4001 Word RO NAMUR sum state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarm 9-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access Description 4003 4003 Word RO comp1's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh2 4004 4004 Word RO comp2's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh3 4005 4005 Word RO comp3's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh4 4006 4006 Word RO comp4's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh5 4007 4007 Word RO comp4's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmDevice 4002 4002 Word RO device's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) Status.NamurStates.OffSpecActive 5011… 5012 8006 DWord RO Namur Off-spec active bitfield Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarm 5003… 5004 8002 DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarm bitfield Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp1 5051… 5052 8026 DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarms that are component1 related Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp2 5059… 5060 8030 DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarms that are component2 related Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp3 5067… 5068 8034 DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarms that are component3 related Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp4 5075… 5076 8038 DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarms that are component4 related Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp5 5083… 5084 8042 DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarms that are component5 related Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmDev 5043… 5044 8022 DWord RO NamurOff-spec alarms that are device related Status.Pressure1 6061… 6062 9031 Float RO pressure of comp1 Status.Pressure2 6063… 6064 9032 Float RO pressure of comp2 Status.Pressure3 6065… 6066 9033 Float RO pressure of comp3 Status.Pressure4 6067… 6068 9034 Float RO pressure of comp4 Status.Pressure5 6069… 6070 9035 Float RO pressure of comp5 Status.Temperature1 6081… 6082 9041 Float RO temperature of comp1 Status.Temperature2 6083… 6084 9042 Float RO temperature of comp2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9 Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh1 Modbus Commands Modicon Daniel 9-33 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Status.Temperature3 Address Data Type Modicon Daniel 6085… 9043 Float 6086 Client Access Description RO temperature of comp3 Status.Temperature4 6087… 6088 9044 Float RO temperature of comp4 Status.Temperature5 6089… 6090 9045 Float RO temperature of comp5 9-34 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Modicon 1001 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 Status.DeviceStates.AnyCalib Control.Calibration.Zero_1 Control.Calibration.Zero_2 Control.Calibration.Zero_3 Control.Calibration.Zero_4 Control.Calibration.Zero_5 Control.Calibration.Span_1 Control.Calibration.Span_2 Control.Calibration.Span_3 Control.Calibration.Span_4 Control.Calibration.Span_5 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_1 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_2 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_3 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_4 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_5 Control.Calibration.Blowback_1 Control.Calibration.Blowback_2 Control.Calibration.Blowback_3 Control.Calibration.Blowback_4 Control.Calibration.Blowback_5 Control.Calibration.Zero_All Control.Calibration.Span_All Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_All Control.Calibration.ProgSequence Control.Calibration.Blowback_All Control.Calibration.Calib_Cancel Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve1 Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve2 Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve3 Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve4 Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve5 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve1 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve2 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve3 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve4 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve5 Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve1 Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve1 Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve1 Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve1 Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve2 Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Client Access RO R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Description Any calibration in progress Zero calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero calibration comp2 (1=start) Zero calibration comp3 (1=start) Zero calibration comp4 (1=start) Zero calibration comp5 (1=start) Span calibration comp1 (1=start) Span calibration comp2 (1=start) Span calibration comp3 (1=start) Span calibration comp4 (1=start) Span calibration comp5 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp1 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp2 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp3 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp4 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp5 (1=start) Zero calibration all (1=start) Span calibration all (1=start) Zero+span calibration all (1=start) Zero+span calibration all (1=start) Blowback procedure all (1=start) Cancel any calibration (1=cancel) 0=close all valves; 1=open sample valve comp1 0=close all valves; 1=open sample valve comp2 0=close all valves; 1=open sample valve comp3 0=close all valves; 1=open sample valve comp4 0=close all valves; 1=open sample valve comp5 0=open sample valve; 1=open zero valve comp1 0=open sample valve; 1=open zero valve comp2 0=open sample valve; 1=open zero valve comp3 0=open sample valve; 1=open zero valve comp4 0=open sample valve; 1=open zero valve comp4 0=open sample valve; 1=open span1 valve comp1 0=open sample valve; 1=open span2 valve comp1 0=open sample valve; 1=open span3 valve comp1 0=open sample valve; 1=open span4 valve comp1 0=open sample valve; 1=open span1 valve comp2 0=open sample valve; 1=open span2 valve comp2 9-35 Modbus Commands Daniel 1001 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 Tag Name 9 Address Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2091 Modicon 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2091 Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve2 Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve2 Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve3 Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve3 Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve3 Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve3 Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve4 Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve4 Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve4 Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve4 Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve5 Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve5 Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve5 Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve5 Control.ApplyGas.PumpState1 Control.ApplyGas.PumpState2 Control.Acknowledge.AllStates Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean 2092 2092 Control.Acknowledge.Failure Boolean R/W 2093 2093 Control.Acknowledge.OffSpecs Boolean R/W 2094 2094 Control.Acknowledge.MaintRequests Boolean R/W 2095 2095 Control.Acknowledge.FctChecks Boolean R/W 2096 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3010 2096 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3010 Boolean Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 3011 3011 Word R/W PV1 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% 3016 3016 Word R/W PV2 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% 3021 3021 Word R/W PV3 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% 3026 3026 Word R/W PV4 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% 3031 3031 Word R/W PV5 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% 3036 3036 Control.Acknowledge.LevelAlarms Service.General.ChannelActive1 Service.General.ChannelActive2 Service.General.ChannelActive3 Service.General.ChannelActive4 Service.General.ChannelActive5 Setup.Display.Language Setup.Display.Component.PV_ Unit1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ Unit2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ Unit3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ Unit4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ Unit5 Setup.Display.Component.Precision1 0=open sample valve; 1=open span3 valve comp2 0=open sample valve; 1=open span4 valve comp2 0=open sample valve; 1=open span1 valve comp3 0=open sample valve; 1=open span2 valve comp3 0=open sample valve; 1=open span3 valve comp3 0=open sample valve; 1=open span4 valve comp3 0=open sample valve; 1=open span1 valve comp4 0=open sample valve; 1=open span2 valve comp4 0=open sample valve; 1=open span3 valve comp4 0=open sample valve; 1=open span4 valve comp4 0=open sample valve; 1=open span1 valve comp5 0=open sample valve; 1=open span2 valve comp5 0=open sample valve; 1=open span3 valve comp5 0=open sample valve; 1=open span4 valve comp5 Pump1 state (0=Off 1=On) Pump1 state (0=Off 1=On) 1=Acknowledge device's states; 0=no effect 1=Acknowledge device's Namur Failure alarms; 0=no effect 1=Acknowledge device's Namur Off-spec alarms; 0=no effect 1=Acknowledge device's Namur MaintRequ alarms; 0=no effect 1=Acknowledge device's Namur FctCheck alarms; 0=no effect 1=Acknowledge device's level alarms; 0=no effect built-in component1 built-in component2 built-in component3 built-in component4 built-in component5 Language (0=EN 1=DE 2=FR ...) Word R/W decimal points displayed for component1 9-36 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description 3037 3038 3038 3039 3039 3040 3040 3091 3091 3092 3092 3093 3093 3094 3094 3095 3095 3096 3096 3097 3097 3098 3098 3099 3099 3100 3100 3151 3152 3153 3154 3156 3157 3158 3159 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3171 3151 3152 3153 3154 3156 3157 3158 3159 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3171 Setup.Display.Component.Precision2 Setup.Display.Component.Precision3 Setup.Display.Component.Precision4 Setup.Display.Component.Precision5 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line4 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line5 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line4 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line5 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO1 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO2 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO3 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO4 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO1 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO2 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO3 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO4 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO5 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO6 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO7 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO8 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO9 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO10 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO11 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO12 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO13 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Word R/W decimal points displayed for component2 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component3 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component4 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component4 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 1 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 2 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 3 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 4 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 5 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 1 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 2 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 3 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 4 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 5 Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W node of DigOut1 / XPSA node of DigOut2 / XPSA node of DigOut3 / XPSA node of DigOut4 / XPSA signal of DigOut1 / XPSA signal of DigOut2 / XPSA signal of DigOut3 / XPSA signal of DigOut4 / XPSA node of DigOut5 / XDIO1 Out1 node of DigOut6 / XDIO1 Out2 node of DigOut7 / XDIO1 Out3 node of DigOut8 / XDIO1 Out4 node of DigOut9 / XDIO1 Out5 node of DigOut10 / XDIO1 Out6 node of DigOut11 / XDIO1 Out7 node of DigOut12 / XDIO1 Out8 node of DigOut13 / XDIO1 Out9 signal of DigOut5 / XDIO1 Out1 9 3037 Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon 9-37 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 Modicon 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3209 3210 3210 3211 3212 3213 3211 3212 3213 9-38 Tag Name Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO6 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO7 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO8 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO9 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO10 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO11 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO12 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO13 Service.IO.InputSimEnable1 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO14 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO15 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO16 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO17 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO18 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO19 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO20 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO21 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO22 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO14 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO15 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO16 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO17 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO18 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO19 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO20 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO21 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO22 Service.IO.InputSimEnable2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas3 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas4 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas5 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas6 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas7 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas8 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_ Pump1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_ Pump2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas3 Data Type Client Access Description Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W signal of DigOut6 / XDIO1 Out2 signal of DigOut7 / XDIO1 Out3 signal of DigOut8 / XDIO1 Out4 signal of DigOut9 / XDIO1 Out5 signal of DigOut10 / XDIO1 Out6 signal of DigOut11 / XDIO1 Out7 signal of DigOut12 / XDIO1 Out8 signal of DigOut13 / XDIO1 Out9 Enable Inputs Simulation of XDIO Card #1 node of DigOut14 / XDIO2 Out1 node of DigOut15 / XDIO2 Out2 node of DigOut16 / XDIO2 Out3 node of DigOut17 / XDIO2 Out4 node of DigOut18 / XDIO2 Out5 node of DigOut19 / XDIO2 Out6 node of DigOut20 / XDIO2 Out7 node of DigOut21 / XDIO2 Out8 node of DigOut22 / XDIO2 Out9 signal of DigOut14 / XDIO2 Out1 signal of DigOut15 / XDIO2 Out2 signal of DigOut16 / XDIO2 Out3 signal of DigOut17 / XDIO2 Out4 signal of DigOut18 / XDIO2 Out5 signal of DigOut19 / XDIO2 Out6 signal of DigOut20 / XDIO2 Out7 signal of DigOut21 / XDIO2 Out8 signal of DigOut22 / XDIO2 Out9 Enable Inputs Simulation of XDIO Card #2 node of SHS GasOut1 node of SHS GasOut2 node of SHS GasOut3 node of SHS GasOut4 node of SHS GasOut5 node of SHS GasOut6 node of SHS GasOut7 node of SHS GasOut8 Word R/W node of SHS Pump1 Word R/W node of SHS Pump1 Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W signal of SHS GasOut1 signal of SHS GasOut2 signal of SHS GasOut3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Modicon 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3219 3220 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3270 3271 3272 3273 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3270 3271 3272 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas4 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas5 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas6 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas7 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas8 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_ Pump1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_ Pump2 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI1 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI2 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI3 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI4 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI5 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI6 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI7 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI1 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI2 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI3 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI4 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI5 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI6 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI7 Service.IO.InputSimVal1 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI8 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI9 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI10 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI11 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI12 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI13 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI14 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI8 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI9 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI10 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI11 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI12 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI13 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI14 Service.IO.InputSimVal2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.NumberOuts Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange1 3273 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Client Access Description Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W signal of SHS GasOut4 signal of SHS GasOut5 signal of SHS GasOut6 signal of SHS GasOut7 signal of SHS GasOut8 Word R/W signal of SHS Pump1 Word R/W signal of SHS Pump1 Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Word R/W node of DigInp1 / XDIO1 Inp1 node of DigInp2 / XDIO1 Inp2 node of DigInp3 / XDIO1 Inp3 node of DigInp4 / XDIO1 Inp4 node of DigInp5 / XDIO1 Inp5 node of DigInp6 / XDIO1 Inp6 node of DigInp7 / XDIO1 Inp7 signal of DigInp1 / XDIO1 Inp1 signal of DigInp2 / XDIO1 Inp2 signal of DigInp3 / XDIO1 Inp3 signal of DigInp4 / XDIO1 Inp4 signal of DigInp5 / XDIO1 Inp5 signal of DigInp6 / XDIO1 Inp6 signal of DigInp7 / XDIO1 Inp7 Simulation Input state of a XDIO Card #1 node of DigInp8 / XDIO2 Inp1 node of DigInp9 / XDIO2 Inp2 node of DigInp10 / XDIO2 Inp3 node of DigInp11 / XDIO2 Inp4 node of DigInp12 / XDIO2 Inp5 node of DigInp13 / XDIO2 Inp6 node of DigInp14 / XDIO2 Inp7 signal of DigInp8 / XDIO2 Inp1 signal of DigInp9 / XDIO2 Inp2 signal of DigInp10 / XDIO2 Inp3 signal of DigInp11 / XDIO2 Inp4 signal of DigInp12 / XDIO2 Inp5 signal of DigInp13 / XDIO2 Inp6 signal of DigInp14 / XDIO2 Inp7 Simulation Input state of a XDIO Card #2 number of analog outputs assigned signal output1 range of output1 (0=0..20mA 1=4-20mA) Auto scale for ranged signals on output1 (0=N0 1=Yes) 9-39 Modbus Commands Daniel 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 Tag Name 9 Address Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 3274 3274 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode1 Word R/W 3275 3276 3277 3275 3276 3277 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange2 Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W 3278 3278 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale2 Word R/W 3279 3279 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode2 Word R/W 3280 3281 3282 3280 3281 3282 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange3 Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W 3283 3283 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale3 Word R/W 3284 3284 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode3 Word R/W 3285 3286 3287 3285 3286 3287 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange4 Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W 3288 3288 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale4 Word R/W 3289 3289 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode4 Word R/W 3290 3291 3292 3290 3291 3292 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange5 Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W 3293 3293 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale5 Word R/W 3294 3294 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode5 Word R/W 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.CutMode1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.CutMode2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.CutMode3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.CutMode4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.CutMode5 Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod1 Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod2 Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod3 Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod4 Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod5 Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod1 Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod2 Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod3 Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod4 Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 9-40 Behavior on errors output1 (0=Track 1=-10%Start 2=+10%End) Hold output1 on calibrations (0=Track 1=Hold) assigned signal output2 range of output2 (0=0..20mA 1=4-20mA) Auto scale for ranged signals on output2 (0=N0 1=Yes) Behavior on errors output2 (0=Track 1=-10%Start 2=+10%End) Hold output2 on calibrations (0=Track 1=Hold) assigned signal output3 range of output3 (0=0..20mA 1=4-20mA) Auto scale for ranged signals on output3 (0=N0 1=Yes) Behavior on errors output3 (0=Track 1=-10%Start 2=+10%End) Hold output3 on calibrations (0=Track 1=Hold) assigned signal output4 range of output4 (0=0..20mA 1=4-20mA) Auto scale for ranged signals on output4 (0=N0 1=Yes) Behavior on errors output4 (0=Track 1=-10%Start 2=+10%End) Hold output4 on calibrations (0=Track 1=Hold) assigned signal output5 range of output5 (0=0..20mA 1=4-20mA) Auto scale for ranged signals on output5 (0=N0 1=Yes) Behavior on errors output5 (0=Track 1=-10%Start 2=+10%End) Hold output5 on calibrations (0=Track 1=Hold) Cut mode on output1 (0=Standard 1=Config) Cut mode on output2 (0=Standard 1=Config) Cut mode on output3 (0=Standard 1=Config) Cut mode on output4 (0=Standard 1=Config) Cut mode on output5 (0=Standard 1=Config) zero cal method comp1 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp3 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp4 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp5 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) span cal method comp1 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) span cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) span cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) span cal method comp4 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Daniel Modicon 3310 3310 Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod5 Service.Calibration.ChanProc3311 3311 Mode1 Service.Calibration.ChanProc3312 3312 Mode2 Service.Calibration.ChanProc3313 3313 Mode3 Service.Calibration.ChanProc3314 3314 Mode4 Service.Calibration.ChanProc3315 3315 Mode5 3316 3316 Service.Calibration.Tubing Setup.Communication.SIntMod3397 3397 busFt32 Setup.Communication.SSvcMod3398 3398 busFt32 Setup.Communication.Eth2Mod3399 3399 busFt32 Setup.Communication.Eth1Mod3400 3400 busFt32 Service.Measurement.Compensa3401 3401 tion.ToffEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensa3402 3402 tion.ToffEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensa3403 3403 tion.ToffEnable3 Service.Measurement.Compensa3404 3404 tion.ToffEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensa3405 3405 tion.ToffEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensa3406 3406 tion.ToffSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensa3407 3407 tion.ToffSensorAssign2 Service.Measurement.Compensa3408 3408 tion.ToffSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensa3409 3409 tion.ToffSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensa3410 3410 tion.ToffSensorAssign5 Service.Measurement.Compensa3411 3411 tion.TfactEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensa3412 3412 tion.TfactEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensa3413 3413 tion.TfactEnable3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Client Access Description Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W span cal method comp5 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) cal proc mode comp1 (0=Disabled 1=Manual 2=SingleAuto 3=AdvCal) cal proc mode comp2 (0=Disabled 1=Manual 2=SingleAuto 3=AdvCal) cal proc mode comp3 (0=Disabled 1=Manual 2=SingleAuto 3=AdvCal) cal proc mode comp4 (0=Disabled 1=Manual 2=SingleAuto 3=AdvCal) cal proc mode comp5 (0=Disabled 1=Manual 2=SingleAuto 3=AdvCal) Tubing (0=Parallel 1=Serial) Word R/W Modbus 32Bit mode of serial COM Word R/W Modbus 32Bit mode of serial service COM Word R/W Modbus 32Bit mode of Ethernet2 Word R/W Modbus 32Bit mode of Ethernet1 Word R/W enable temperature zero compensation of comp1 Word R/W enable temperature zero compensation of comp2 Word R/W enable temperature zero compensation of comp3 Word R/W enable temperature zero compensation of comp4 Word R/W enable temperature zero compensation of comp5 Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W enable temperature span compensation of comp1 Word R/W enable temperature span compensation of comp2 Word R/W enable temperature span compensation of comp3 assign temp-sensor of zero comp1 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of zero comp2 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of zero comp3 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of zero comp4 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of zero comp5 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. Modbus Commands Tag Name 9 Address 9-41 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 3414 3414 3415 3415 3416 3416 3417 3417 3418 3418 3419 3419 3420 3420 3421 3421 3422 3422 3423 3423 3424 3424 3425 3425 3426 3426 3427 3427 3428 3428 3429 3429 3430 3430 3446 3446 3447 3447 3448 3448 3449 3449 3450 3450 3451 3452 3453 3451 3452 3453 9-42 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign5 Setup.Measurement.RangeControlMode1 Setup.Measurement.RangeControlMode2 Setup.Measurement.RangeControlMode3 Setup.Measurement.RangeControlMode4 Setup.Measurement.RangeControlMode5 Control.Range.CurrentRange1 Control.Range.CurrentRange2 Control.Range.CurrentRange3 Word R/W enable temperature span compensation of comp4 Word R/W enable temperature span compensation of comp5 Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W enable pressure span compensation of comp1 Word R/W enable pressure span compensation of comp2 Word R/W enable pressure span compensation of comp3 Word R/W enable pressure span compensation of comp4 Word R/W enable pressure span compensation of comp5 Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W assign temp-sensor of span comp1 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of span comp2 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of span comp3 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of span comp4 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign temp-sensor of span comp5 (0=None 1=DSP_T1 2=DSP_T2 etc. assign press-sensor of span comp1 (0=Man 1=DSP_P1 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp2 (0=Man 1=DSP_P1 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp3 (0=Man 1=DSP_P1 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp4 (0=Man 1=DSP_P1 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp5 (0=Man 1=DSP_P1 2=DSP_P2 etc.) Method for range switching Comp1 (0=Manual,1=Auto,2=DigInput) Method for range switching Comp2 (0=Manual,1=Auto,2=DigInput) Method for range switching Comp3 (0=Manual,1=Auto,2=DigInput) Method for range switching Comp4 (0=Manual,1=Auto,2=DigInput) Method for range switching Comp5 (0=Manual,1=Auto,2=DigInput) current range comp1 (0=R1, 1=R2, 2=R3, 3=R4) current range comp2 (0=R1, 1=R2, 2=R3, 3=R4) current range comp3 (0=R1, 1=R2, 2=R3, 3=R4) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Daniel Modicon 3454 3454 Control.Range.CurrentRange4 3455 3455 Control.Range.CurrentRange5 Service.Measurement.Simulation. 3456 3456 SimPVARawEnable1 Service.Measurement.Simulation. 3457 3457 SimPVARawEnable2 Service.Measurement.Simulation. 3458 3458 SimPVARawEnable3 Service.Measurement.Simulation. 3459 3459 SimPVARawEnable4 Service.Measurement.Simulation. 3460 3460 SimPVARawEnable5 Data Type Client Access Word Word R/W R/W current range comp4 (0=R1, 1=R2, 2=R3, 3=R4) current range comp5 (0=R1, 1=R2, 2=R3, 3=R4) Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp1 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp2 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp3 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp4 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp5 3471 3471 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable1 Word R/W 3472 3472 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable2 Word R/W 3473 3473 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable3 Word R/W 3474 3474 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable4 Word R/W 3475 3475 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable5 Word R/W 3476 3476 3477 3477 3478 3478 3479 3479 3480 3480 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable5 3506 Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 3506 Service.Measurement.Lin.Method1 Word R/W 3507 3507 Service.Measurement.Lin.Method2 Word R/W 3508 3508 Service.Measurement.Lin.Method3 Word R/W 3509 3509 Service.Measurement.Lin.Method4 Word R/W 3510 3510 Service.Measurement.Lin.Method5 Word R/W Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Description Enable cross interference compensation for comp1 Enable cross interference compensation for comp2 Enable cross interference compensation for comp3 Enable cross interference compensation for comp4 Enable cross interference compensation for comp5 Compute cross interference factor comp1 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp2 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp3 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp4 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp5 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Linearization method of comp1 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp2 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp3 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp4 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp5 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Modbus Commands Tag Name 9 Address 9-43 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 3511 3511 3512 3512 3513 3513 3514 3514 3515 3515 3516 3516 3517 3517 3518 3518 3519 3519 3520 3520 3521 3521 3522 3522 3523 3523 3524 3524 3525 3525 3526 3526 3527 3527 3528 3528 3529 3529 3530 3530 4001 4001 4002 4002 4003 4003 4004 4004 9-44 Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction1 Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction2 Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction3 Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction4 Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction5 Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus1 Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus2 Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus3 Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus4 Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations5 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcSets1 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcSets2 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcSets3 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcSets4 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcSets5 Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarm Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmDevice Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh1 Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh2 LinFct c1: 1=On/Off 2=Calc 3=ToUSB 4=FromUSB 5=Install 6=ToFile LinFct c2: 1=On/Off 2=Calc 3=ToUSB 4=FromUSB 5=Install 6=ToFile LinFct c3: 1=On/Off 2=Calc 3=ToUSB 4=FromUSB 5=Install 6=ToFile LinFct c4: 1=On/Off 2=Calc 3=ToUSB 4=FromUSB 5=Install 6=ToFile LinFct c5: 1=On/Off 2=Calc 3=ToUSB 4=FromUSB 5=Install 6=ToFile Lin. status comp1 (0=Normal 1=Underflow 2=Overflow 3=Undefined) Lin. status comp2 (0=Normal 1=Underflow 2=Overflow 3=Undefined) Lin. status comp3 (0=Normal 1=Underflow 2=Overflow 3=Undefined) Lin. status comp4 (0=Normal 1=Underflow 2=Overflow 3=Undefined) Lin. status comp5 (0=Normal 1=Underflow 2=Overflow 3=Undefined) Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word RO Word RO Word RO Word RO Word RO Word R/W Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1) Word R/W Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1) Word R/W Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1) Word R/W Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1) Word R/W Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1) Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word RO Word RO Word RO Word RO LinFct PolySets (0=All 1=P1 2=P2 3=P3 4=P4) comp1 LinFct PolySets (0=All 1=P1 2=P2 3=P3 4=P4) comp2 LinFct PolySets (0=All 1=P1 2=P2 3=P3 4=P4) comp3 LinFct PolySets (0=All 1=P1 2=P2 3=P3 4=P4) comp4 LinFct PolySets (0=All 1=P1 2=P2 3=P3 4=P4) comp5 NAMUR sum state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) device's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp1's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp2's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Daniel Modicon 4006 4006 4007 4007 4026 4026 4028 4028 4033 4033 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 5001… 5002 5003… 5004 5005… 5006 5007… 5008 5009… 5010 5011… 5012 5013… 5014 5015… 5016 5021… 5022 5023… 5024 5025… 5026 5027… 5028 5029… 5030 5031… 5032 5033… 5034 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8011 8012 8013 8014 8015 8016 8017 Word RO Word RO Word RO Word RO comp3's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp4's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp4's NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) Version number of sensor firmware Word RO Version number of CPLD firmware Info.InterfaceID Word RO Status.IO.PSAOutputState Status.IO.OutputState1 Status.IO.InputState1 Status.IO.OutputState2 Status.IO.InputState2 Status.IO.PSASHSState Word Word Word Word Word Word RO RO RO RO RO RO ID of used Interface(1=SerProc 2=SerSvc 17=ETH1 18=ETH2) DOut state of a PSA Card Output state of a XDIO Card #1 Input state of a Digital Input Card #1 Output state of a XDIO Card #2 Input state of a Digital Input Card #2 state of a PSA Card's SHS Status.NamurStates.FailureAlarm DWord RO Namur Failure alarm bitfield Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarm DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarm bitfield Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlDWord arm Status.NamurStates.FctCheckADWord larm RO Namur Maintenance Request alarm bitfield RO Namur Function Check alarm bitfield Status.NamurStates.FailureActive DWord RO Namur Failure active bitfield Status.NamurStates.OffSpecActive DWord RO Namur Off-spec active bitfield Status.NamurStates.MaintRequActive Status.NamurStates.FctCheckActive Service.Status.NAMUR.FailureMask Service.Status.NAMUR.OffSpecMask DWord RO Namur Maintenance Request active bitfield DWord RO Namur Function Check active bitfield DWord R/W Bitmask that disables failure sources DWord R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR OffSpec sources Service.Status.NAMUR.MaintMask DWord R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR maintenance request sources Service.Status.NAMUR.FctCheckDWord Mask R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR FctCheck sources Service.Status.NAMUR.FailureMap DWord R/W Bitmask that maps cond. for failure source Service.Status.NAMUR.OffSpecMap DWord R/W Bitmask that maps cond. to OffSpec source Service.Status.NAMUR.MaintMap DWord R/W Bitmask that maps cond. for maintenance request source Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh3 Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh4 Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh5 Info.SensorVersion Service.General.Identification. CPLDVersion Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modbus Commands 4005 9-45 9 4005 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 5035… 8018 5036 5041… 8021 5042 5043… 8022 5044 5045… 8023 5046 5047… 8024 5048 5049… 8025 5050 5051… 8026 5052 5053… 8027 5054 5055… 8028 5056 5057… 8029 5058 5059… 8030 5060 5061… 8031 5062 5063… 8032 5064 5065… 8033 5066 5067… 8034 5068 5069… 8035 5070 5071… 8036 5072 5073… 8037 5074 5075… 8038 5076 5077… 8039 5078 5079… 8040 5080 5081… 8041 5082 5083… 8042 5084 9-46 Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Service.Status.NAMUR.FctCheckDWord Map R/W Bitmask that maps cond. for FctCheck source Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmDev DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are device related DWord RO NamurOff-spec alarms that are device related DWord RO NamurMaintRequ alarms that are device related DWord RO Namur FctCheck alarms that are device related DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are component1 related DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarms that are component1 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component1 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are component2 related DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarms that are component2 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component2 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are component3 related DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarms that are component3 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component3 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are component4 related DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarms that are component4 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component4 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are component5 related DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarms that are component5 related Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmDev Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmDev Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmDev Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp1 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp1 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp1 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp1 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp5 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Data Type Client Access Description RO RO Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component5 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Status.IO.ValveState DWord RO Valve state bitfield (b0=V1, b1=V2, ....b19=V20) PV1 Float RO Primary Variable 1 PV2 Float RO Primary Variable 2 PV3 Float RO Primary Variable 3 PV4 Float RO Primary Variable 4 PV5 Float RO Primary Variable 5 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp1 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component1 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp2 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component2 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp3 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component3 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp4 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component4 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp5 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component4 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component1 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce1 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component1 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce2 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component2 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce2 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component2 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce3 RO raw ADC of measure-side component3 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue1 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce1 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue2 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce2 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue3 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce3 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue4 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce4 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue5 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce5 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Float Modbus Commands Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlDWord armComp5 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckADWord larmComp5 9 Daniel Modicon 5085… 8043 5086 5087… 8044 5088 5361… 8181 5362 6001… 9001 6002 6003… 9002 6004 6005… 9003 6006 6007… 9004 6008 6009… 9005 6010 6011… 9006 6012 6011… 9006 6012 6013… 9007 6014 6013… 9007 6014 6015… 9008 6016 6015… 9008 6016 6017… 9009 6018 6017… 9009 6018 6019… 9010 6020 6019… 9010 6020 6021… 9011 6022 6023… 9012 6024 6025… 9013 6026 6027… 9014 6028 6029… 9015 6030 Tag Name 9-47 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 6031… 9016 6032 6033… 9017 6034 6035… 9018 6036 6037… 9019 6038 6039… 9020 6040 6041… 9021 6042 6043… 9022 6044 6045… 9023 6046 6047… 9024 6048 6049… 9025 6050 6051… 9026 6052 6053… 9027 6054 6055… 9028 6056 6057… 9029 6058 6059… 9030 6060 6061… 9031 6062 6063… 9032 6064 6065… 9033 6066 6067… 9034 6068 6069… 9035 6070 6071… 9036 6072 6073… 9037 6074 6075… 9038 6076 9-48 Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce3 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component3 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce4 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component4 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce4 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component4 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce5 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component5 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce5 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component5 Float R/W start of current range of comp1 Float R/W end of current range of comp1 Float R/W start of current range of comp2 Float R/W end of current range of comp2 Float R/W start of current range of comp3 Float R/W end of current range of comp3 Float R/W start of current range of comp4 Float R/W end of current range of comp4 Float R/W start of current range of comp5 Float R/W end of current range of comp5 Status.Pressure1 Float RO pressure of comp1 Status.Pressure2 Float RO pressure of comp2 Status.Pressure3 Float RO pressure of comp3 Status.Pressure4 Float RO pressure of comp4 Status.Pressure5 Float RO pressure of comp5 Status.Flow1 Float RO flow of comp1 Status.Flow2 Float RO flow of comp2 Status.Flow3 Float RO flow of comp3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_3 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_4 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_5 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Data Type Client Access Description Status.Flow4 Float RO flow of comp4 Status.Flow5 Float RO flow of comp5 Status.Temperature1 Float RO temperature of comp1 Status.Temperature2 Float RO temperature of comp2 Status.Temperature3 Float RO temperature of comp3 Status.Temperature4 Float RO temperature of comp4 Status.Temperature5 Float RO temperature of comp5 Status.CalcResultA Float RO Result of calculator A Status.CalcResultB Float RO Result of calculator B Status.CalcResultC Float RO Result of calculator C Status.CalcResultD Float RO Result of calculator D Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas1 Float R/W current zero gas of comp1 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas2 Float R/W current zero gas of comp2 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas3 Float R/W current zero gas of comp3 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas4 Float R/W current zero gas of comp4 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas5 Float R/W current zero gas of comp5 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas1 Float R/W current zero gas of comp1 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas2 Float R/W current zero gas of comp2 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas3 Float R/W current zero gas of comp3 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas4 Float R/W current zero gas of comp4 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas5 Float R/W current zero gas of comp5 Float R/W start of range1 of comp1 Float R/W end of range1 of comp1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon 6077… 9039 6078 6079… 9040 6080 6081… 9041 6082 6083… 9042 6084 6085… 9043 6086 6087… 9044 6088 6089… 9045 6090 6091… 9046 6092 6093… 9047 6094 6095… 9048 6096 6097… 9049 6098 6101… 9051 6102 6103… 9052 6104 6105… 9053 6106 6107… 9054 6108 6109… 9055 6110 6111… 9056 6112 6113… 9057 6114 6115… 9058 6116 6117… 9059 6118 6119… 9060 6120 6141… 9071 6142 6143… 9072 6144 Tag Name 9 Address 9-49 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 6145… 9073 6146 6147… 9074 6148 6149… 9075 6150 6151… 9076 6152 6153… 9077 6154 6155… 9078 6156 6157… 9079 6158 6159… 9080 6160 6161… 9081 6162 6163… 9082 6164 6165… 9083 6166 6167… 9084 6168 6169… 9085 6170 6171… 9086 6172 6173… 9087 6174 6175… 9088 6176 6177… 9089 6178 6179… 9090 6180 6181… 9091 6182 6183… 9092 6184 6185… 9093 6186 6187… 9094 6188 6189… 9095 6190 9-50 Tag Name Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_3 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_3 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_3 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_3 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_4 Data Type Client Access Description Float R/W start of range2 of comp1 Float R/W end of range2 of comp1 Float R/W start of range3 of comp1 Float R/W end of range3 of comp1 Float R/W start of range4 of comp1 Float R/W end of range4 of comp1 Float R/W start of range1 of comp2 Float R/W end of range1 of comp2 Float R/W start of range2 of comp2 Float R/W end of range2 of comp2 Float R/W start of range3 of comp2 Float R/W end of range3 of comp2 Float R/W start of range4 of comp2 Float R/W end of range4 of comp2 Float R/W start of range1 of comp3 Float R/W end of range1 of comp3 Float R/W start of range2 of comp3 Float R/W end of range2 of comp3 Float R/W start of range3 of comp3 Float R/W end of range3 of comp3 Float R/W start of range4 of comp3 Float R/W end of range4 of comp3 Float R/W start of range1 of comp4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_4 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_4 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_4 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_5 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_5 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_5 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_5 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_5 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_5 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_5 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_5 Data Type Client Access Description Float R/W end of range1 of comp4 Float R/W start of range2 of comp4 Float R/W end of range2 of comp4 Float R/W start of range3 of comp4 Float R/W end of range3 of comp4 Float R/W start of range4 of comp4 Float R/W end of range4 of comp4 Float R/W start of range1 of comp5 Float R/W end of range1 of comp5 Float R/W start of range2 of comp5 Float R/W end of range2 of comp5 Float R/W start of range3 of comp5 Float R/W end of range3 of comp5 Float R/W start of range4 of comp5 Float R/W end of range4 of comp5 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas1 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp1 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas1 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp1 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas1 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp1 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas1 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp1 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas2 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp2 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas2 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp2 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas2 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp2 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas2 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon 6191… 9096 6192 6193… 9097 6194 6195… 9098 6196 6197… 9099 6198 6199… 9100 6200 6201… 9101 6202 6203… 9102 6204 6205… 9103 6206 6207… 9104 6208 6209… 9105 6210 6211… 9106 6212 6213… 9107 6214 6215… 9108 6216 6217… 9109 6218 6219… 9110 6220 6221… 9111 6222 6223… 9112 6224 6225… 9113 6226 6227… 9114 6228 6229… 9115 6230 6231… 9116 6232 6233… 9117 6234 6235… 9118 6236 Tag Name 9 Address 9-51 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 6237… 9119 6238 6239… 9120 6240 6241… 9121 6242 6243… 9122 6244 6245… 9123 6246 6247… 9124 6248 6249… 9125 6250 6251… 9126 6252 6253… 9127 6254 6255… 9128 6256 6257… 9129 6258 6259… 9130 6260 6261… 9131 6262 6263… 9132 6264 6265… 9133 6266 6267… 9134 6268 6269… 9135 6270 6271… 9136 6272 6273… 9137 6274 6275… 9138 6276 6277… 9139 6278 6279… 9140 6280 6281… 9141 6282 9-52 Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas3 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp3 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas3 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp3 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas3 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp3 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas3 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp3 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas4 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp4 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas4 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp4 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas4 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp4 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas4 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp4 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas5 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp5 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas5 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp5 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas5 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp5 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas5 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp2 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp2 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp2 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp2 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp3 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp3 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp3 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Daniel Modicon 6283… 9142 6284 6285… 9143 6286 6287… 9144 6288 6289… 9145 6290 6291… 9146 6292 6293… 9147 6294 6295… 9148 6296 6297… 9149 6298 6299… 9150 6300 6301… 9151 6302 6303… 9152 6304 6305… 9153 6306 6307… 9154 6308 6309… 9155 6310 6311… 9156 6312 6313… 9157 6314 6315… 9158 6316 6317… 9159 6318 6319… 9160 6320 6321… 9161 6322 6323… 9162 6324 6325… 9163 6326 6327… 9164 6328 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset5 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange1 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange1 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange2 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Client Access Description Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp3 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp5 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit1 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit1 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit2 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit2 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit3 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit3 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit4 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit4 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit5 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit5 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp1 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp1 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp2 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp2 9-53 Modbus Commands Tag Name 9 Address Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 6329… 9165 6330 6331… 9166 6332 6333… 9167 6334 6335… 9168 6336 6337… 9169 6338 6339… 9170 6340 6341… 9171 6342 6343… 9172 6344 6345… 9173 6346 6347… 9174 6348 6349… 9175 6350 6351… 9176 6352 6353… 9177 6354 6355… 9178 6356 6361… 9181 6362 6363… 9182 6364 6365… 9183 6366 6367… 9184 6368 6369… 9185 6370 6371… 9186 6372 6373… 9187 6374 6375… 9188 6376 6377… 9189 6378 9-54 Tag Name Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange3 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange3 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange4 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange4 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange5 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange5 Data Type Client Access Description Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp3 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp3 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp4 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp4 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp5 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp5 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue1 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 1 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue2 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 2 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue3 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 3 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue4 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 4 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue5 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 5 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue6 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 6 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue7 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 7 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue8 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 8 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange1 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange1 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart1 Float R/W fine adjustment for start range of output1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd1 Float R/W fine adjustment for end range of output1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange2 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange2 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart2 Float R/W fine adjustment for start range of output2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd2 Float R/W fine adjustment for end range of output2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange3 Float R/W level where analoge output scaling starts on output3 level where analoge output scaling starts on output1 level where analoge output scaling ends on output1 level where analoge output scaling starts on output2 level where analoge output scaling ends on output2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Data Type Client Access Description Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange3 Float R/W level where analoge output scaling ends on output3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart3 Float R/W fine adjustment for start range of output3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd3 Float R/W fine adjustment for end range of output3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange4 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange4 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart4 Float R/W fine adjustment for start range of output4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd4 Float R/W fine adjustment for end range of output4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange5 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange5 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart5 Float R/W fine adjustment for start range of output5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd5 Float R/W fine adjustment for end range of output5 Float RO temperature for zero compensation of comp1 Float RO temperature for zero compensation of comp2 Float RO temperature for zero compensation of comp3 Float RO temperature for zero compensation of comp4 Float RO temperature for zero compensation of comp5 Float RO temperature for span compensation of comp1 Float RO temperature for span compensation of comp2 Float RO temperature for span compensation of comp3 Float RO temperature for span compensation of comp4 Float RO temperature for span compensation of comp5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.LowCutOff1 Float R/W lower cut off (mA) for analog output1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.HighCutOff1 Float R/W higher cut off (mA) for analog output1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG level where analoge output scaling starts on output4 level where analoge output scaling ends on output4 level where analoge output scaling starts on output5 level where analoge output scaling ends on output5 Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon 6379… 9190 6380 6381… 9191 6382 6383… 9192 6384 6385… 9193 6386 6387… 9194 6388 6389… 9195 6390 6391… 9196 6392 6393… 9197 6394 6395… 9198 6396 6397… 9199 6398 6399… 9200 6400 6521… 9261 6522 6523… 9262 6524 6525… 9263 6526 6527… 9264 6528 6529… 9265 6530 6531… 9266 6532 6533… 9267 6534 6535… 9268 6536 6537… 9269 6538 6539… 9270 6540 6581… 9291 6582 6583… 9292 6584 Tag Name 9 Address 9-55 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 6585… 9293 6586 6587… 9294 6588 6589… 9295 6590 6591… 9296 6592 6593… 9297 6594 6595… 9298 6596 6597… 9299 6598 6599… 9300 6600 6907… 9454 6908 6909… 9455 6910 6921… 9461 6922 6923… 9462 6924 6935… 9468 6936 6937… 9469 6938 6949… 9475 6950 6951… 9476 6952 6963… 9482 6964 6965… 9483 6966 6971… 9486 6972 6973… 9487 6974 6975… 9488 6976 6977… 9489 6978 6979… 9490 6980 9-56 Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Setup.In/Outputs.AO.LowCutOff2 Float R/W lower cut off (mA) for analog output2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.HighCutOff2 Float R/W higher cut off (mA) for analog output2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.LowCutOff3 Float R/W lower cut off (mA) for analog output3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.HighCutOff3 Float R/W higher cut off (mA) for analog output2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.LowCutOff4 Float R/W lower cut off (mA) for analog output4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.HighCutOff4 Float R/W higher cut off (mA) for analog output4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.LowCutOff5 Float R/W lower cut off (mA) for analog output5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.HighCutOff5 Float R/W higher cut off (mA) for analog output5 Status.Diagnostics.BeforeLinConce1 Float RO before linear. conc comp1 Status.Diagnostics.AfterLinConce1 Float RO after linear. conc component1 Status.Diagnostics.BeforeLinConce2 Float RO before linear. conc comp2 Status.Diagnostics.AfterLinConce2 Float RO after linear. conc component2 Status.Diagnostics.BeforeLinConce3 Float RO before linear. conc comp3 Status.Diagnostics.AfterLinConce3 Float RO after linear. conc component3 Status.Diagnostics.BeforeLinConce4 Float RO before linear. conc comp4 Status.Diagnostics.AfterLinConce4 Float RO after linear. conc component4 Status.Diagnostics.BeforeLinConce5 Float RO before linear. conc comp5 Status.Diagnostics.AfterLinConce5 Float RO after linear. conc component5 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp1 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp2 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp3 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp4 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp5 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue1 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue2 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue3 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue4 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue1 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue1 Data Type Client Access Description Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp1 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp1 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp2 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp2 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp3 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp3 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp4 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp4 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp5 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp5 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 String R/W unit displayed for comp1 String R/W unit displayed for comp2 String R/W unit displayed for comp3 String R/W unit displayed for comp4 String R/W unit displayed for comp5 Setup.Display.Component.Tag1 String R/W displayed tag for component1 Setup.Display.Component.Tag2 String R/W displayed tag for component2 Setup.Display.Component.Tag3 String R/W displayed tag for component3 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff1 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue2 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue2 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff2 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue3 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue3 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff3 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue4 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue4 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff4 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue5 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue5 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modbus Commands Daniel Modicon 7181… 9591 7182 7183… 9592 7184 7185… 9593 7186 7381… 9691 7382 7383… 9692 7384 7385… 9693 7386 7581… 9791 7582 7583… 9792 7584 7585… 9793 7586 7781… 9891 7782 7783… 9892 7784 7785… 9893 7786 7981… 9991 7982 7983… 9992 7984 7985… 9993 7986 3012… 3012… 3015 3015 3017… 3017… 3020 3020 3022… 3022… 3025 3025 3027… 3027… 3030 3030 3032… 3032… 3035 3035 3041… 3041… 3045 3045 3046… 3046… 3050 3050 3051… 3051… 3055 3055 Tag Name 9 Address 9-57 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel 3056… 3060 3061… 3065 3071… 3074 3075… 3078 3079… 3082 3083… 3086 3087… 3090 3101… 3104 3105… 3108 3109… 3112 3113… 3116 3117… 3120 3121… 3124 3125… 3128 3129… 3132 3133… 3136 3137… 3140 3141… 3147 3141… 3147 3251… 3266 3461… 3468 3481… 3484 3485… 3488 9-58 Modicon 3056… 3060 3061… 3065 3071… 3074 3075… 3078 3079… 3082 3083… 3086 3087… 3090 3101… 3104 3105… 3108 3109… 3112 3113… 3116 3117… 3120 3121… 3124 3125… 3128 3129… 3132 3133… 3136 3137… 3140 3141… 3147 3141… 3147 3251… 3266 3461… 3468 3481… 3484 3485… 3488 Tag Name Data Type Client Access Description Setup.Display.Component.Tag4 String R/W displayed tag for component4 Setup.Display.Component.Tag5 String R/W displayed tag for component5 String R/W gas name of component1 String R/W gas name of component2 String R/W gas name of component3 String R/W gas name of component4 String R/W gas name of component5 String R/W displayed label of measure display 1, Line 1 String R/W displayed label of measure display 1, Line 2 String R/W displayed label of measure display 1, Line 3 String R/W displayed label of measure display 1, Line 4 String R/W displayed label of measure display 1, Line 5 String R/W displayed label of measure display 2, Line 1 String R/W displayed label of measure display 2, Line 2 String R/W displayed label of measure display 2, Line 3 String R/W displayed label of measure display 2, Line 4 String R/W displayed label of measure display 2, Line 5 String RO serial number of the device String R/W serial number of the device String RO Infos stored for manufacturing purposes Word R/W enable simulation for XSP's multiplexer value1..8 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources1 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources2 Word R/W Setup.Display.Component.Gasname1 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname2 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname3 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname4 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname5 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label4 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label5 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label4 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label5 Info.SerialNumber Service.General.Identification. SerialNumber Service.General.Identification. ManufacturingInfo Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimXSPMuxEnable1 Interf. sources 1..4 comp1 (0=None 1=Conc1 2=Conc2 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp2 (0=None 1=Conc1 2=Conc2 6=AIN1 etc.) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Modicon 3489… 3492 3493… 3496 3497… 3500 3531… 3534 3535… 3538 3539… 3542 3543… 3546 3547… 3550 3551… 3554 3555… 3558 3559… 3562 3563… 3566 3567… 3570 3571… 3574 3575… 3578 3579… 3582 3583… 3586 3587… 3590 4011… 4016 4017… 4022 4027… 0000 4051… 4054 4055… 4058 Data Type Client Access Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources3 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources4 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources5 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet1 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet2 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet3 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet4 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet5 Service.Measurement.Lin.EnablePolyn1 Service.Measurement.Lin.EnablePolyn2 Service.Measurement.Lin.EnablePolyn3 Service.Measurement.Lin.EnablePolyn4 Service.Measurement.Lin.EnablePolyn5 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcResults1 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcResults2 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcResults3 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcResults4 Service.Measurement.Lin.CalcResults5 Info.ProgramVersion Service.General.Identification. ProgramVersionDate Service.General.Identification. SensorBuild Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Description Interf. sources 1..4 comp3 (0=None 1=Conc1 2=Conc2 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp4 (0=None 1=Conc1 2=Conc2 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp5 (0=None 1=Conc1 2=Conc2 6=AIN1 etc.) polyn. set of range1..4 comp1 (0=Poly1 1=Poly2 2=Poly3 3=Poly4) polyn. set of range1..4 comp2 (0=Poly1 1=Poly2 2=Poly3 3=Poly4) polyn. set of range1..4 comp3 (0=Poly1 1=Poly2 2=Poly3 3=Poly4) polyn. set of range1..4 comp4 (0=Poly1 1=Poly2 2=Poly3 3=Poly4) polyn. set of range1..4 comp5 (0=Poly1 1=Poly2 2=Poly3 3=Poly4), Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Enable polyn. linearizers (R1..R4) of comp1 Word R/W Enable polyn. linearizers (R1..R4) of comp2 Word R/W Enable polyn. linearizers (R1..R4) of comp3 Word R/W Enable polyn. linearizers (R1..R4) of comp4 Word R/W Enable polyn. linearizers (R1..R4) of comp5 Word RO Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W LinCalc results (P1..P4) comp1 (0=NoCoeff 1=Good 2=Busy ..) LinCalc results (P1..P4) comp2 (0=NoCoeff 1=Good 2=Busy ..) LinCalc results (P1..P4) comp3 (0=NoCoeff 1=Good 2=Busy ..) LinCalc results (P1..P4) comp4 (0=NoCoeff 1=Good 2=Busy ..) LinCalc results (P1..P4) comp5 (0=NoCoeff 1=Good 2=Busy ..) String RO software release version String RO software release date Word RO Build number of sensor firmware Word RO Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp1 Word RO Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp2 Modbus Commands Daniel 3489… 3492 3493… 3496 3497… 3500 3531… 3534 3535… 3538 3539… 3542 3543… 3546 3547… 3550 3551… 3554 3555… 3558 3559… 3562 3563… 3566 3567… 3570 3571… 3574 3575… 3578 3579… 3582 3583… 3586 3587… 3590 4011… 4016 4017… 4022 4027… 0000 4051… 4054 4055… 4058 Tag Name 9 Address 9-59 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel 4059… 4062 4063… 4066 4067… 4070 8091… 8094 8096… 8099 8101… 8104 8106… 8109 8111… 8114 8116… 8119 8121… 8124 8126… 8129 8131… 8134 8136… 8139 8141… 8144 8146… 8149 8151… 8154 8156… 8159 8161… 8164 8166… 8169 8171… 8174 8176… 8179 9171… 9178 9201… 9204 9-60 Modicon 4059… 4062 4063… 4066 4067… 4070 5181… 5188 5191… 5198 5201… 5208 5211… 5218 5221… 5228 5231… 5238 5241… 5248 5251… 5258 5261… 5268 5271… 5278 5281… 5288 5291… 5298 5301… 5308 5311… 5318 5321… 5328 5331… 5338 5341… 5348 5351… 5358 6341… 6356 6401… 6408 Tag Name Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates5 Status.DeviceStates.DeviceState Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState1 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState2 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState3 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState4 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState5 Service.Status.DeviceStates.DvcStateInhibit Service.Status.DeviceStates. ChStateInhibit1 Service.Status.DeviceStates. ChStateInhibit2 Service.Status.DeviceStates. ChStateInhibit3 Service.Status.DeviceStates. ChStateInhibit4 Service.Status.DeviceStates. ChStateInhibit5 Service.Status.DeviceStates.DvcStateForce Service.Status.DeviceStates. ChStateForce1 Service.Status.DeviceStates. ChStateForce2 Service.Status.DeviceStates. ChStateForce3 Service.Status.DeviceStates. ChStateForce4 Service.Status.DeviceStates. ChStateForce5 Service.Measurement.Simulation. XSPMuxValue1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs1 Data Type Client Access Description Word RO Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp3 Word RO Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp4 Word RO Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp5 DWord RO device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component1's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component2's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component3's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component4's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component5's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Inhibit for device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Inhibit for comp1's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Inhibit for comp2's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Inhibit for comp3's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Inhibit for comp4's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Inhibit for comp5's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for comp1's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for comp2's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for comp3's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for comp4's state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for comp5's state bitfield (b0:......) Float RO values for XSP's multiplexer value1..8 Float R/W polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Tag Name Data Type Daniel Modicon 9205… 6409… Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat 9208 6416 tion.ToffCoeffs2 Client Access Description R/W polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp2 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.ToffCoeffs3 R/W polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp3 9213… 6425… 9216 6432 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.ToffCoeffs4 R/W polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp4 9217… 6433… 9220 6440 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.ToffCoeffs5 R/W polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp5 9221… 6441… 9224 6448 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.TfactCoeffs1 R/W polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp1 9225… 6449… 9228 6456 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.TfactCoeffs2 R/W polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp2 9229… 6457… 9232 6464 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.TfactCoeffs3 R/W polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp3 9233… 6465… 9236 6472 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.TfactCoeffs4 R/W polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp4 9237… 6473… 9240 6480 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.TfactCoeffs5 R/W polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp5 9241… 6481… 9244 6488 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.TfactConcCoeffs1 R/W polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp1 9245… 6489… 9248 6496 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.TfactConcCoeffs2 R/W polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp2 9249… 6497… 9252 6504 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.TfactConcCoeffs3 R/W polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp3 9253… 6505… 9256 6512 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.TfactConcCoeffs4 R/W polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp4 9257… 6513… 9260 6520 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.TfactConcCoeffs5 R/W polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp5 9271… 6541… 9274 6548 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.PfactCoeffs1 R/W polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp1 9275… 6549… 9278 6556 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.PfactCoeffs2 R/W polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp2 9279… 6557… 9282 6564 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.PfactCoeffs3 R/W polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp3 9283… 6565… 9286 6572 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.PfactCoeffs4 R/W polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp4 9287… 6573… 9290 6580 Service.Measurement.CompensaFloat tion.PfactCoeffs5 R/W polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp5 9301… 6601… 9304 6608 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues1 Float RO Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp1 9305… 6609… 9308 6616 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors1 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9 9209… 6417… 9212 6424 Modbus Commands Address 9-61 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Tag Name Daniel Modicon 9309… 6617… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Linear9312 6624 References1 Data Type Client Access Description Float R/W Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp1 9313… 6625… 9316 6632 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs1 Float R/W Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp1 9331… 6661… 9334 6668 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues2 Float RO Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp2 9335… 6669… 9338 6676 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors2 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp2 9339… 6677… 9342 6684 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences2 Float R/W Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp2 9343… 6685… 9346 6692 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs2 Float R/W Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp2 9361… 6721… 9364 6728 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues3 Float RO Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp3 9365… 6729… 9368 6736 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors3 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp3 9369… 6737… 9372 6744 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences3 Float R/W Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp3 9373… 6745… 9376 6752 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs3 Float R/W Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp3 9391… 6781… 9394 6788 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues4 Float RO Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp4 9395… 6789… 9398 6796 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors4 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp4 9399… 6797… 9402 6804 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences4 Float R/W Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp4 9403… 6805… 9406 6812 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs4 Float R/W Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp4 9421… 6841… 9424 6848 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues5 Float RO Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp5 9425… 6849… 9428 6856 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors5 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp5 9429… 6857… 9432 6864 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences5 Float R/W Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp5 9433… 6865… 9436 6872 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs5 Float R/W Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp5 9491… 6981… 9498 6996 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimXSPMuxValue1 Float R/W simulation value for XSP's multiplexer value1..8 9501… 7001… 9503 7006 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues1 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp1 9531… 7061… 9533 7066 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues1 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp1 9-62 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Tag Name Data Type Description Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 9566… 7131… 9570 7140 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2CoFloat effs1 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 9571… 7141… 9575 7150 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3CoFloat effs1 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 9576… 7151… 9580 7160 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4CoFloat effs1 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 9581… 7161… 9584 7168 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc1 Float R/W Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp1 9585… 7169… 9588 7176 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc1 Float R/W Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp1 9597… 7193… 9600 7200 Service.Measurement.Lin.RefValPolySets1 Float R/W Reference value for PolynSets (P1..P4) of comp1 9601… 7201… 9603 7206 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues2 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp2 9631… 7261… 9633 7266 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues2 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp2 9661… 7321… 9665 7330 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1CoFloat effs2 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 9666… 7331… 9670 7340 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2CoFloat effs2 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 9671… 7341… 9675 7350 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3CoFloat effs2 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 9676… 7351… 9680 7360 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4CoFloat effs2 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 9681… 7361… 9684 7368 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc2 Float R/W Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp2 9685… 7369… 9688 7376 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc2 Float R/W Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp2 9697… 7393… 9700 7400 Service.Measurement.Lin.RefValPolySets2 Float R/W Reference value for PolynSets (P1..P4) of comp2 Modbus Commands R/W 9701… 7401… 9703 7406 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues3 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp3 9 Daniel Modicon 9561… 7121… Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1CoFloat 9565 7130 effs1 Client Access 9731… 7461… 9733 7466 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues3 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp3 9761… 7521… 9765 7530 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1CoFloat effs3 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 9766… 7531… 9770 7540 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2CoFloat effs3 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 9771… 7541… 9775 7550 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3CoFloat effs3 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-63 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Tag Name Data Type Daniel Modicon 9776… 7551… Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4CoFloat 9780 7560 effs3 Client Access Description R/W Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 9781… 7561… 9784 7568 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc3 Float R/W Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp3 9785… 7569… 9788 7576 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc3 Float R/W Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp3 9797… 7593… 9800 7600 Service.Measurement.Lin.RefValPolySets3 Float R/W Reference value for PolynSets (P1..P4) of comp3 9801… 7601… 9803 7606 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues4 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp4 9831… 7661… 9833 7666 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues4 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp4 9861… 7721… 9865 7730 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1CoFloat effs4 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 9866… 7731… 9870 7740 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2CoFloat effs4 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 9871… 7741… 9875 7750 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3CoFloat effs4 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 9876… 7751… 9880 7760 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4CoFloat effs4 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 9881… 7761… 9884 7768 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc4 Float R/W Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp4 9885… 7769… 9888 7776 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc4 Float R/W Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp4 9897… 7793… 9900 7800 Service.Measurement.Lin.RefValPolySets4 Float R/W Reference value for PolynSets (P1..P4) of comp4 9901… 7801… 9903 7806 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues5 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp5 9931… 7861… 9933 7866 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues5 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp5 9961… 7921… 9965 7930 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1CoFloat effs5 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 9966… 7931… 9970 7940 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2CoFloat effs5 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 9971… 7941… 9975 7950 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3CoFloat effs5 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 9976… 7951… 9980 7960 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4CoFloat effs5 R/W Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 9981… 7961… 9984 7968 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc5 Float R/W Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp5 9985… 7969… 9988 7976 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc5 Float R/W Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp5 9997… 7993… 10000 8000 Service.Measurement.Lin.RefValPolySets5 Float R/W Reference value for PolynSets (P1..P4) of comp5 9-64 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Chapter 10 Service Information 10.1 Return of Material In Europe: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Service Department Germany +49 6055 884-470/-472 In US: Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. Customer Service Center 1-800-433-6076 1-440-914-1261 In Asia Pacific: Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Pte Limited Singapore +65-6-777-8211 2. In no event will Rosemount be responsible for equipment without proper authorization and identification. 3. Carefully pack defective unit in a sturdy box with sufficient shock absorbing material to ensure no additional damage will occur during shipping. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4. In a cover letter, describe completely: a. The symptoms that determined the equipment is faulty. b. The environment in which the equipment was operating (housing, weather, vibration, dust, etc.). c. Site from which equipment was removed. d. Whether warranty service or non-warranty service is requested. e. Complete shipping instructions for the return of the equipment. 5. Enclose a cover letter and purchase order and ship the defective equipment according to instructions provided in a Rosemount Return Authorization, prepaid, to the address provided at step 1 If warranty service is expected, the defective unit will be carefully inspected and tested at the factory. If failure was due to conditions listed in the standard Rosemount warranty, the defective unit will be repaired or replaced at Rosemount’s option, and an operating unit will be returned to the customer in accordance with shipping instructions furnished in the cover letter. For equipment no longer under warranty, the equipment will be repaired at the factory and returned as directed by the purchase order and shipping instructions. 10-1 Service information 1. Secure a return authorization from a Rosemount Analytical Sales Office or Representative before returning the equipment. Equipment must be returned with complete identification in accordance with Rosemount instructions or it will not be accepted. Contact one of the following offices to receive return information: The completed and signed Declaration of Decontamination ( page A-36) must be included with the instrument (we recommend to attach it to the packaging outside)! 10 If factory repair of defective equipment is required, proceed as follows: Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 10 Service Information 10.2 Customer Service 10.3 Training For order administration, replacement parts, applicaton assistance, on-site or factory repair, service or maintenance contract information, contact: In Europe: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Service Department Germany T +49 6055 884-470/-472 A comprehensive Factory Training Program of operator and service classes is available. For a copy of the training schedule contact: In Europe: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Service Department Germany T +49 6055 884-470/-472 In US: In US: Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. Customer Service Center T 1-800-433-6076 T 1-440-914-1261 In Asia Pacific: Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Pte Limited 1 Pandan Crescent Singapore 128461 T +65-6-777-8211 10-2 Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. Customer Service Center T 1-800-433-6076 T 1-440-914-1261 In Asia Pacific: Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Pte Limited 1 Pandan Crescent Singapore 128461 T +65-6-777-8211 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Chapter 11 Dismounting and Disposal 11.1 Dismounting and Diposal of the Analyzer HAZARDS FROM DISMOUNTING Dismounting instruments installed in hazardous area requires special documents to be issued and instructions to be followed! Do not dismount such instruments without written permit! Failure to follow may result in explosion! Gas lines may contain unhealthy or toxic gases, depending on the application, the instrument has been used for! Take care to purge such gas lines prior to disconnection, to remove all unhealthy or toxic components. Failure to follow may result in personal injury or death! ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD WHEN DISMOUNTING Only qualified personnel, observing all applicable technical and legal requirements, may disconnect power and signal cables, and dismount these devices. HEAVY INSTRUMENT The models intended for outside and wall mounted use (X-STREAM XEXF and XEFD) weigh between 26 kg (57 lb) and 63 kg (139 lb), depending on version and options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 11-1 11 Units with screw-type terminals must be de-energized by unplugging it or operating the separate cut-off switch or circuit breaker, when working on the power connections. Dismounting & Disposal Failure to follow may cause exposure to risk of damage, injury or death. Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE 11 Dismounting & Disposal When the instrument has reached the end of its useful life, do not throw it in a trash can! This instrument has been made of materials to be recycled by waste disposal contractors specialised in this field. Let the instrument and the packing material duly disposed of and in environmentally sound manner. Ensure the equipment is free of dangerous and harmful substances (decontaminated). Take care of all local regulations for waste treatment. Advice concerning the disposal of batteries • This instrument contains a CR primary lithium button cell battery of size CR 2032. • The battery is soldered to an electronics board and usually does not need to be replaced during the instrument´s lifetime. • At the end of useful life, the instrument must be disposed of in compliance with the wast regulations, see instructions below. Advice concerning the disposal of chemicals This instrument may contain electrochemical sensors, e. g. for measuring O2. For these sensors the same applies as to the battery: • Don‘t dispose of together with household carbage. • At the end of their or the instruments useful life, the sensors must be disposed of in compliance with the wast regulations, see instructions below. When the instrument has reached the end of its useful life, • purge all gas lines with inert gas • ensure all gas lines are pressureless • disconnect all gas lines • switch off power and signal lines • • • • 11-2 disconnect and remove all electrical connections for wall mounted instruments, support the instrument before loosening the fixing screws. properly fill out the Declaration of Decontamination ( A-36 ) hand over the dismounted instrument together with the Declaration of Decontamination to a waste disposal contractor. This contractor then has to disassemble the instrument, recycle and also dispose of the contained battery in compliance with all applicable waste treatment regulations. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Appendix This chapter contains an excerpt from the Modbus publication "Modbus_over_serial_line“ page A-2 EC declaration of conformity page A-12 CSA Certificate of Compliance page A-14 Block diagram page A-21 Water Vapor: Conversion of Dewpoint, Vol.-% and g/Nm³ page A-35 Declaration of Decontamination page A-36 PLC Quick Reference page A-37 page A-45 A Appendix Assignment of Terminals and Sockets Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.1 Modbus Specification A.1 Modbus Specification A-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-3 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.1 A-4 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-5 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.1 A-6 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-7 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.1 A-8 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-9 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.1 A-10 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-11 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity A-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A Appendix A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-13 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 Issued to: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Industriestrasse 1 Hasselroth, 63594 Germany Attention: Uwe Schmidt The products listed below are eligible to bear the CSA Mark shown with adjacent indicators 'C' and 'US' for Canada and US or with adjacent indicator 'US' for US only or without either indicator for Canada only. Nicholas Cameron Issued by: Nicholas Cameron PRODUCTS CLASS 2258 02 CLASS 2258 82 CLASS 8721 05 CLASS 8721 85 - PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT - For Hazardous Locations - PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT - For Hazardous Locations Certified to US Standards - LABORATORY EQUIPMENT - Electrical - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR LABORATORY USE - Certified to US Standards CLASS 8721 05 - LABORATORY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CLASS 8721 85 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR LABORATORY USE (Certified to U.S. Standards) Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM (XLF) or X-STREAM Enhanced Field Housing Gas Analyzer (XEF): Wall mounting with field wiring terminals, for outdoor use type 4 & IP66 and display; • X-STREAM (X2GP) or X-STREAM Enhanced (XEGP) General Purpose Gas Analyzer: Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); • X-STREAM Gas Analyzer Core (XCA) Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and no display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-14 Page: 1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 1, 3 – 0,7A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM Gas Analyzer Core Compact (XCK) Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and no display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); • X-STREAM (X2GK) or X-STREAM Enhanced (XEGK) General Purpose Compact Gas Analyzer: Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); • X-STREAM X100 Compact Gas Analyzer (X100GK): Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 5.5 - 3A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM (XXF) or X-STREAM Enhanced Field Housing Gas Analyzer (XDF): Wall mounting with field wiring terminals, for outdoor use type 4 & IP66 and display; Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 24Vdc, 2.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM (X2GC or X2GK)or X-STREAM Enhanced (XEGC or XEGK)General Purpose Compact Gas Analyzer Table Top or Rack Mount with 24Vdc in connector and display; • X-STREAM Compact Gas Analyzer Core (XCC or XCK): Table Top or Rack Mount with 24Vdc in Conditions of Acceptability - For the X-STREAM Models X2GP, XCA and XEGP and the AC powered versions of X2GK, X2CK, XEGK and X100GK the equipment is supplied with an approved power supply cord set or power supply cord with plug that is acceptable to the authorities in the country where the equipment is to be used. Units supplied without a power cord and that are not permanently connected are considered as component. Component-type units must be provided with a Fire, Mechanical and Electrical enclosure and must be re-evaluated by CSA. - The plug/connector is used as the disconnected device. The switch for X2GP/XCA/XEGP/XCK/X2GK/ XEGK/X100GK is not considered the disconnect device. All units must be provided with a disconnect device. CLASS 2258-02 PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT – For Hazardous Locations CLASS 2258-82 PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT – For Hazardous Locations – Certified to U.S. Standards. X-Stream FD (XFD): Flameproof for Hazardous Locations Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Gas analyzer, Model: X-Stream, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 2–1 A. Class I, Pollution Degree II; Type 4 & IP66 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Page: 2 A DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 Appendix Ambient Temperature Range: -30°C to +50°C Maximum internal case pressure = 110kpa A-15 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 XFD-abcdefghijklmnop a = Language: A, B, C, D or E b = Ambient Conditions: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 c = Instrument: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 d = Bench 1: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters e = Bench 1 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 f = Bench 2: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters g = Bench 2 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 h = Enclosure: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 i = Hazardous Area Options and Special Approvals: B or D B = CSA Certification D = CSA Certification with a Breathing Device for Venting (Same Device as option “p”) j = Input/Output Options: 1, 2, 5 or 6 k = Communication Interface: A, B, C or D l = Sample Handling: 0, 1, 3, 5 or 7 m = Gas Path Sensors: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 n = Gas Path Tubing: A, B, C, D or E o = Gas Path Fittings: 3, 4, 5 or 6 p = Flame Arrestors: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 X-Stream FD (X2FD): Flameproof for Hazardous Locations Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Gas analyzer , Model: X-Stream, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II; Ambient Temperature Range: -30°C to +50°C DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-16 Page: 3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 X-Stream FD (X2FD) has same electronics as the X-STREAM General Purpose Gas Analyzer (X2GP) with new Hazardous Locations Enclosure. X2FD-abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv a = Language: A, B, C, D, E or F b = Ambient Conditions: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 c = Instrument: 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 d = Bench 1: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters e = Bench 1 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D f = Bench 2: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters g = Bench 2 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D h = Bench 3: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters i = Bench 3 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D j = Bench 4: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters k = Bench 4 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D l = Enclosure: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 m = Hazardous Area Options and Special Approvals: B or D B = CSA Certification D = CSA Certification with a Breathing Device for Venting (Same Device as option “v”) n = Analog Outputs: 1, 2, 3 or 4 o = Digital Inputs/Relay Outputs: 0, 1 or 2 p = Communication Interface: 0, A, B, C or D q = Spare: 0 r = Sample Handling: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 Appendix s = Gas Path Sensors: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 t = Gas Path Tubing: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H or I Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Page: 4 A DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-17 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 u = Gas Path Fittings: E, F, G, H, I, J, K or L v = Flame Arrestors: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 X-STREAM FD (XEFD): Flameproof for Hazardous Locations Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB+H2, T3 and/or Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C, and D, T3 Gas analyzer , Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II; Ambient Temperature Range: -30°C to +50°C X-STREAM FD Enhanced (XEFD) has same electronics as the X-STREAM Enhanced General Purpose Gas Analyzer (XEF) with same Hazardous Locations Enclosure as X-STREAM X2FD. XEFD-abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv a = Language: A, B, C, D, E, F or G b = Ambient Conditions: 1 or 4 c = Instrument: 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 d = Bench 1: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters e = Bench 1 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D f = Bench 2: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters g = Bench 2 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D h = Bench 3: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters i = Bench 3 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D j = Bench 4: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters k = Bench 4 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D l = Enclosure: 1, 2, 3 or 4 m = Hazardous Area Options and Special Approvals: B or D B = CSA Certification DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-18 Page: 5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 D = CSA Certification with a Breathing Device for Venting (Same Device as option “v”) n = Analog Outputs: 1, 2, 3 or 4 o = Digital Inputs/Relay Outputs/Analog Inputs: 0, 1, 2, 5 or A p = Communication Interface: 0, A or B q = Advanced Software capabilities: 0, 1, 2 or 3 r = Sample Handling: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 s = Gas Path Sensors: 0, 1, 3, 5, 7 or 9 t = Gas Path Tubing: E, F, G, H, I, J, K or L u = Gas Path Fittings: E, F, G, H, I, J, K or L v = Flame Arrestors: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 X-STREAM FN (XLFN, XXFN, XEFN, XDFN): Non-Incendive for Hazardous Locations Class 1 Zone 2 Ex nAC IIC T4 Class 1 Zone 2 AEx nAC IIC T4 Class I Div 2 Groups ABCD -20 °C to +50 °C IP66 Enclosure Type 4X • X-STREAM (XLFN) or X-STREAM Enhanced (XEFN)Field Housing Gas Analyzer: Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II • X-STREAM (XXFN) or X-STREAM Enhanced Dual (XDFN) Field Housing Gas Analyzer: Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 5.5 - 3A, Class I, Pollution Degree II APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04 - Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use, Part 1: General Requirements Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Page: 6 A DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 Appendix UL Std No. 61010-1, 2nd Edition - Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use, Part 1: General Requirements A-19 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2507282 Date Issued: March 14, 2012 CAN/CSA-E60079-0:02 (R2006) - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 0: General Requirements CAN/CSA-E60079-1:02 (R2006) - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 1: Construction and Verification Test of Flameproof Enclosures of Electrical Apparatus “d” CAN/CSA-E60079-15:02 (R2006) - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 15: Type of protection "n" CSA C22.2 No 213-M1987 - Non-Incendive Electrical Equipment for Use in Class I,Division 2 Hazardous Locations CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 94-M91 (R2006) - Special Purpose Enclosures CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60529:05 - Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP Code) ANSI/ISA-12.00.01-2002 (IEC 60079-0 Mod) - Electric Apparatus for Use in Class I, Zones 0, 1 & 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations: General Requirements ANSI/ISA-12.22.01-2002 (IEC 60079-1 Mod) - Electric Apparatus for Use in Class I, Zones 1 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Type of Protection – Flameproof “d” UL 60079-15:2009 - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 15: Construction, Test and Marking of Type of Protection ’n’ Electrical Apparatus IEC 60529 Edition 2.1-2001-02 - Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP Code) UL 50 11th Edition - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2011 - Non-Incendive Electrical Equipment for Use in Class I and II, Division 2 and Class III, Divisions 1 and 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-20 Page: 7 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. A E D C B A TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig C B Appendix 1 Änderung, revision 3 TN892: Aktualisiert D 2 TN1274: Aktualisiert Micro Index TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert 4 Datum 28.09.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 11.11.11 19.01.12 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa XDF XDFN E Field housing, dual comp. Non-incendive field housing, dual compartment F Field housing, single comp. Non-incendive field housing, single compartment Flameproof field housing 19” ½ 19” 5 XEF, XEFN XEFD XEGP XEGK with DC Power Supply or XEGK with AC Power Supply ½ 19” XEGC 4 Housing 3 X-STREAM Version 2 7 6 Name 7 15.04. Walther 09 Datum 20___ 15.04. Bangert Gepr. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 10 Or Sheet 10 Or Sheet 10 Or Sheet 10 Or Sheet 10 9 10 11 Sheet 11 Or Sheet 12 Sheet 9 Sheet 9 Sheet 9 Sheet 9 11 Or Sheet 10 Alternativ Sheets Sheet 9 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram Sheet 8 Sheet 8 Sheet 5 Sheet 3 Sheet 3 Sheet 3 8 Beschreibung, description Standard Bearb. Sheet 7 Sheet 6 Sheet 4 Sheet 4 Sheet 2 Sheet 2 Applicable sheets 6 + + + + + + 12 Sheet 13 Sheet 13 Sheet 13 Sheet 13 Sheet 13 Sheet 13 Option 12 13 + 13 Index 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5159/4 F 15 Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Sheet 15 Option 14 von of 1 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + 16 E D C B A HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE A.4 Block Diagram A.4 Block Diagram A-21 A-22 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. T 3.15 A / 250V 7 Zeichnung/Drawing 4.300-7273/4 9 24V DC Input 8 10 10 3 11 11 3/A5 12 12 13 13 Index 4.300-5159/4 F 15 Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: 14 = + 16 E D C 2 Steckverbindung / plug connection Leitungsfarbe / cable colour 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines 4 MBa Änderung, revision 3 28.09.09 2 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig 1 Micro Index B MBa TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 Datum 20.01.11 5 Name MBa 11.11.10 TN892: Aktualisiert C MBa D 11.11.11 TN1274: Aktualisiert E 19.01.12 TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert F /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber bl 6 Name 7 15.04. Walther 09 Datum 20___ 15.04. Bangert Gepr. 8 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram Beschreibung, description XEGC, XEGK XLR Plug in EMI Filter, fuseholder 5x20 mm XLR Stecker EMV Filter, Sicherungshalter 5x20 mm Bearb. FE GND 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 von of 2 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: E D C B 24V 6 Power Input DC 10-30 V wide range max. 2.5 A 5 B 4 A 3 A Description of used icons: 2 Symbolerklärung: 1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Analog Output 1 P1 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig B Appendix Änderung, revision 3 TN892: Aktualisiert C 2 P1 P31 P3 P32 P2 4 Datum 28.09.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 11.11.11 19.01.12 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa P1 P4 P6 P2 XSTA 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0460 Directly coupled Sub-D P17 P7 X2 Sub-D P27 Name 7 15.04. Walther 09 Datum 20___ 15.04. Bangert P9 P10 P11 P8 P33 P19 8 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram Beschreibung, description XEGC, XEGK *Note 2: Not in XEGK *Hinweis 2: Nicht im XEGK 10 10 3 2 P6 6 RJ45 P2, P3 P7 13/E11 10/C6 12/C6 13/B... XSP 01/P32 XIN 01/P8 Direkt gekoppelt external screwterminaladapter Option Gepr. 6 P2 64 XSP 01/P3 XIN 01/X1 see sheet 10, 12 Externer Schraubklemmenadapter *2 P1 X1 Sub-D P18 P1 P22 26 Bearb. Hinweis 2: Analogausgang 5 nur mit XPSA 02 Note 2: Analog Output 5 only with XPSA 02 D 1 P26 P2 Analogausgang 4 Siehe auch Blatt 9 see also sheet 9 TN1274: Aktualisiert Micro Index P1 P25 XSIA 01 XPSA 01 / 02 E XSIA 01 TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert P16 P2 XSIA 01 F External Extern Internal Analogausgang 1 Intern Analogausgang 2 Analog Output 2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 +Power Direkt gekoppelt siehe Blatt 10, 12 10 11 P5 P9 11 12 2 XFP 01 (QSPI) P2 X4.1 XASI 01 13 X5 external screwterminaladapter Option 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 Index 4.300-5159/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Option *1 von of 3 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0800 XSTI 01 P1 Sub-D P5 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0640 P2 Externe Schraubklemmenadapter *2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0480 XSTD 01 P1 Sub-D P4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4680 P2 16 XAF 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0620 P1 LCD Directly coupled Direkt gekoppelt 15 4.300-8057-V2 16 XDIO 01 / 02 P2 P12 4.300-9124 10 P1 P9 14 Hinweis 1: Es ist maximal eine zusätzliche Option möglich (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) oder (XASI 01 + XSTI 01) Note 1: At maximum one additional option selectable (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) or (XASI 01 +XSTI 01) Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0500 5 Stromlaufplan / schematics: P8 4.300-4970 Keyboard Tastatur UFPSW 01 13 Auf Frontplatte At front panel Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0400 Sub-D USB-A/USB-Mini P15, P18 P13 P14 CAN XECB 01 P22 12 E D C B A HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. A E D C B P13 Analogausgang 3 Analog Output 3 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 2/A11 3 see sheet 9, 11 4 x “NAMUR-Relays A Analogausgang 5 XSIA 01*2 XSP 01 / XIN 01 Service Port 4.300-7273 Analog Output 4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 +Power Signals 4 x “NAMUR”-Relais 9 Service Schnittstelle siehe Blatt 9, 11 .1 .1 Analog Output 4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 Direkt gekoppelt Directly coupled .1 .1 Serial Communication Serielle Kommunikation Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable Directly coupled .25 .25 Option .9 .9 4.300-9145 8 4.300-8057-V2 4.300-9146 2 x Eterhnet 4.300-9144 CAN 7 2 x USB 1.1 6 Directly coupled .1 .1 5 Direkt gekoppelt 4 Directly coupled .1 .1 3 .25 .25 Option *1 Direkt gekoppelt 2 .9 .9 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE A.4 Block Diagram A-23 E D C B Appliance-Inlet C14 acc. To IEC/EN 60320-1 Änderung, revision 4 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig B 3 TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 C 2 TN892: Aktualisiert 1 7 Datum 28.09.09 11.11.10 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa 7 15.04. Walther Name 15.04. Bangert Gepr. 6 2 4.300-8126 8 X-STREAM XE Block diagram 9 XEGK, XEGP Beschreibung, description 10 4.300-8100 11 P4 P2 P7 P1 P8 14 15 Heater 2 ETC02286 Heizung 2 Overtemperaturswitch ETC02286 Heater 1 ETC02286 Heizung 1 Temperaturesensor 4.300-6452 Temperatursensor 12 13 *Note 1: Not in XEGK 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5159/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Index *Note 4: Not for heated analysers Übertemperaturschalter Gn/ge gn/ye 16 von of 4 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + *Hinweis 4: Nicht für thermostatisierte Analysatoren *Note 3: Not in XEGK *Hinweis 3: Nicht im XEGK Hinweis: Bei einem Netzteil Note: For one power supply 3/A5 5/A6 5/A5 X10 5/A5 Erdungsbolzen auf der Trägerplatte Grounding pin on mounting plate 2 2 2 2 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 *Note 2: There are up to two power supplies possible in the analyser 13 *Hinweis 2: Es sind bis zu zwei Netzteile im Analysator möglich 12 *Hinweis 1: Nicht im XEGK 4.300-8101 2 24V DC 24V - 24V - 24V DC 11 Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.350-0680/3 P9 2 XHM 01 Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range Netzteil 100V-240V ~ Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range *2 *3 *4 Netzteil 100V-240V ~ P6 Erdungsbolzen auf der Montageplatte Grounding pin on mounting panel Bearb. 09 Datum 20___ 4.300-8104 4.300-8109 2 10 Optionales zweites Netzteil Optional second Power Supply 9 4.300-8113 8 E D C B A X-STREAM XE Micro Index 11.11.11 TN1274: Aktualisiert 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert E F D /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber Steckverbindung / plug connection Leitungsfarbe / cable colour 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines Description of used icons: 2 N Gerätesteckdose C14 gemäss IEC/EN 60320-1 Symbolerklärung: bl T 4 A / 250V PE 6 Power entry module 2-stage inlet Filter, 2-pole line switch, 2 fuseholder 5x20 mm 5 FKID2-50-4/1 Gerätestecker-Kombielement 2-Stufen Inlet Filter, Netzschalter 2-polig, 2 Sicherungshalter 5x20 mm T 4 A / 250V L Power Input AC 100 - 240 V wide range 50 / 60 Hz 4 Verbindung wenn keine XHM 01 eingebaut ist Connection if no XHM 01 is used 4.300-8100 Gn/ge gn/ye 4.300-8108 3 optional Heater A 2 Optionale Heizung *1 A-24 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Analog Output 1 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig B Appendix Änderung, revision 3 TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 C 2 TN892: Aktualisiert D 1 P26 P2 Analogausgang 4 4 Datum 28.09.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 11.11.11 19.01.12 Siehe auch Blatt 9 see also sheet 9 TN1274: Aktualisiert Micro Index P1 XSIA 01 XPSA 01 / 02 E XSIA 01 TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert P16 P2 XSIA 01 F External Extern Internal Analogausgang 1 Intern P1 P25 P1 P31 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa P32 P2 P1 P4 P6 P2 7 15.04. Walther Name 15.04. Bangert 6 XSTA 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0460 Directly coupled Sub-D P17 P7 X2 8 X-STREAM XE Block diagram Beschreibung, description XEGP 9 Sub-D P27 P9 P10 P11 P8 P33 P19 10 10 3 2 P6 6 RJ45 P2, P3 P7 13/E11 10/C6 12/C6 13/B... XSP 01/P32 XIN 01/P8 Direkt gekoppelt external screwterminaladapter Option Gepr. 09 Datum 20___ P2 64 XSP 01/P3 XIN 01/X1 see sheet 10, 12 Externer Schraubklemmenadapter P1 X1 Sub-D P18 P1 P22 26 Bearb. P3 Direkt gekoppelt siehe Blatt 10, 12 10 11 P5 P9 11 12 2 XFP 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0500 P12 14 P2 X4.1 XASI 01 external screwterminaladapter Option 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 Index 4.300-5159/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Option *1 von of 5 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0800 Hinweis 1: Es sind maximal zwei zusätzliche Optionen möglich (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) oder (XASI 01 + XSTI 01) Note 1: At maximum two additional options are selectable (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) or (XASI 01 +XSTI 01) 13 X5 XSTI 01 P1 Sub-D P5 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0640 P2 Externe Schraubklemmenadapter Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0480 XSTD 01 P1 Sub-D P4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4680 16 XAF 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0620 P1 LCD Directly coupled Direkt gekoppelt 15 4.300-9127 Y-Kabel Y-Cable 16 XDIO 01 / 02 (QSPI) 4.300-9124 10 P1 P9 5 Stromlaufplan / schematics: P8 4.300-4970 Keyboard Tastatur UFPSW 01 13 Auf Frontplatte At front panel Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0400 Sub-D USB-A/USB-Mini P15, P18 P13 P14 CAN XECB 01 P22 12 E D C B A HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. A E D C Analogausgang 2 Analog Output 2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 B P13 Analogausgang 3 Analog Output 3 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 4/A13 2 see sheet 9, 11 4 x “NAMUR-Relays +Power Analogausgang 5 XSIA 01 XSP 01 / XIN 01 Service Port 4.300-9125 Analog Output 4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 +Power Signals 4 x “NAMUR”-Relais 9 Service Schnittstelle siehe Blatt 9, 11 .1 .1 Analog Output 4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 Direkt gekoppelt Directly coupled .1 .1 Serial Communication Serielle Kommunikation Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable Directly coupled .25 .25 Option .9 .9 4.300-9145 8 4.300-8057-V2 4.300-9146 2 x Eterhnet 4.300-9144 CAN 7 2 x USB 1.1 6 Directly coupled .1 .1 5 Direkt gekoppelt 4 Directly coupled .1 .1 A 3 .25 .25 Option *1 Direkt gekoppelt 2 .9 .9 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE A.4 Block Diagram A-25 E D C B A 2 N PE T 4 A / 250V T 4 A / 250V TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig C B 1 Änderung, revision 3 TN892: Aktualisiert D 2 TN1274: Aktualisiert E 4 Datum 28.09.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 11.11.11 19.01.12 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa 6 7 15.04. Walther Gepr. Name 15.04. Bangert Bearb. 09 Datum 20___ 8 2 4.300-8126 P6 8 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram 10 4.300-8101 11 P4 P2 P7 P1 P8 4.300-8101 2 24V - 24V DC 24V - 24V DC 11 Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.350-0680/3 P9 2 XHM 01 Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range Netzteil 100V-240V ~ Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range *1 Netzteil 100V-240V ~ Single compartment field housings Beschreibung, description 10 Optionales zweites Netzteil Optional second Power Supply 9 Erdungsbolzen auf der Montageplatte Grounding pin on mounting panel Gn/ge gn/ye 4.300-8112 3 7 14 15 12 Gn/ge gn/ye Heater 2 ETC02286 Heizung 2 Overtemperaturswitch ETC02286 Übertemperaturschalter Heater 1 ETC02286 Heizung 1 Temperaturesensor 4.300-6452 Temperatursensor Hinweis: Bei einem Netzteil Note: For one power supply 5/A6 X10 8/A5 13 Index 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5159/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Erdungsbolzen auf der Heizungsabdeckung Grounding pin on heater cover 2 2 2 2 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 *Note 1: There are up to two power supplies possible in the analyser 13 *Hinweis 1: Es sind bis zu zwei Netzteile im Analysator möglich 12 von of 6 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + 16 E D C B A X-STREAM XE Micro Index TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert F 4.300-8102 EMI Filter 2-stage Filter potted Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.271/6581 EMV Filter 2-stufiges Filter vergossen Power entry module with screw terminals, 2 fuseholder 5x20 mm Zeichnung/drawing 4.271-6580 /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber Steckverbindung / plug connection Leitungsfarbe / cable colour 4.300-8102 Gn/ge gn/ye EMI Filter 6ET1 1-stage Filter Netzeingangsmodul mit Schraubklemmen, 2-polige Sicherung 5x20 mm T 6.3 A / 250V EMV Filter 6ET1 1-stufiges Filter Power entry module with screw terminals, 2 fuseholder 5x20 mm Zeichnung/drawing 4.271-7340 T 6.3 A / 250V 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines Description of used icons: Symbolerklärung: bl L Power Input AC 100 - 240 V wide range 50 / 60 Hz Model XEFD PE N L Power Input AC 100 - 240 V wide range 50 / 60 Hz Model XEF, XEFN Netzeingangsmodul mit Schraubklemmen, 2-polige Sicherung 5x20 mm 6 Verbindung wenn keine XHM 01 eingebaut ist Connection if no XHM 01 is used 5 Verbindung wenn Seite 15 aktiv ist Connection if Page 15 is active 15/B8 4.300-8104 4 4.300-8113 3 4.300-8108 2 optional Heater Optionale Heizung A-26 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Steckverbindung / plug connection Leitungsfarbe / cable colour TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig C B Appendix 1 Änderung, revision 3 TN892: Aktualisiert D 2 TN1274: Aktualisiert E Micro Index TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert F T 6.3 A / 250V T 6.3 A / 250V 4 6 Datum 28.09.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 11.11.11 19.01.12 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa 7 7 15.04. Walther Name 15.04. Bangert 6 Verbindung wenn keine XHM 01 eingebaut ist Connection if no XHM 01 is used 4.300-8118 4.300-8104 2 2 P6 4.300-8100 8 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram Beschreibung, description 10 11 P4 P2 P7 P1 P8 4.300-8101 2 24V - 24V DC 24V - 24V DC 11 Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.350-0680/3 P9 2 XHM 01 Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range Netzteil 100V-240V ~ Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range *1 Netzteil 100V-240V ~ Optionales zweites Netzteil Optional second Power Supply 10 14 15 12 2 2 2 2 8/A5 Gn/ge gn/ye Heater 2 ETC02286 Heizung 2 Overtemperaturswitch ETC02286 Übertemperaturschalter Heater 1 ETC02286 Heizung 1 Temperaturesensor 4.300-6452 Temperatursensor Hinweis: Bei einem Netzteil Note: For one power supply 8/A6 5/A6 X10 13 Index 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5159/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Erdungsbolzen auf der Trägerplatte Grounding pin on mounting plate 6 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 4.300-9125 2 *Note 1: There are up to two power supplies possible in the analyser 13 *Hinweis 1: Es sind bis zu zwei Netzteile im Analysator möglich 12 optional Heater Optionale Heizung 9 Dual compartment field housings (XDF, XDFN) Gepr. 09 Datum 20___ 8 4.300-8126 Erdungsbolzen auf der Montageplatte Grounding pin on mounting panel Gn/ge gn/ye Bearb. 4.300-8102 EMI Filter 6ET1 1-stage Filter EMV Filter 6ET1 1-stufiges Filter Power entry module with screw terminals, 2 fuseholder 5x20 mm Zeichnung/drawing 4.271-7340 5 Netzeingangsmodul mit Schraubklemmen, 2-polige Sicherung 5x20 mm /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber bl PE N 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines Description of used icons: Symbolerklärung: 2 L Power Input AC 100 - 240 V wide range 50 / 60 Hz 4 von of 7 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + 16 E D C B A HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. A E D C B 3 4.300-8113 A 2 4.300-8108 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE A.4 Block Diagram A-27 E D C Analog Output 1 P1 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig C B Änderung, revision 3 TN892: Aktualisiert D 2 Analogausgang 4 4 Datum 28.09.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 11.11.11 19.01.12 Siehe auch Blatt 10 see also sheet 10 TN1274: Aktualisiert 1 P26 P2 P1 P31 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa P32 P2 P1 P4 P6 P2 6 7 15.04. Walther Name 15.04. Bangert Gepr. 09 Datum 20___ P2 Sub-D P17 P7 8 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram Beschreibung, description Fieldhousings (all) internal screw terminal adapter XSTA 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0460 X2 Sub-D P27 9 P9 P10 P11 P8 P33 P19 10 10 3 2 P6 6 RJ45 P2, P3 P7 13/E11 10/C6 11/B4 12/B4 12/C6 13/B... XSP 01/P32 XIN 01/P8 Direkt gekoppelt Directly coupled see sheet 10, 12 Interner Schraubklemmenadapter P1 X1 Sub-D P18 P1 P22 26 Bearb. P3 64 XSP 01/P3 XIN 01/X1 see sheet 9, 11 4 x “NAMUR-Relays 9 siehe Blatt 10, 12 XSP 01 / XIN 01 +Power Signals 4 x “NAMUR”-Relais +Power XSIA 01 siehe Blatt 9, 11 Direkt gekoppelt 8 11 P5 P9 2 XFP 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0500 11 12 13 P2 X4.1 XASI 01 X5 Index 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5159/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: 15/B11,D12 von of 8 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + internal screw terminal adapters Option*) Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0800 XSTI 01 P1 Sub-D P5 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0640 P2 Option *1 Interne Schraubklemmenadapter 4.300-8130 2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0480 XSTD 01 P1 Sub-D P4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4680 16 XAF 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0620 P1 LCD Directly coupled Direkt gekoppelt 15 4.300-9127 Y-Kabel Y-Cable 16 XDIO 01 / 02 (QSPI) Hinweis 1: Es sind maximal zwei zusätzliche Optionen möglich (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) oder (XASI 01 + XSTI 01) Note 1: At maximum two additional options are selectable (XDIO 01 + XSTD 01) or (XASI 01 +XSTI 01) 10 P12 14 4.300-9124 10 P1 P9 5 Stromlaufplan / schematics: P8 4.300-4970 Keyboard Tastatur UFPSW 01 13 Auf Frontplatte At front panel Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0400 Sub-D USB-A/USB-Mini P15, P18 P13 P14 CAN XECB 01 P22 12 E D C B A X-STREAM XE Micro Index P1 P25 XSIA 01 XPSA 01 / 02 E XSIA 01 TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert P16 P2 XSIA 01 F Internal Analogausgang 1 Intern Analogausgang 2 Analog Output 2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 B P13 Analogausgang 3 Analog Output 3 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 2 6/A13, 7/A13 Analogausgang 5 7 Service Port 4.300-9125 Analog Output 4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 6 .1 Analog Output 4 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0380 Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable .1 Serielle Kommunikation Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable Directly coupled .25 .25 Serial Communication .1 Service Schnittstelle 4.300-9128 4.300-9145 5 4.300-8057-V2 4.300-9146 2 x Eterhnet 4.300-9144 CAN 4 2 x USB 1.1 Option .9 .9 .1 4.300-9130 A 3 4.300-9154 2 .25 .25 .1 Option *1 Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Flachbandkabel Flat ribbon cable .1 4.300-9129 .1 .9 .9 A-28 .1 1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. E D C B A +Power DC-Detektoren DC-detectors AC-detectors 5 Source Strahler Appendix 4 MBa Änderung, revision 3 28.09.09 2 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig 1 Micro Index B MBa 11.11.10 TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 C Datum 5 Name MBa TN892: Aktualisiert MBa 11.11.11 TN1274: Aktualisiert E D 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert Thermostate control (option, not for XEGC, XEGK) 8 P4 P7 P6 Flow Durchfluss Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 P5 6 7 15.04. Walther Gepr. Name 15.04. Bangert Bearb. 09 Datum 20___ 10 Temperature Temperatur Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 P11 P16 P17 P18 9 Pressure Druck Ch1 Ch2 P30 P31 11 8 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram Beschreibung, description 10 11 physical components (depending on measurement system) Chopper M1 M2 P19 P20 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0520 XSP 01 7 XSP 01, XPSA 02 and physical components Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 thermostatisiert (Option, nicht für XEGC, XEGK) F 6 P12 P13 P14 P15 P32 physikalische Baugruppen (messprinzipabhängig) Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 Ch5 AC-Detektoren P26 P27 P28 P3 see sheet 3, 5, 8 siehe Blatt 3, 5, 8 4 Serial 3 Signals Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 P21 P23 P25 P24 2 12 Flow-Switch Durchflussschalter P10 12 Moisture 13 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4400 HTS 01 Feuchte JP2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4520 SSI 01 Valveunit 1 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 von of 9 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + Pump 2 P28 16 Mess gaspumpe 2 Index Valveunit 2 Ventilblock 2 8 8 P21 4.300-5159/4 F Pump 1 Mess gaspumpe 1 P29 Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Ventilblock 1 8 8 10 SV2 P24 siehe auch Blatt 3, 5, 8 see also sheet 3, 5, 8 XPSA 01 / 02 15 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 14 P33 13 E D C B A HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 A Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. 4.300-9164 1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE A.4 Block Diagram A-29 A-30 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. see sheet 3, 5, 8 4 siehe Blatt 3, 5, 8 8 P4 E 10 Flow DC-detectors 4 MBa Änderung, revision 3 28.09.09 2 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig 1 Datum 5 Name 6 7 15.04. Walther Gepr. Name 15.04. Bangert Bearb. 8 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram Beschreibung, description XIN 01, XPSA 02 and physical components 09 Datum 20___ Pressure Druck 10 11 12 Flow-Switch Durchflussschalter P10 12 13 13 Valveunit 1 Pump 1 Mess gaspumpe 1 P29 Pump 2 P28 16 Mess gaspumpe 2 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5159/4 F Index Valveunit 2 8 8 P21 Ventilblock 2 Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Ventilblock 1 8 8 P24 siehe auch Blatt 3, 5, 8 see also sheet 3, 5, 8 XPSA 01 / 02 15 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 14 A von of 10 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + E X-STREAM XE Micro Index B MBa 11.11.10 TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 C MBa TN892: Aktualisiert MBa 11.11.11 TN1274: Aktualisiert E D 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert F Thermostate control (option, not for XEGC, XEGK) thermostatisiert (Option, nicht für XEGC, XEGK) Temperature Temperatur Ch1 P30 11 physical components (depending on measurement system) Durchfluss DC-Detektoren physikalische Baugruppen (messprinzipabhängig) Ch1 Ch2 Ch1 Ch2 Ch1 Ch2 P11 P16 9 D P5 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0780 XIN 01 7 D 6 C P3 5 +Power C P23 P25 P8 3 QSPI B 2 B A 1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 34 XFTB 02.1 XFTB 02.2 P7 P7 34 +Power P26 P27 +Power see sheet 3, 5, 8 siehe Blatt 3, 5, 8 XFTB 02.... P1 DC-Detektoren DC-detectors AC-Detektoren AC-detectors Ch4 Ch5 Source Strahler Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig C B Appendix Änderung, revision 3 TN892: Aktualisiert D 2 TN1274: Aktualisiert E Micro Index TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert F Thermostate control (option) thermostatisiert (Option) 8 P19 P20 P4 P7 Flow Durchfluss Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 4 Datum 28.09.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 11.11.11 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa P11 P16 P17 P18 10 Temperature Temperatur Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 Ch1 Ch2 Pressure Druck P10 12 6 Name 7 15.04. Walther Gepr. 09 Datum 20___ 15.04. Bangert Bearb. 8 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram Beschreibung, description 13 10 11 12 13 *Note 1: Up to two pcb’s XFTB 02 may be installed depending on the number and configuration of physical components. The mapping of AC- or DC-Detectors from the connectors on the XFTB 02 may vary. Flow-Switch Durchflussschalter *Hinweis 1 *Note 1 P30 P31 11 XSP 01, XPSA 02 and physical components in dual compartment fieldhousing *Hinweis 1: Je nach Anzahl und Konfiguration der physikalischen Baugruppen werden 1 oder 2 Stk. XFTB 02 eingesetzt. Hierdurch kann die Zuordnung der AC- oder DC-Detektoren zu den Steckplätzen der XFTB 02 variieren. 19.01.12 P6 9 physical components (depending on measurement system) Chopper M1 M2 P5 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0520 XSP 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0900 physikalische Baugruppen (messprinzipabhängig) Ch1 Ch2 Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 1 XFTB 02 P12 P13 P14 P15 P32 7 P29 XFTB 02.1 P19 9 8 P24 Valveunit 1 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 von of 11 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + Pump 2 Mess gaspumpe 2 Index Valveunit 2 Ventilblock 2 8 8 4.300-5159/4 F Pump 1 Mess gaspumpe 1 Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Ventilblock 1 8 8 P28 16 XFTB 02.1 P22 9 8 P21 siehe auch Blatt 3, 5, 8 see also sheet 3, 5, 8 XPSA 01 / 02 15 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 14 E D C B A HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 A E D C B P21 P23 P25 P24 Signals XFTB 02.1 P18 XFTB 02.2 P18 A XFTB 02.1 P16 XFTB 02.1 P17 XFTB 02.2 P16 XFTB 02.2 P17 2 8/C10 6 XFTB 02.1 P9 XFTB 02.1 P10 XFTB 02.2 P9 XFTB 02.2 P10 5 XFTB 02.1 P12 XFTB 02.1 P13 XFTB 02.2 P12 XFTB 02.2 P13 4 XFTB 02.1 P11 XFTB 02.2 P11 3 XFTB 02.1 P5 2 XFTB 02.1 P8 XFTB 02.2 P8 4.300-9125 13/E11 13/B... 2 13/E11 13/B... 2 13/E11 13/B... XFTB 02.1 P20 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. XFTB 02.1 P21 Serial XFTB 02.... P2 XFTB 02.... P3 XFTB 02.... P4 XFTB 02.1 P14 XFTB 02.2 P15 XFTB 02.1 P14 XFTB 02.2 P15 2 XFTB 02.1 P23 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG XFTB 02.1 P24 1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE A.4 Block Diagram A-31 E D C B +Power XFTB 02.1 P1 Flow DC-detectors 4 MBa Änderung, revision 3 28.09.09 2 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig 1 Datum 5 Name Temperature Temperatur Ch1 Ch2 Pressure Druck Ch1 6 Name 7 15.04. Walther Gepr. 09 Datum 20___ 15.04. Bangert Bearb. 8 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram Beschreibung, description 10 11 12 XSP 01, XPSA 02 and physical components in dual compartment fieldhousing Flow-Switch Durchflussschalter 13 13 P29 XFTB 02.1 P19 9 8 P24 Valveunit 1 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 von of 12 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + Pump 2 Mess gaspumpe 2 Index Valveunit 2 Ventilblock 2 8 8 4.300-5159/4 F Pump 1 Mess gaspumpe 1 Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Ventilblock 1 8 8 P28 16 XFTB 02.1 P22 9 8 P21 siehe auch Blatt 3, 5, 8 see also sheet 3, 5, 8 XPSA 01 / 02 15 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4660 / 4.350-0920 14 E D C B A X-STREAM XE Micro Index B MBa 11.11.10 TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 C MBa TN892: Aktualisiert MBa 11.11.11 TN1274: Aktualisiert E D 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert Thermostate control (option) 12 P10 11 P30 10 P11 P16 9 physical components (depending on measurement system) Durchfluss thermostatisiert (Option) F P4 Ch1 Ch2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0900 P5 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0780 XIN 01 8 DC-Detektoren XFTB 02 P3 7 Ch1 Ch2 XFTB 02.1 P16 XFTB 02.1 P17 physikalische Baugruppen (messprinzipabhängig) XFTB 02.1 P7 34 P23 P25 P8 see sheet 3, 5, 8 siehe Blatt 3, 5, 8 6 XFTB 02.1 P12 XFTB 02.1 P13 5 +Power XFTB 02.1 P11 4 XFTB 02.1 P5 3 QSPI XFTB 02.1 P9 XFTB 02.1 P10 A 2 4.300-9125 2 11/E11 11/B... XFTB 02.1 P20 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. XFTB 02.1 P21 2 8/C10 XFTB 02.1 P2 XFTB 02.1 P3 XFTB 02.1 P4 2 11/E11 11/B... 2 11/E11 11/B... XFTB 02.1 P23 A-32 XFTB 02.1 P24 1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4.300-8057 Thermal conductivity sensor Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-2000 4 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig B Appendix 1 Änderung, revision 3 TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 C 2 TN892: Aktualisiert Micro Index 11.11.11 TN1274: Aktualisiert Datum 28.09.09 11.11.10 20.01.11 19.01.12 TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert E F Angeschlossen als AC-Detektor siehe Seite 9, 10, 11 oder 12 Connected as an AC detector see page 9, 10, 11 or 12 D 4 UV sensor Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-2280 4 5 Name MBa MBa MBa MBa 6 7 15.04. Walther Name 15.04. Bangert Gepr. 09 Datum 20___ 8 TCD 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0000 JP1 4 4 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram 2 10 4 P1 XOX 01 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0440 11 Steckverbindung / plug connection Leitungsfarbe / cable colour 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines Trace Oxygen P3 13 P1 4 P4 J2 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5159/4 F Index Peltier Kühler Peltier Cooler Overtemperaturswitch von of 13 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + Übertemperaturschalter Overtemperaturswitch Temperaturesensor Übertemperaturschalter Temperatursensor Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: 2 2 2 2 Electrochemical Sensor Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-0800 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9, 10, 11 oder 12 Connected as a DC detector see page 9, 10, 11 or 12 12 16 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9, 10, 11 oder 12 Connected as a DC detector see page 9, 10, 11 or 12 OXS 01 Elektrochemischer Sensor P23, P24 XTEC 02 Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.350-1280/3 P25, P26 P22 15 /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber bl 2 Description of used icons: 14 Symbolerklärung: 13 Spurensauerstoffmessung Sensors with 4 ... 20 mA looppower Sensoren mit 4 ... 20 mA Schleifenstromversorgung X1 12 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9, 10, 11 oder 12 Connected as a DC detector see page 9, 10, 11 or 12 11 4.300-8057 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9, 10, 11 oder 12 Connected as a DC detector see page 9, 10, 11 or 12 Physical components Beschreibung, description 8 XHA 01 2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0980 Optional angeschlossen an P9 siehe Seite 9, 10, 11 oder 12 option, connected to P9 see page 9, 10, 11 or 12 3 10 3/C10 5/C10 8/C10 11/D4 12/D4 Angeschlossen als Temperatursensor siehe Seite 9, 10, 11 oder 12 Connected as temperature sensor see page 9, 10, 11 or 12 Paramagnetic O2 sensor PO2 Paramagn. O2-Sensor Thermal conductivity sensor 2 9 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9, 10, 11 oder 12 Connected as a DC detector see page 9, 10, 11 or 12 Wärmeleitfähigkeitssensor SPI 01 ST3 2 Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0200 Bearb. Angeschlossen als AC-Detektor siehe Seite 9, 10, 11 oder 12 Connected as an AC detector see page 9, 10, 11 or 12 IR sensor Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.300-4300 VVS 03 IR Sensor Thermostate control (option, not for XEGC, XEGK) UVSS III UV Sensor P15 4 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9, 10, 11 oder 12 Connected as a DC detector see page 9, 10, 11 or 12 WAP 100 Wärmeleitfähigkeitssensor P2 2 3/C10 5/C10 8/C10 11/D4 12/D4 thermostatisiert (Option, nicht für XEGC, XEGK) Electrochemical sensor Stromlaufplan / schematics: 4.350-0600 POT 01 Elektrochemischer Sensor JP1 4 Angeschlossen als DC-Detektor siehe Seite 9, 10, 11 oder 12 Connected as a DC detector see page 9, 10, 11 or 12 7 E D C B A HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 A E D C B A 4.300-9150 6 Heater 5 4.300-8057 Beheizer 4 3/C10 5/C10 8/C10 11/D4 12/D4 Temp.Sensor 3 Temp.-Sensor 2 4.300-8057 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. CAN Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3/C10 5/C10 8/C10 11/D4 12/D4 1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE A.4 Block Diagram A-33 Copying of this document, and giving it to others and the use or communication of the contents thereof, are only allowed with our agreement. All rights are reserved. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhaltes sind nur mit unserer Zustimmung gestattet. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. E D C B MBa Datum 5 Name 6 09 Datum 20___ Name 7 15.04. Walther 8 9 X-STREAM XE Block diagram 10 11 P4 2 P7 P2 P8 14 Steckverbindung / plug connection Leitungsfarbe / cable colour 2-adrige Leitung / cable with 2 lines 15 1 12 8/E14 4.300-8130 4.300-8129 1 2 2 2 13 Index 14 Ident-Nr.: 15 4.300-5159/4 F Zeichnung-Nr.: Drawing-No.: Overtemperaturswitch ETC02580 Übertemperaturschalter Heaterjacket 655228 Heiztasche Temperaturesensor 4.300-9171 Temperatursensor *Note 1: There are only two power supplies in the analyser possible 8/E14 16 von of 15 15 16 Blatt Sheet Auftrags-Nr.: = + /2.4 Verweis auf Seite 2, Spalte 4 / reference to sh 2, row 4 4.xxx-xxxx Zeichnungs-/Sachnummer / Drawing-/Partnumber bl 2 Description of used icons: 13 Symbolerklärung: *Hinweis 1: Es sind nur insgesamt zwei Netzteile im Analysator möglich 12 4.300-8130 24V - 24V DC 11 Stromlaufplan/schematic 4.350-0680/3 XHM 02 4.300-9169 2 Power Supply AC 100V-240V ~ wide range *1 10 Netzteil 100V-240V ~ P6 9 „Vapor Recovery“ 6/B8 Beschreibung, description 8 4.300-8126 Note! Sheet 14 of block diagram is intentionally missing here! Änderung, revision 3 28.09.09 2 TN387: XPSA jetzt 5-kanalig 1 Micro Index 15.04. Bangert Gepr. 7 Bearb. 6 E D C B A X-STREAM XE B MBa 11.11.10 TN847: Trace Moisture hinzu; TN489 C 20.01.11 MBa TN892: Aktualisiert MBa TN1274: Aktualisiert 11.11.11 TN1346, TN1347: Aktualisiert 19.01.12 5 D 4 4 E 3 F 2 4.300-8108 A-34 X11 A 1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.5 Calculation of Water Vapor A.5 Water Vapor: Relationship of Dewpoint, Vol.-% and g/Nm³ 0 32,0 0,60 4,88 36 1 33,8 0,65 5,24 2 36,8 0,68 5,64 3 37,4 0,75 4 39,2 0,80 5 41,0 6 42,8 7 96,8 5,86 50,22 37 98,6 6,20 53,23 38 100,4 6,55 56,87 6,06 39 102,2 6,90 59,76 6,50 40 104,0 7,18 62,67 0,86 6,98 42 107,6 8,10 70,95 0,92 7,49 44 111,2 8,99 79,50 44,6 0,99 8,03 45 113,0 9,45 84,02 8 46,4 1,06 8,60 46 114,8 9,96 89,20 9 48,2 1,13 9,21 48 118,4 11,07 99,80 10 50,0 1,21 9,86 50 122,0 12,04 110,81 11 51,8 1,29 10,55 52 125,6 13,43 124,61 12 53,6 1,38 11,29 54 129,2 14,80 139,55 13 55,4 1,48 12,07 55 131,0 15,55 147,97 14 57,2 1,58 12,88 56 132,8 16,29 156,26 15 59,0 1,68 14,53 58 136,4 17,91 175,15 16 60,8 1,79 14,69 60 140,0 19,65 196,45 17 62,6 1,90 16,08 62 143,6 21,55 220,60 18 64,4 2,04 16,72 64 147,2 23,59 247,90 19 66,2 2,16 17,72 66 150,8 25,80 279,20 20 68,0 2,30 19,01 68 154,4 28,18 315,10 21 69,8 2,45 20,25 70 158,0 30,75 356,70 22 71,6 2,61 21,55 72 161,6 33,50 404,50 23 73,4 2,77 22,95 74 165,2 36,47 461,05 24 75,2 2,95 24,41 76 168,8 39,66 527,60 25 77,0 3,12 25,97 78 172,4 43,06 607,50 26 78,8 3,32 27,62 80 176,0 46,72 704,20 27 80,6 3,52 29,37 82 179,6 50,65 824,00 28 82,4 3,73 32,28 84 183,2 54,84 975,40 29 84,2 3,96 33,15 86 186,8 59,33 1171,50 30 86,0 4,18 35,20 88 190,4 64,09 1433,30 31 87,6 4,43 37,37 90 194,0 69,18 1805,00 32 89,6 4,69 39,67 33 91,4 4,97 42,09 34 93,2 5,25 44,64 35 95,0 5,55 47,35 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note! Standard conditions: 273 K (0 °C) and 1013 hPa. Water concentration calculated at dry standard conditions. A-35 Appendix Dewpoint Content of Water Water Concentration °C °F Vol. -% g/Nm³ A Dewpoint Content of Water Water Concentration °C °F Vol. -% g/Nm³ Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.6 Declaration of Decontamination A.6 Declaration of Decontamination Because of legal regulations and for the safety of Emerson Process Management employees and operating equipment, we need this "Declaration of Decontamination", signed by an authorized person, prior to processing your order. Ensure to include it with the shipping documents, or (recommended) attach it to the outside of the packaging. Analyzer model Instrument details Serial no. Temperature Process details Pressure Please check where applicable, include safety data sheet and, if necessary, special handling instructions! The medium was used for Medium and concentration CAS No. toxic harmful corrosive flammable other1) harmless Process Process cleaning Cleaning of returned parts 1) e.g. explosive, radioactive, environmentally hazardous, of biological risk, etc. Describe: ___________________________________________________________________ Declaration and Sender Data We hereby declare that the retumed parts have been carefully cleaned. To the best of our knowledge they are free from any residues in dangerous quantities. Company Contact Person / Function Address Phone Location, Date A-36 Signature Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.7 PLC Quick Reference A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐10 PLC Quick Reference Card Program lines not to exceed 100 chars, otherwise runtime errors show up! First program line to start with ####, otherwise upload to analyzer fails! If timers need to be used, they have to be setup at the beginning of the program (see Example Program) For USB transfer save PLC.TXT on the USB stick into the directory emerson_xe\\config PLC Timer Setup Syntax: ; [Comment] For details see Timer Modes below COMMAND ID VALUE TMR_MODE 1…8 OFFDELAY, ONDELAY, REPPULSE, SINGLEPULSE, RETRIGSPULSE, INHIBSPULSE, CLKTRGPULSE , COUNTER TMR_DURATION 1…8 1...3600 TMR_PERIOD_CNT 1…8 1...3600 (REPPULSE: sec CLKTRGPULSE: min COUNTER: counts) TMR_TRIG_TIME 1…8 YYYY,MM,DD,hh,mm Sequencer Setup Syntax: ; [Comment] For details see Sequencer Function Block below COMMAND ID VALUE SEQ_DURATION 1…4 1…3600 SEQ_STAB_TIME 1…4 0…3599, but max. ( ‐1) SEQ_NUM_OUTS 1…4 2…10 SEQ_SNGL_CYCLE 1…4 TRUE, FALSE DESCRIPTION Set switch duration Set stabilization time Set no. of outputs to be used Set single cycle mode Programming Quick Reference A Appendix Syntax: [,,…]; [Comment] Maximum amount of operators & operands: approx. 400 SPECIAL CHARACTER Function , Separation of Operands ; Command Termination # Start of Comment Line Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-37 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐10 OPERATOR CLR SET AND OR NEG LOAD STO IF OPERANDS ‐ ‐ O1, [O2, O3, …] O1, [O2, O3, …] ‐ O1 O1, [O2, O3, …] O1, O2 Description Set register to FALSE Set register to TRUE Logical AND of register and Logical OR of register and Negate register load register with state of Store register to if register = TRUE then load register with state of first else load register with state of second if register = TRUE then call End of program CALL O1, [O2, O3, …] END ‐ READ & WRITE OPERANDS Description R1 … R10 Result 1 ... 10 M1 … M15 Memory 1 … 15 WRITE ONLY OPERANDS Description T1I1, T1I2 Timer 1 / Input 1, 2 T2I1, T2I2 Timer 2 / Input 1, 2 T3I1, T3I2 Timer 3 / Input 1, 2 T4I1, T4I2 Timer 4 / Input 1, 2 T5I1, T5I2 Timer 5 / Input 1, 2 T6I1, T6I2 Timer 6 / Input 1, 2 T7I1, T7I2 Timer 7 / Input 1, 2 T8I1, T8I2 Timer 8 / Input 1, 2 SQ1ENA, SQ1HLD, SQ1RST Sequencer 1 / Enable, Hold, Restart SQ2ENA, SQ2HLD, SQ2RST Sequencer 2 / Enable, Hold, Restart SQ3ENA, SQ3HLD, SQ3RST Sequencer 3 / Enable, Hold, Restart SQ4ENA, SQ4HLD, SQ4RST Sequencer 4 / Enable, Hold, Restart Syntax of channel related operands indices: READ ONLY OPERANDS Description S01 … S76 System Digital Output Pool (see below) S101 … S540 Channel Digital Output Pool (see below) T1 … T8 Output Timer 1 … 8 SQ1O1 … SQ1O10, SQ1RDY, SQ1STAB Sequencer 1 / Outputs 1…10, Ready, Stabilize SQ2O1 … SQ2O10, SQ2RDY, SQ2STAB Sequencer 2 / Outputs 1…10, Ready, Stabilize SQ3O1 … SQ3O10, SQ3RDY, SQ3STAB Sequencer 3 / Outputs 1…10, Ready, Stabilize SQ4O1 … SQ4O10, SQ4RDY, SQ4STAB Sequencer 4 / Outputs 1…10, Ready, Stabilize DI1 … DI14 Digital Input 1 … 14 PU1, PU2 Pump State 1, 2 TRUE Logical TRUE operand FALSE Logical FALSE operand A-38 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐10 CALL ONLY OPERANDS A01 … A15 A101 … A521 Description System Actions (see below) Channel Actions (see below) System Actions Pool Index Usage example: CALL A06; # Start programmed sequence if register changed to TRUE ANR Description Spalte1 ANR Description 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 None Zero All Span All Zero&Span All Cancel All ProgSequ Blowback 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 FctCheck Pump1 Pump2 Ext Alarm1 Ext Alarm2 Ext Alarm3 Ext Alarm4 08 09 10 11 12 CalCheckMod Reserved Failure OffSpec MaintRequ 20 21 22 23 Ext Alarm5 Ext Alarm6 Ext Alarm7 Ext Alarm8 System Digital Output Pool Index SNR 40 41 42 43 44 … 49 50 51 52 … 59 60 76 Signal V20 Pump1 Pump2 Ext Alarm1 Ext Alarm2 … Ext Alarm7 Ext Alarm8 PLC Result1 PLC Result2 … PLC Result9 PLC Result10 CalcD Rslt HiHi Appendix into register A Usage example: LOAD S41; Load the state of pump1 SNR Signal 01 Off 02 On 03 Heartbeat 04 Any Failure 05 Any OffSpec 06 Any MaintRequ 07 Any FctCheck 11 Any Zero Failed 12 Any Span Failed 13 Any Range Low 14 Any Range High 15 Any ConcAlarm 21 V1 22 V2 ... … 39 V19 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-39 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐10 Channel Actions Pool Index Usage example: CALL A103; Start span cal for channel 1, if register changed to TRUE # Replace ‘x’ in table by channel # (1 … 5) ANR Description ANR Description x01 x02 x03 x04 x05 x06 x07 None ZeroCal SpanCal ZeroSpanCal Cancel Range1 Range2 X x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 MaintRequ FctCheck SampleGas ZeroGas SpanGas1 SpanGas2 SpanGas3 x08 x09 x10 Range3 Range4 Failure x19 x20 x21 SpanGas4 All Closed Blowback x11 OffSpec Channel Digital Output Pool Index Usage example: LOAD S332; Load press low alarm state of channel 3 into register # Replace ‘x’ in table by channel # (1 … 5) SNr Description SNR Description x01 x02 x03 x04 x05 x06 x07 x08 x09 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 A-40 Off On Heartbeat Failure OffSpec MaintRequ FctCheck Calibrating Zeroing Spanning Zero Failed Span Failed Range Underflow Range Overflow Range1 Range2 Range3 Range4 Conc. LoLo Conc. Lo x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29 x30 x31 x32 x33 x34 x35 x36 x37 x38 x39 x40 Conc. Hi Conc. HiHi Average LoLo Average Lo Average Hi Average HiHi Temperature LoLo Temperature Lo Temperature Hi Temperature HiHi Pressure LoLo Pressure Lo Pressure Hi Pressure HiHi Flow LoLo Flow Lo Flow Hi Flow HiHi Off Off Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐10 Timer Modes TMR_MODE Timing Diagram Input 1 OFFDELAY Output Time Duration ONDELAY Input 1 Output Time Duration Input 1 REPPULSE Output Time Duration Time Duration Period Time Input 1 SINGLEPULSE Output Time Duration Time Duration Retrigger Input 1 RETRIGSPULSE Output Time Duration Time Duration Time Duration Input 1 INHIBSPULSE Input 2 Inhibit tion Time Dura‐ Output Time Duration Date / Time Period Time CLKTRGPULSE Output Time Duration Time Duration Input 2 (Reset) Input 1 (Trigger) PERIOD_CNT (Preset) internal Counter 3 2 Appendix COUNTER 3 1 0 A Output Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-41 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐10 Sequencer Function Block Out 1 Enable Out 2 Hold Out 3 Restart . . Out_10 Stabilize Sequ_Ready Parameters:  SD = SwitchDuration  ST = StabilizeTime  NO= Number Outputs  SC = SingleCycle Example Program 1 #### First program line MUST begin with ‘####’ #-Sequencer #1 is used----------SEQ_DURATION 1 5; SD = 5 seconds SEQ_STAB_TIME 1 2; ST = 2 seconds SEQ_NUM_OUTS 1 8; SEQ_SNGL_CYCLE 1 FALSE; #-------------------------------#Digital Input#1 is used for enabling the sequencer LOAD DI1; load Digital Input#1 STO SQ1ENA; feed Enable input of Sequencer1 with this state LOAD STO LOAD STO LOAD STO LOAD STO LOAD STO LOAD STO LOAD STO LOAD STO SQ1O1; R1; SQ1O2; R2; SQ1O3; R3; SQ1O4; R4; SQ1O5; R5; SQ1O6; R6; SQ1O7; R7; SQ1O8; R8; load Sequencer1 Out#1 store as result#1 load Sequencer1 Out#2 store as result#2 load Sequencer1 Out#3 store as result#3 load Sequencer1 Out#4 store as result#4 load Sequencer1 Out#5 store as result#5 load Sequencer1 Out#6 store as result#6 load Sequencer1 Out#7 store as result#7 load Sequencer1 Out#8 store as result#8 LOAD STO SQ1STAB; R9; load Sequencer1 Stabilize store as result#9 END; A-42 Program end Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐10 Example Program 2 #### First program line MUST begin with ‘####’ #-Example for Timer 1--------------------TMR_MODE 1 OFFDELAY; TMR_DURATION 1 5; delay 5 sec #-Example for Timer 2--------------------TMR_MODE 2 ONDELAY; TMR_DURATION 2 5; delay 5 sec #-Example for Timer 3--------------------TMR_MODE 3 REPPULSE; TMR_DURATION 3 5; pulse width 5 sec TMR_PERIOD_CNT 3 20; periode 20 sec #-Example for Timer 4--------------------TMR_MODE 4 SINGLEPULSE; TMR_DURATION 4 5; pulse width 5 sec #-Example for Timer 5--------------------TMR_MODE 5 RETRIGSPULSE; TMR_DURATION 5 5; pulse width 5 sec #-Example for Timer 6--------------------TMR_MODE 6 INHIBSPULSE; TMR_DURATION 6 10; pulse width 10 sec #-Example for Timer 7--------------------TMR_MODE 7 CLKTRGPULSE; TMR_DURATION 7 5; pulse width 5 sec TMR_PERIOD_CNT 7 10; pulse trigger is repeated each 10 minutes TMR_TRIG_TIME 7 2009,10,26,17,00; start triggering Oct26 2009, 05:00 pm #-Example for Timer 8--------------------TMR_MODE 8 COUNTER; TMR_PERIOD_CNT 8 10; preset count value = 10 Program end A END; Appendix #-------------------------------LOAD DI1; Digital Input#1 STO T1I1,T2I1,T3I1; feed Input1 of Timers1..3 with this state STO R9; assign Digital Input#1 also to Result#9 LOAD DI5; load Digital Input#2 STO T1I2,T2I2,T3I2; feed Input2 of Timers1..3 with this state #-------------------------------LOAD T1; read Timer 1 output STO R1; store as Result#1 #-------------------------------LOAD DI5; read Digital Input #5 IF R10,R2; if DI5 then load Result#10 else load Result#2 CALL A110; simulate an 'External Failure" of Ch1 if loaded with '1' state LOAD T3; read Timer 3 output CALL A311; simulate an "MaintRequ" of Ch3 if loaded with '1' state #-------------------------------LOAD S62; CalcA rslt Lo STO R3; store as Result#3 LOAD S208; Ch2 calibrating STO R4; store as Result#4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-43 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE A-44 HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE A.8 Assignment of Terminals and Sockets A.8 Assignment of Terminals and Sockets A.8.1 Tabletop & Rack Mount Analyzers Pin Pin 1 Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 2 Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 3 Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 4 Channel 5, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output1 (Failure) NC 8 Output1 (Failure) NO 9 Output1 (Failure) COM Pin 10 Output3 (Off spec) NC 11 Output3 (Off spec) NO 12 Output3 (Off spec) COM 13 1 Signal 2 7 14 Channel 1, GND 8 15 Channel 2, GND 9 16 Channel 3, GND 17 Channel 4, GND 18 Channel 5, GND 19 unused 20 Output2 (Maintenance request) NC 21 Output2 (Maintenance request) NO 22 Output2 (Maintenance request) COM 23 Output4 (Function check) NC 24 Output4 (Function check) NO 25 Output4 (Function check) COM Pin no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Note! Configuration of relay contacts as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) Socket X1 - Analog Outputs, Relay Outputs 1...4 (Assignment of Screw Terminals Adaptor: See XSTA on Next Page) 3 4 5 MOD 485/ MOD 485/ 2 wire 4 wire RS 232 Common Common Common not used not used RXD not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common not used not used not used not used not used not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) not used D0(-) 2 1: 2: 3: 4 GND for all digital inputs 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output 5 NC 8 Output 5 NO 9 Output 5 COM 10 Output 6, NC 11 Output 6, NO 12 Output 6, COM 13 Output 7, NC 14 Output 7, NO 15 Output 7, COM 16 Output 8, NC 17 Output 8, NO 18 Output 8, COM 19 Input 6 22 Input 7 23 Output 9, NC 24 Output 9, NO 25 Output 9, COM 26 Output 10, NC 27 Output 10, NO 28 Output 10, COM 29 Output 11, NC 30 Output 11, NO 31 Output 11, COM 32 Output 12, NC 33 Output 12, NO 34 Output 12, COM 35 Output 13, NC 36 Output 13, NO 37 Output 13, COM Signal Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Pin BR 2 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog { } BR 2 signal in current mode to input 2 5 unused 3 *) BR 1 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog { } BR 1 signal in current mode to input 1 **) Socket X4 - Digital I/O (Assignment of Screw Terminals Adaptor: See XSTD on Next Page) DC 24 V Input (1⁄2 19" Analyzer) Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first socket, labelled X4.1. Inputs 8-14 and outputs 1422, are on the second socket (X4.2), if installed. 4 2 1 Pin Signal 9 Input 2 high (+) 8 Input 2 low (-) 7 Input 1 low (-) 6 Input 1 high (+) alternatively set jumper P1 on electronics board XASI **) alternatively set jumper P2 on electronics board XASI *) Pin 1 Pin no. Signal 1 2 3 6 Pin 8 other TX+ TXRX+ RXnot used Appendix Input 4 Input 5 21 ME + 24 V 0 V (⊥) inputs 3 Digital 2 Input 3 Signal 20 Digital Input 2 Pin outputs inputs 1 outputs Digital Digital Pin Input 1 1 not used Connector X2 - IOIOI - Serial Interface (Assignment of Screw Terminals Adaptor: See XSTA on Next Page) Signal 3 Connector X5 - Analog Inputs (Assignment of Screw Terminals Adaptor: See XSTI on Next Page) Ethernet Connector for Modbus A Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Analog outputs Pin Relay contacts (Status signals) Relay contacts (Status signals) Analog outputs Signal 6 A-43 Instruction Manual P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 Pin not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used Signal { } Ethernet Connector for Modbus Flameproof (cast) housing Power Terminals Field housing } not used D0(-) { not used BR 1 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 1 signal in current mode to input 1 Input 1 high (+) Input 1 high (+) Input 1 low (-) Input 1 low (-) BR 2 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 2 signal in current mode to input 2 Input 2 high (+) Input 2 high (+) Input 2 low (-) Input 2 low (-) Common P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 RXD0(-) TXD0(-) Signal not used not used Pin Signal Power cord entry not used not used Input 1/8***) Input 2/9 Input 3/10 Input 4/11 Input 5/12 Input 6/13 Input 7/14 GND for Inputs 1-7/8-14 not used Output 5/14, NC Output 5/14, NO Output 5/14, COM Output 6/15, NC Output 6/15, NO Output 6/15, COM Output 7/16, NC Output 7/16, NO Output 7/16, COM Output 8/17, NC Output 8/17, NO Output 8/17, COM Output 9/18, NC Output 9/18, NO Output 9/18, COM Output 10/19, NC Output 10/19, NO Output 10/19, COM Output 11/20, NC Output 11/20, NO Output 11/20, COM Output 12/21, NC Output 12/21, NO Output 12/21, COM Output 13/22, NC Output 13/22, NO Output 13/22, COM Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 4, GND Channel 5, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 5, GND not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Out of Spec), NC Output 3 (Out of Spec), NO Output 3 (Out of Spec), COM Output 4 (Function check), NC Output 4 (Function check), NO Output 4 (Function check), COM not used not used not used P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.6 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 not used Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-44 not used not used Service Port Connector Serial RS 232 Interface Signal Terminals Strips L= Line N= Neutral PE= Protective Earth TX+ TXRX+ RXnot used not used L Assignment of serial interface terminals IN1 Mode 1 2 3 6 other not used 1 IN2 Mode 1 /2 no. identifies inputs/outputs on the 1st /2nd expansion board Signal not used 2 6 nd st ***) Pin no. Common RXD TXD Note! Line and neutral terminals with built-in fuse holders 3 7 PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SER1 SER2 SER3 SER4 SER5 SER6 7 8 9 Common Common Common not used not used RXD not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common RS 232 RS 232 4 8 N Pin no. P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 **) See table below *) MOD 485/ MOD 485/ 2 wire 4 wire Terminal 5 9 Configuration of relay output terminals as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) Pin Digital Inputs Digital Outputs XSTI: Analog Inputs XSTD: Optional Strips With 7 Dig Inputs and 9 Dig Outputs Each A.8.2 Field Housings XSTA: Standard Strip With Standard and Optional Signals Assignment of Terminals and Socket A.8 Analog Inputs Pin Analog Outputs Relay Outputs**) Serial Interface*) HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Pin 8 Pin 1 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Index Access Levels & Codes 5-9 Acknowledgements 6-17 Advanced Calibration 7-5, 7-21 Alarms Setup 6-80 Average Alarms 6-83 Calculator 6-86 Concentration 6-81 Flow 6-85 Pressure 6-85 Secondary 6-85 Temperature 6-85 Status 6-119 Ambient Temperature , 1-14, 1-14, 3-22 Analyzer Identification 6-98 Analyzer Models Comparision 1-14 Field Housing 1-15, 1-20 Open Enclosures, How to 7-50, 8-20 Technical Data see Technical Data XDF see Analyzer Models: Field Housing XEF see Analyzer Models: Field Housing XEFD 1-15, 1-25 XEGK 1-14–1-17 XEGP 1-14, 1-18 Apply Gas 6-16 ATEX see Hazardous Areas Authorized Personnel S-6 Auto Home 6-22 Autoranging 6-47 Auto-Run Feature 7-68 B Backup see Data Sets Barometric Pressure Sensor 1-7 Battery Disposal 11-2 Disposal of S-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Block Diagram A-21 Blowback 7-34 C Cable Glands see Installation: XEXF Calculator 6-107 see also Licenses Calibration Advanced Calibration 6-8 see also Calibration: Program Sequence Automatic 6-118 Cancel Ongoing 7-43 Deviations 6-15, 6-118 Gases 6-34 Interval Time 6-41, 7-40 Modbus 7-38 Next 6-118 Preparation 7-6 Procedures 6-36, 7-5 Program Sequence 6-40, 7-31, 7-40 Ranges, Multiple 7-33 Restore 7-43 Results 6-13 Setup 6-33 Span Calibration 6-7 Status 6-11 Tolerances 6-35 Unattended Automatic 7-39 Valves 6-38 Verifying 7-42 Zero Calibration 3-22, 3-23 Zero Calibration 6-6 Zero & Span Calibration 6-41, 7-21 Calibration Gas see Gases Calibration Logger 6-20 Log Files 7-73 Certifications 2-2 Chemicals Disposal 11-2 Cleaning 7-62 I-1 IDX Index A Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Index Clock see Real Time Clock Codes see Access Levels & Codes Communication see also Data Sets Ethernet 7-79 Modbus 9-1 Setup 6-77 Ethernet 6-79 Serial 6-78 Web Browser 7-79 Component Tag 6-99 Component Tags see Tags Component Unit 6-26 Concentration Alarms 6-81 Configuration Data see Save-Load Cross Interference 6-55, 7-44 see also Gas Conditioning CSA Certificate of Compliance A-14 Customer Service 10-2 D Damping 6-48 Data Logger 6-19 Export 6-106 Log Files 7-73 Setup 6-105 Data Sets 7-63 Save / Restore 7-63 Declaration of Decontamination 10-1, 11-2, A-36 Dewpoint A-35 Conversion Table A-35 DHCP 6-79, 7-80 Digital Inputs see inputs: Digital Dismounting 11-1 Display see also Measurement Display Contrast 6-22 Disposal 11-1 Division 1-24 EC Declaration of Conformity A-12 Enclosure Purge see Purging: Enclosure Purge Option End of Useful Life 11-2 Ethernet 7-79 Event Logger 6-20 see also Licenses Log Files 7-73 Setup 6-107 Explosive Gas S-10, 1-5 Ex-Zone 1-24 F Factory Defaults see Data Sets Failures 6-109, 8-2 Field Housing see Save-Load Firmware Update 6-96 Flameproof see Analyzer Models: XEFD Flammable Gas S-10, 1-5 Flow Monitor Switch 1-6 Flow Sensor 1-6 Front Panel Elements 5-3 Function Checks 6-110, 8-2 Fuses see Technical Data G Gas Conditioning 4-3 Gas Connections see Technical Data Gases 3-1, 3-19 Calibration 5-16 Gas Conditioning Gas Pressure 3-20, 3-21, 3-22, 3-23 Sample Gas 7-6 Span 5-16 Zero 5-16 Gas Flow Diagram 1-10 Gas Lines Configuration of 1-5 Gas Name 6-99 E I-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE H Hazardous Areas 1-1, 1-24 Heated Area 1-8 I Icons 5-3 Identification 6-98 Infallible Containment 1-5 Info Menu 6-122 Inputs Analog 1-13 Setup 6-74 Digital 1-13, 7-36 Setup 6-71 Installation 4-1 see also Gas Conditioning Notes on Wiring 4-32 Shield Connector 4-34 XEGK 4-9 XEGP 4-9 XEXF 4-20 Cable Glands 4-23 Installed Option Info Menu 6-124 Setup 6-88 Interfaces 1-11 Interval Time see Calibration: Interval Time IntrinzX 3-1 IP Address 6-79, 7-79 J K L Labels 6-30–6-31, 6-99 Language 5-12 Leak Test 7-4 Licenses 6-89 Linearization 6-49 Literature, Additional S-5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Lock Menus 6-5 Log Files 6-31, 7-73 Logger see Calibration Logger; See Data Logger; See Event Logger M MAC Address 6-79, 7-80 Main Menu 6-4 Maintenance 7-1 Information 7-2 Maintenance Requests 6-110, 8-2 Manual Calibration 7-5, 7-18 Measurement Average 6-58 Delay 6-59 Setup 6-44 Specifications 3-19–3-24 Statistics 6-113 Status 6-111 Measurement Display 5-10, 6-4, 6-29 Measuring Principles 3-1 see also Sensors Infrared 3-1 Oxygen 3-5 Electrochemical (eO2) 1-19, 3-8 Paramagnetic (pO2) 3-5, 8-35 Trace (tO2) 1-19, 3-11 Specifications 3-19 Thermal Conductivity 3-13, 3-20, 8-38 Trace Moisture 3-15 Ultraviolet 3-1 Water Vapor A-35 Menu Access see also Software: Access Levels Messages Channel Related 8-8 NAMUR 8-3 Modbus 9-1, A-2 see also Communication Parameters and Registers 9-3 N I-3 IDX Index Index Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Index Name Plate 2-22 NAMUR Messages 8-3 NE 43 5-21, 6-65 NE 44 1-11 NE 107 2-3, 2-4 Network 7-79 NTP Server 6-101 Open Reference Option 4-4 Q R O Off-Specs 6-109, 8-2 Open Enclosures, How to 8-20 Open Reference see Purging: Open Reference Option Operation Hours 6-97 Status 6-121 Options 1-6 see also Installed Option Outputs Analog 1-11 Setup 6-62 Digital Setup 6-68 Ethernet 1-12 Modbus 1-12 Relays 1-11 Serial 1-12 USB 1-12 P Password 7-81 see also Access Levels & Codes Plant Name 6-98 PLC 6-107 see also Licenses Quick Reference A-37 Power Supply Units, External 2-9 Pressure Compensation 6-60 Procedures 7-1 Pump 8-24 Purging Enclosure Purge Option 4-4 I-4 Ranges 6-18 Multiple 7-33 RangeID 6-63 Range Tag 6-25, 6-99 Raw Value 6-63 Real Time Clock 6-100 see also Time Remote Calibration 7-5, 7-35 Digital Inputs 7-36 Restore see Calibration: Restore; See Save-Load Return of Material 10-1 S Safety Filter 1-5 Safety Instructions S-5 Intended Use Statement S-5 Residual Risk S-5 Sample Gas Pump 1-6 Save see Save-Load Save-Load Procedures 6-93 Restore 6-92 Save 6-92 Setup 6-92 Scope of Supply 4-1 SD Card 1-2 Secondary Measurements 5-10, 6-24, 6-29–6-31, 6-114 Units 6-27–6-28 Sensors Replacement 7-49 Electrochemical O2 7-53 Trace Moisture 7-61 Sequence Programming 7-31 see also Calibration: Procedures Serial Number 2-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Index T Tags 6-24–6-25, 6-30–6-31 see also Ranges: Range Tag Component Tags 6-98 Technical Data 2-1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Common 2-2 Interfaces 2-3 XEFD 2-19 XEGK 2-6 XEGP 2-12 Temperature Low 5-1 Temperature Sensors 1-7 Terms S-2 Time Setup 6-100–6-102 Time Format 6-100 Training 10-2 Troubleshooting 8-1 Paramagnetic Oxygen Cell 8-35 Sample Gas Pump 8-24 Thermal Conductivity Cell 8-38 XSP Board 8-23 IDX Index Service Information 10-1 Service Menu 6-126 Setup Menu 6-21 Display 6-22 Component 6-25 Measurements 6-24 In-/Outputs 6-61 SHS Internal Setup 6-73 Software 5-6 Access Levels 5-9 Access 6-32 Codes 5-9 Control Menu 6-5 Language 5-12, 6-22 Licenses see Licenses Main Menu 6-4 Measurement Display 5-10 Menus 6-1 Menu System 6-2 Message 5-10 Span Calibration see Calibration: Span Calibration Span Gas see Gases Span Gas Unit 6-26 Startup 5-1 Statistics see Measurement: Statistics Status Line 5-3 Status Menu 6-108 Status Messages 6-109–6-110, 8-2 Supply Voltage see Technical Data Switching On 6-4 Symbols S-3–S-4, 5-3 U Unattended Automatic Calibration 7-5 Unit 6-26 Unit Text 6-26, 6-99 USB Backup 7-68, 7-69 USB Interface Information 6-103 Setup 6-103 USB Stick 6-104 Files 7-77 Useful Life 11-2 V Valve Assignment 7-10 see also Calibration: Procedures Valve Block 1-6 W Water Vapor A-35 Web Browser 7-79 I-5 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2012 X-STREAM XE Index IP Address 7-79 Configuration 7-80 Network 7-79 Password 7-81 Single Computer 7-80 X X-STREAM Enhanced 1-1 Variations 1-14 XDFN 1-24 XDFS 1-24 XDFZ 1-24 XEFD 1-15, 1-25 XEFN 1-24 XEFS 1-24 XEFZ 1-24 XEGK 1-14, 1-16 XEGP 1-14, 1-18 XEXF 1-15, 1-20 XDF 1-14 XEF 1-14 Y Z Zero Calibration see also Calibration: Restore; See Calibration: Zero Calibration Zero Gas see Gases I-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG www.RosemountAnalytical.com www.analyticexpert.com www.twitter.com/RAIhome EUROPE Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Rosemount Analytical Process Gas Analyzer Center of Excellence Industriestrasse 1 63594 Hasselroth, Germany T +49 6055 884 0 F +49 6055 884 209 www.RosemountAnalytical.com ASIA-PACIFIC AMERICAS Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical 10241 West Little York, Suite 200 Houston, TX 77040 USA T 866 422 3683 T +1 713 396 8880 T +1 713 396 8759 F +1 713 466 8175 gc.csc@emerson.com www.RosemountAnalytical.com MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Private Limited 1 Pandan Crescent Singapore 128461 Republic of Singapore T +65 6 777 8211 F +65 6 777 0947 analytical@ap.emersonprocess.com www.RosemountAnalytical.com Emerson Process Management Emerson FZE P.O Box 17033 Jebel Ali Free Zone Dubai, United Arab Emirates T +971 4 811 8100 F +971 4 886 5465 analytical@ap.emersonprocess.com www.RosemountAnalytical.com The Emerson logo is a trademark and service mark of Emerson Electric Co. Rosemount Analytical is a mark of one of the Emerson Process Management family of companies. All other marks are the property of their respective owners. The contents of this publication are presented for information purposes only, and while effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, express or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available on request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of our products at any time without notice. © 2012 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG